80_FR_37591 80 FR 37466 - Takes of Marine Mammals Incidental to Specified Activities; Taking Marine Mammals Incidental to Geophysical and Geotechnical Survey in Cook Inlet, Alaska

80 FR 37466 - Takes of Marine Mammals Incidental to Specified Activities; Taking Marine Mammals Incidental to Geophysical and Geotechnical Survey in Cook Inlet, Alaska

DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE
National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration

Federal Register Volume 80, Issue 125 (June 30, 2015)

Page Range37466-37494
FR Document2015-16012

NMFS has received an application from ExxonMobil Alaska LNG LLC (AK LNG) for an Incidental Harassment Authorization (IHA) to take marine mammals, by harassment, incidental to a geophysical and geotechnical survey in Cook Inlet, Alaska. This action is proposed to occur for 84 days after August 7, 2015. Pursuant to the Marine Mammal Protection Act (MMPA), NMFS is requesting comments on its proposal to issue an IHA to AK LNG to incidentally take, by Level B Harassment only, marine mammals during the specified activity.

Federal Register, Volume 80 Issue 125 (Tuesday, June 30, 2015)
[Federal Register Volume 80, Number 125 (Tuesday, June 30, 2015)]
[Notices]
[Pages 37466-37494]
From the Federal Register Online  [www.thefederalregister.org]
[FR Doc No: 2015-16012]



[[Page 37465]]

Vol. 80

Tuesday,

No. 125

June 30, 2015

Part V





Department of Commerce





-----------------------------------------------------------------------





National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration





-----------------------------------------------------------------------





Takes of Marine Mammals Incidental to Specified Activities; Taking 
Marine Mammals Incidental to Geophysical and Geotechnical Survey in 
Cook Inlet, Alaska; Notices

Federal Register / Vol. 80 , No. 125 / Tuesday, June 30, 2015 / 
Notices

[[Page 37466]]


-----------------------------------------------------------------------

DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE

National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration

RIN 0648-XE018


Takes of Marine Mammals Incidental to Specified Activities; 
Taking Marine Mammals Incidental to Geophysical and Geotechnical Survey 
in Cook Inlet, Alaska

AGENCY: National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS), National Oceanic and 
Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), Commerce.

ACTION: Notice; proposed incidental harassment authorization; request 
for comments.

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

SUMMARY: NMFS has received an application from ExxonMobil Alaska LNG 
LLC (AK LNG) for an Incidental Harassment Authorization (IHA) to take 
marine mammals, by harassment, incidental to a geophysical and 
geotechnical survey in Cook Inlet, Alaska. This action is proposed to 
occur for 84 days after August 7, 2015. Pursuant to the Marine Mammal 
Protection Act (MMPA), NMFS is requesting comments on its proposal to 
issue an IHA to AK LNG to incidentally take, by Level B Harassment 
only, marine mammals during the specified activity.

DATES: Comments and information must be received no later than July 30, 
2015.

ADDRESSES: Comments on the application should be addressed to Jolie 
Harrison, Chief, Permits and Conservation Division, Office of Protected 
Resources, National Marine Fisheries Service, 1315 East-West Highway, 
Silver Spring, MD 20910. The mailbox address for providing email 
comments is [email protected]. Comments sent via email, including all 
attachments, must not exceed a 25-megabyte file size. NMFS is not 
responsible for comments sent to addresses other than those provided 
here.
    Instructions: All comments received are a part of the public record 
and will generally be posted to http://www.nmfs.noaa.gov/pr/permits/incidental.htm without change. All Personal Identifying Information 
(for example, name, address, etc.) voluntarily submitted by the 
commenter may be publicly accessible. Do not submit Confidential 
Business Information or otherwise sensitive or protected information.
    An electronic copy of the application may be obtained by writing to 
the address specified above, telephoning the contact listed below (see 
FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT), or visiting the internet at: http://www.nmfs.noaa.gov/pr/permits/incidental.htm. The following associated 
documents are also available at the same internet address: Draft 
Environmental Assessment.

FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Sara Young, Office of Protected 
Resources, NMFS, (301) 427-8484.

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:

Background

    Section 101(a)(5)(D) of the Marine Mammal Protection Act of 1972, 
as amended (MMPA; 16 U.S.C. 1361 et seq.) directs the Secretary of 
Commerce to allow, upon request, the incidental, but not intentional, 
taking of small numbers of marine mammals of a species or population 
stock, by U.S. citizens who engage in a specified activity (other than 
commercial fishing) within a specified geographical region if, after 
NMFS provides a notice of a proposed authorization to the public for 
review and comment: (1) NMFS makes certain findings; and (2) the taking 
is limited to harassment.
    An Authorization for incidental takings shall be granted if NMFS 
finds that the taking will have a negligible impact on the species or 
stock(s), will not have an unmitigable adverse impact on the 
availability of the species or stock(s) for subsistence uses (where 
relevant), and if the permissible methods of taking and requirements 
pertaining to the mitigation, monitoring and reporting of such takings 
are set forth. NMFS has defined ``negligible impact'' in 50 CFR 216.103 
as ``an impact resulting from the specified activity that cannot be 
reasonably expected to, and is not reasonably likely to, adversely 
affect the species or stock through effects on annual rates of 
recruitment or survival.''
    Except with respect to certain activities not pertinent here, the 
MMPA defines ``harassment'' as: Any act of pursuit, torment, or 
annoyance which (i) has the potential to injure a marine mammal or 
marine mammal stock in the wild [Level A harassment]; or (ii) has the 
potential to disturb a marine mammal or marine mammal stock in the wild 
by causing disruption of behavioral patterns, including, but not 
limited to, migration, breathing, nursing, breeding, feeding, or 
sheltering [Level B harassment].

Summary of Request

    On February 4, 2015, NMFS received an application from AK LNG for 
the taking of marine mammals incidental to a geotechnical and 
geophysical survey in Cook Inlet, Alaska. NMFS determined that the 
application was adequate and complete on June 8, 2015.
    AK LNG proposes to conduct a geophysical and geotechnical survey in 
Cook Inlet to investigate the technical suitability of a pipeline study 
corridor across Cook Inlet and potential marine terminal locations near 
Nikiski. The proposed activity would occur for 12 weeks during the 2015 
open water season after August 7, 2015. The following specific aspects 
of the proposed activities are likely to result in the take of marine 
mammals: Sub-bottom profiler (chirp and boomer), and a seismic airgun. 
Take, by Level B Harassment only, of individuals of four species is 
anticipated to result from the specified activities.

Description of the Specified Activity

Overview

    The planned geophysical surveys involve remote sensors including 
single beam echo sounder, multibeam echo sounder, sub-bottom profilers 
(chirp and boomer), 0.983 L (60 in\3\) airgun, side scan sonar, 
geophysical resistivity meters, and magnetometer to characterize the 
bottom surface and subsurface. The planned shallow geotechnical 
investigations include vibracoring, sediment grab sampling, and piezo-
cone penetration testing (PCPT) to directly evaluate seabed features 
and soil conditions. Geotechnical borings are planned at potential 
shoreline crossings and in the terminal boring subarea within the 
Marine Terminal survey area, and will be used to collect information on 
the mechanical properties of in-situ soils to support feasibility 
studies for construction crossing techniques and decisions on siting 
and design of pilings, dolphins, and other marine structures. 
Geophysical resistivity imaging will be conducted at the potential 
shoreline crossings. Shear wave velocity profiles (downhole geophysics) 
will be conducted within some of the boreholes. Further details of the 
planned operations are provided below.

Dates and Duration

    Geophysical and geotechnical surveys that do not involve equipment 
that could acoustically harass listed marine mammals could begin as 
soon as April 2015, depending on the ice conditions. These surveys 
include echo sounders and side scan sonar surveys operating at 
frequencies above the hearing range of local marine mammals and 
geotechnical borings, which are not expected to produce underwater 
noise exceeding

[[Page 37467]]

ambient. The remaining surveys, including use of sub-bottom profilers 
and the small airgun, would occur soon after receipt of the IHA, if 
granted. These activities would be scheduled in such a manner as to 
minimize potential effects to marine mammals, subsistence activities, 
and other users of Cook Inlet waters. It is expected that approximately 
12 weeks (84 work days) are required to complete the G&G Program. The 
work days would not all be consecutive due to weather, rest days, and 
any timing restrictions.

Specified Geographic Region

    The Cook Inlet 2015 G&G Program will include geophysical surveys, 
shallow geotechnical investigations, and geotechnical borings. Two 
separate areas will be investigated and are shown in Figure 1 of the 
application: The pipeline survey area and the Marine Terminal survey 
area (which includes an LNG carrier approach zone). The pipeline survey 
area runs from the Kenai Peninsula, across the Inlet, up to Beluga, 
also considered the Upper Inlet. The Terminal area will include an area 
west and south of Nikiski, the northern edge of what is considered the 
Lower Inlet. The G&G Program survey areas (also referred to as the 
action area or action areas) are larger than the proposed pipeline 
route and the Marine Terminal site to ensure detection of all potential 
hazards, or to identify areas free of hazards. This provides siting 
flexibility should the pipeline corridor or Marine Terminal sites need 
to be adjusted to avoid existing hazards.
     Pipeline Survey Area--The proposed pipeline survey area 
(Figure 1) crosses Cook Inlet from Boulder Point on the Kenai Peninsula 
across to Shorty Creek about halfway between the village of Tyonek and 
the Beluga River. This survey area is approximately 45 km (28 mi) in 
length along the corridor centerline and averages about 13 km (8 mi) 
wide. The total survey area is 541 km2 (209 mi2). The pipeline survey 
area includes a subarea where vibracores will be conducted in addition 
to the geophysical surveys and shallow geotechnical investigations.
     Marine Terminal Survey Area--The proposed Marine Terminal 
survey area (Figure 1) encompassing 371 km2 (143 mi2) is located near 
Nikiski where potential sites and vessel routes for the Marine Terminal 
are being investigated. The Marine Terminal survey area includes two 
subareas: A seismic survey subarea where the airgun will be operated in 
addition to the other geophysical equipment, and a terminal boring 
subarea where geotechnical boreholes will be drilled in addition to the 
geophysical survey and shallow geotechnical investigations. The seismic 
survey subarea encompasses 25 km2 (8.5 mi2) and the terminal boring 
subarea encompasses 12 km2 (4.6 mi2).

Detailed Description of Activities

    The details of this activity are broken down into two categories 
for further description and analysis: Geophysical surveys and 
geotechnical surveys.

Geophysical Surveys

    The types of acoustical geophysical equipment planned for use in 
the Cook Inlet 2015 G&G Program are indicated, by survey area, in Table 
1 in the application. The equipment includes: Single beam echo sounder, 
multibeam echo sounder, sub-bottom profilers (chirp and boomer), 0.983 
L (60 in\3\) airgun, and side scan sonar. The magnetometer and 
resistivity system are not included in the table since they are not 
acoustical in nature and, thus, do not generate sound that might harass 
marine mammals, nor do they affect habitat.
    Downhole geophysics is included in the table as a sound source, but 
is not considered further in this assessment as the energy source will 
not generate significant sound energy within the water column since the 
equipment will be located downhole within the geotechnical boreholes. 
The transmitter (source) and receiver are both housed within the same 
probe or tool that is lowered into the hole on a wireline. The 
suspension log transmitter is an electromechanical device. It consists 
of a metallic barrel (the hammer) disposed horizontally in the tool and 
actuated by an electromagnet (solenoid) to hit the inside of tool body 
(the plate). The fundamental H1 mode is at about 4.5 KHz, and H2 is at 
9 KHz. An extra resonance (unknown) mode is also present at about 
15Khz. An analysis performed to estimate the expected sound level of 
the proposed borehole logging equipment scaled the sound produced by a 
steel pile driven by a hammer (given that both are cylindrical noise 
sources and produce impulsive sounds) and concluded that the sound 
level produced at 25m by the borehole logging equipment would be less 
than 142 dB. This is not considering the confining effect of the 
borehole which would lower the sound level even further (I&R, 2015).
    The other types of geophysical equipment proposed for the 2015 
program will generate impulsive sound in the water column and are 
described below Information on the acoustic characteristics of 
geophysical and geotechnical sound sources is also summarized in Table 
2 in the application, followed by a corresponding description of each 
piece of equipment to be used.

Single Beam Echo Sounders

    Single beam echo sounders calculate water depth by measuring the 
time it takes for emitted sound to reflect off the seafloor bottom and 
return to the transducer. They are usually mounted on the vessel hull 
or a side-mounted pole. Echo sounding is expected to be conducted 
concurrently with sub-bottom profiling. Given an operating frequency of 
more than 200 kHz (Table 2), it is unlikely that the single beam 
echosounder will cause behavioral disturbance to marine mammals in the 
area (Wartzok and Ketten 1999, Southall et al. 2007, Reichmuth and 
Southall 2011, Castellote et al. 2014). While literature has shown 
pinniped behavioral reaction to sounds at 200kHz, as well as detection 
of subharmonics at 90 and 130 KHz by several odontocetes, the ambient 
noise levels in Cook Inlet make behavioral disturbance unlikely (Hastie 
et al. 2014, Deng et al. 2014). Further, single beam echo sounders 
operate at relatively low energy levels (146 dB re 1 [mu]Pa-m [rms]). 
The simultaneous operations of echo sounder with sub-bottom profiler 
should have no additive effect on marine mammals. The high ambient 
noise levels in Cook Inlet, as well as the low proposed source level of 
this technology will like not disturb marine mammals to the point of 
Level B harassment. Thus, this equipment is not further evaluated in 
this application

Multibeam Echo Sounders

    Multibeam echo sounders emit a swath of sonar downward to the 
seafloor at source energy levels of 188 dB re 1 [mu]Pa-m (rms). The 
reflection of the sonar signal provides for the production of three 
dimensional seafloor images. These systems are usually side-mounted to 
the vessel. Echo sounding is expected to be conducted concurrently with 
sub-bottom profiling. Given the operating frequencies of the planned 
multibeam system (>200 kHz, Table 2), the generated underwater sound 
will be beyond the hearing range of Cook Inlet marine mammals (Wartzok 
and Ketten 1999, Kastelein et al. 2005, Southall et al. 2007, Reichmuth 
and Southall 2011, Castellote et al. 2014). Further, most sound energy 
is emitted directly downward from this equipment, not laterally. As 
with the single beam, the multibeam is not further evaluated because it 
far exceeds the maximum hearing frequency of local marine mammals. Due 
to this technology being

[[Page 37468]]

above the hearing frequency of local marine mammal species, the 
simultaneous operations of echo sounder with sub-bottom profiler should 
have no additive effect on marine mammals.

Side-Scan Sonar

    Side-scan sonar emits a cone-shaped pulse downward to the seafloor 
with source energy of about 188 dB re 1 [mu]Pa-m (rms). Acoustic 
reflections provide a two-dimensional image of the seafloor and other 
features. The side-scan sonar system planned for use during this 
program will emit sound energy at frequencies of 400 and 1600 kHz 
(Table 2), which are well beyond the normal hearing range of Cook Inlet 
marine mammals (Wartzok and Ketten 1999, Kastelein et al. 2005, 
Southall et al. 2007, Reichmuth and Southall 2011, Castellote et al. 
2014). Side-scan sonar is not further evaluated in this application.

Sub-Bottom Profiler--Chirp

    The chirp sub-bottom profiler planned for use in this program is a 
precisely controlled ``chirp'' system that emits high-energy sounds 
with a resolution of one millisecond (ms) and is used to penetrate and 
profile the shallow sediments near the sea floor. At operating 
frequencies of 2 to 16 kHz (Table 2), this system will be operating at 
the lower end of the hearing range of beluga whales and well below the 
most sensitive hearing range of beluga whales (45-80 kHz, Castellote et 
al. 2014). The source level is estimated at 202 dB re 1 [mu]Pa-m (rms). 
The beam width is 24 degrees and pointed downward.

Sub-Bottom Profiler--Boomer

    A boomer sub-bottom profiling system with a penetration depth of up 
to 600 ms and resolution of 2 to 10 ms will be used to penetrate and 
profile the Cook Inlet sediments to an intermediate depth. The system 
will be towed behind the vessel. With a sound energy source level of 
about 205 dB re 1 [mu]Pa-m (rms) at frequencies of 0.5 to 6 kHz (Table 
2), most of the sound energy generated by the boomer will be at 
frequencies that are well below peak hearing sensitivities of beluga 
whales (45-80 kHz; Castellote et al. 2014), but would still be 
detectable by these animals. The boomer is pointed downward but the 
equipment is omni-directional so the physical orientation is 
irrelevant.

Airgun

    A 0.983 L (60 in\3\) airgun will be used to gather high resolution 
profiling at greater depths below the seafloor. The published source 
level from Sercel (the manufacturer) for a 0.983 L (60 in\3\) airgun is 
216 dB re 1 [mu]Pa-m (equating to about 206 dB re 1 [mu]Pa-m (rms). 
These airguns typically produce sound levels at frequencies of less 
than 1 kHz (Richardson et al. 1995, Zykov and Carr 2012), or below the 
most sensitive hearing of beluga whales (45-80 kHz; Castellote et al. 
2014), but within the functional hearing of these animals (>75 Hz; 
Southall et al. 2007). The airgun will only be used during geophysical 
surveys conducted in the smaller seismic survey subarea within the 
Marine Terminal survey area (Lower Inlet).

Geotechnical Surveys

Shallow Geotechnical Investigations--Vibracores
    Vibracoring is conducted to obtain cores of the seafloor sediment 
from the surface down to a depth of about 6.1 m (20 ft). The cores are 
later analyzed in the laboratory for moisture, organic and carbonate 
content, shear strength, and grain size. Vibracore samplers consist of 
a 10-cm (4.0-in) diameter core barrel and a vibratory driving mechanism 
mounted on a four-legged frame, which is lowered to the seafloor. The 
electric motor driving mechanism oscillates the core barrel into the 
sediment where a core sample is then extracted. The duration of the 
operation varies with substrate type, but generally the sound source 
(driving mechanism) is operable for only the one or two minutes it 
takes to complete the 6.1-m (20-ft) bore and the entire setup process 
often takes less than one hour.
    Chorney et al. (2011) conducted sound measurements on an operating 
vibracorer in Alaska and found that it emitted a sound pressure level 
at 1-m source of 187.4 dB re 1 [mu]Pa-m (rms), with a frequency range 
of between 10 Hz and 20 kHz (Table 2). Vibracoring will result in the 
largest zone of influence (ZOI; area ensonified by sound energy greater 
than the 120 dB threshold) among the continuous sound sources. 
Vibracoring would also have a very small effect on the benthic habitat.
    Vibracoring will be conducted at approximate intervals of one core 
every 4.0 km (2.5 mi) along the pipeline corridor centerline for a 
total of about 22 samplings total. Approximately 33 vibracores will 
also be collected within the Marine Terminal survey area. Only about 
three or four vibracorings per day are expected to be conducted over 
about 14 days of vibracoring activity, but given the expected duration 
per vibracore the total time the sound source would be operating is 
expected to be about 2.0 hours or less.
    Because of the very brief duration within a day (up to four 1 or 2-
minute periods) of this continuous, non-impulsive sound, combined with 
the small number of days the source will be used overall, NMFS does not 
believe that the vibracore operations will result in the take of marine 
mammals. However, because the applicant requested take from this source 
and included a quantitative analysis in their application, that 
analysis will be included here for reference and opportunity for public 
comment.
Geotechnical Borings
    Geotechnical borings will be conducted within the Marine Terminal 
survey area and within the pipeline survey area near potential 
shoreline crossings. Geotechnical borings will be conducted by 
collecting geotechnical samples from borings 15.2 to 70.0 m (50-200 ft) 
deep using a rotary drilling unit mounted on a small jack-up platform. 
Geotechnical borings provide geological information at greater sediment 
depths than vibracores. These data are required to help inform proper 
designs and construction techniques for pipeline crossing and terminal 
facilities. The number of and general locations for the planned 
geotechnical boreholes are provided below in Table 3.
    The jack-up platform is expected to be the Seacore Skate 3 modular 
jack-up or a similar jack-up. The Skate 3 modular platform is supported 
by four 76-cm (30-in) diameter legs. The borings will be drilled with a 
Comacchio MC-S conventional rotary geotechnical drill rig mounted on 
rubber skids. Four geotechnical boreholes will be drilled at each of 
the two shoreline crossings (8 total), and up to 34 boreholes will be 
drilled in the terminal boring subarea within the Marine Terminal 
survey area.
    Sound source verifications of large jack-up drilling rigs in Cook 
Inlet (Spartan 151 and Endeavour) have shown that underwater sound 
generated by rotary drilling from elevated platforms on jack-ups 
generally does not exceed the underwater ambient sound levels at the 
source (MAI 2011, I&R 2014). Underwater sound generated by these larger 
drill rigs was identified as being associated with the rigs' large 
hotel generators or with underwater deep-well pumps, neither of which 
type of equipment is used by the Skate 3, which should therefore make 
the operational noise quieter than the sound source levels measured for 
the Spartan 151 and Endeavour. The Skate 3 is equipped with only a 
small deck-mounted pump and generator. Sound source information is not 
available for the Skate 3, however, the rubber tracks

[[Page 37469]]

of the skid and the narrow legs of the rig greatly limit the 
transmission of sound (via vibrations) from the drilling table into the 
water column. Underwater sound generated from the Skate 3 from 
geotechnical borings is expected to be much less than those in the 
sound source verifications for the rigs mentioned above (MAI, 2011; 
I&R, 2014); the borings are therefore not further evaluated as 
potential noise impact. However, the intrusive borings will affect 
benthic habitat and is later described.
Sediment Grab Samples
    Grab sampling will involve using a Van Veen grab sampler that will 
be lowered with its ``jaws'' open to the seafloor from the geophysical 
vessel at which point the mechanical closing mechanism is activated, 
thus ``grabbing'' a sample of bottom sediment. The sampler is retrieved 
to the vessel deck and a sample of the sediments collected for 
environmental and geotechnical analysis, such as soil description and 
sieve analyses. Grab sampling does not produce significant underwater 
sound, but will have a small effect on the benthic habitat. Grab 
samples will be obtained as warranted to aid interpretation of 
geophysical data.
Piezo-Cone Penetration Testing
    Piezo-cone penetration testing (PCPT) involves placing a metal 
frame on the ocean bottom and then pushing an instrumented cone into 
the seafloor at a controlled rate, measuring the resistance and 
friction of the penetration. The results provide a measure of the 
geotechnical engineering property of the soil, including load bearing 
capacity and stratigraphy. The target depth is about 4.9 m (16 ft). 
PCPTs will be conducted at intervals of about one per 8.0 km (5.0 mi) 
along the pipeline corridor centerline and elsewhere in the pipeline 
survey area and Marine Terminal survey area. Precise target locations 
will be determined in the field and will be adjusted by onboard 
personnel after the preliminary geophysical data has been made 
available to select sample locations that better identify soil 
transition zones and/or other features. PCPT will have an 
inconsequential effect on benthic habitat as well as local marine 
mammal populations
Vessels
    The geophysical surveys will be conducted from one of two source 
vessels with the smaller of the two used in more shallow, nearshore 
water conditions. Vibracoring will be conducted from a third vessel as 
noted in Table 4 in the application. Geotechnical borings will be 
conducted from a jack-up platform. The jack-up platform is not self-
powered, and will be positioned over each sampling location by a tug. 
The proposed vessels are: Three source vessels, one jack-up platform, 
and one tug. The contracted vessels will either be these vessels or 
similar vessels with similar configurations.

Description of Marine Mammals in the Area of the Specified Activity

    Marine mammals that regularly inhabit upper Cook Inlet and Nikiski 
activity areas are the beluga whale (Delphinapterus leucas), harbor 
porpoise (Phocoena phocoena), and harbor seal (Phoca vitulina) (Table 
6). However, these species are found there in relatively low numbers, 
and generally only during the summer fish runs (Nemeth et al. 2007, 
Boveng et al. 2012). Killer whales (Orcinus orca) are occasionally 
observed in upper Cook Inlet where they have been observed attempting 
to prey on beluga whales (Shelden et al. 2003). Based on a number of 
factors, Shelden et al. (2003) concluded that the killer whales found 
in upper Cook Inlet to date are the transient type, while resident 
types occasionally enter lower Cook Inlet. Marine mammals occasionally 
found in lower Cook Inlet include humpback whales (Megaptera 
novaeangliae), gray whales (Eschrichtius robustus), minke whales 
(Balaenoptera acutorostrata), Dall's porpoise (Phocoena dalli), and 
Steller sea lion (Eumetopias jubatus). Background information of 
species evaluated in this proposed Authorization is detailed in Table 1 
below.

                          Table 1--Marine Mammals Inhabiting the Cook Inlet Action Area
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                            Stock abundance        Relative
                                                        ESA/MMPA status     (CV, Nmin, most   occurrence in Cook
             Species                     Stock         \1\; strategic (Y/  recent abundance    Inlet; season of
                                                               N)             survey) \2\         occurrence
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Killer whale....................  Alaska Resident....  -;N..............  2,347 (N/A; 2,084;  Occasionally
                                                                           2009).              sighted in Lower
                                                                                               Cook Inlet.
                                  Alaska Transient...  -:N..............  345 (N/A; 303;
                                                                           2003).
Beluga whale....................  Cook Inlet.........  E/D;Y............  312 (0.10; 280;     Use upper Inlet in
                                                                           2012).              summer and lower
                                                                                               in winter:
                                                                                               Annual.
Harbor porpoise.................  Gulf of Alaska.....  -;Y..............  31,046 (0.214;      Widespread in the
                                                                           25,987; 1998).      Inlet: Annual
                                                                                               (less in winter).
Harbor seal.....................  Cook Inlet/Shelikof  -;N..............  22,900 (0.053;      Frequently found
                                                                           21,896; 2006).      in upper and
                                                                                               lower inlet;
                                                                                               annual (more in
                                                                                               northern Inlet in
                                                                                               summer).
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Beluga Whale (Delphinapterus leucas)

    The Cook Inlet beluga whale Distinct Population Stock (DPS) is a 
small geographically isolated population that is separated from other 
beluga populations by the Alaska Peninsula. The population is 
genetically (mtDNA) distinct from other Alaska populations suggesting 
that the Peninsula is an effective barrier to genetic exchange 
(O'Corry-Crowe et al. 1997) and that these whales may have been 
separated from other stocks at least since the last ice age. Laidre et 
al. (2000) examined data from over 20 marine mammal surveys conducted 
in the northern Gulf of Alaska and found that sightings of belugas 
outside Cook Inlet were exceedingly rare, and these were composed of a 
few stragglers from the Cook Inlet DPS observed at Kodiak Island, 
Prince William Sound, and Yakutat Bay. Several marine mammal surveys 
specific to Cook Inlet (Laidre et al. 2000, Speckman and Piatt 2000), 
including those that concentrated on beluga whales (Rugh et al. 2000, 
2005a), clearly indicate that this stock largely confines itself to 
Cook Inlet. There is no indication that these whales make forays into 
the Bering Sea where they might intermix with other Alaskan stocks.
    The Cook Inlet beluga DPS was originally estimated at 1,300 whales 
in

[[Page 37470]]

1979 (Calkins 1989) and has been the focus of management concerns since 
experiencing a dramatic decline in the 1990s. Between 1994 and 1998 the 
stock declined 47%, which has been attributed to overharvesting by 
subsistence hunting. During that period, subsistence hunting was 
estimated to have annually removed 10-15% of the population. Only five 
belugas have been harvested since 1999, yet the population has 
continued to decline (Allen and Angliss 2014), with the most recent 
estimate at only 312 animals (Allen and Angliss 2014). The NMFS listed 
the population as ``depleted'' in 2000 as a consequence of the decline, 
and as ``endangered'' under the Endangered Species Act (ESA) in 2008 
when the population failed to recover following a moratorium on 
subsistence harvest. In April 2011, the NMFS designated critical 
habitat for the Cook Inlet beluga whale under the ESA (Figure 2 in the 
application).
    Prior to the decline, this DPS was believed to range throughout 
Cook Inlet and occasionally into Prince William Sound and Yakutat 
(Nemeth et al. 2007). However, the range has contracted coincident with 
the population reduction (Speckman and Piatt 2000). During the summer 
and fall, beluga whales are concentrated near the Susitna River mouth, 
Knik Arm, Turnagain Arm, and Chickaloon Bay (Nemeth et al. 2007) where 
they feed on migrating eulachon (Thaleichthys pacifcus) and salmon 
(Onchorhynchus spp.) (Moore et al. 2000). The limits of Critical 
Habitat Area 1 reflect the summer distribution (Figure 3 in the 
application). During the winter, beluga whales concentrate in deeper 
waters in the mid-inlet to Kalgin Island, and in the shallow waters 
along the west shore of Cook Inlet to Kamishak Bay. The limits of 
Critical Habitat Area 2 reflect the winter distribution. Some whales 
may also winter in and near Kachemak Bay.
    Goetz et al. (2012) modeled beluga use in Cook Inlet based on the 
NMFS aerial surveys conducted between 1994 and 2008. The combined model 
results shown in Figure 3 in the application indicate a very clumped 
distribution of summering beluga whales, and that lower densities of 
belugas are expected to occur in most of the pipeline survey area (but 
not necessarily specific G&G survey locations; see Section 6.3 in the 
application) and the vicinity of the proposed Marine Terminal. However, 
beluga whales begin moving into Knik Arm around August 15 where they 
spend about a month feeding on Eagle River salmon. The area between 
Nikiski, Kenai, and Kalgin Island provides important wintering habitat 
for Cook Inlet beluga whales. Use of this area would be expected 
between fall and spring, with animals largely absent during the summer 
months when G&G surveys would occur (Goetz et al. 2012).

Killer Whale (Orcinus orca)

    Two different stocks of killer whales inhabit the Cook Inlet region 
of Alaska: The Alaska Resident Stock and the Gulf of Alaska, Aleutian 
Islands, Bering Sea Transient Stock (Allen and Angliss 2014). The 
Alaska Resident stock is estimated at 2,347 animals and occurs from 
Southeast Alaska to the Bering Sea (Allen and Angliss 2014). Resident 
whales feed exclusively on fish and are genetically distinct from 
transient whales (Saulitis et al. 2000).
    The transient whales feed primarily on marine mammals (Saulitis et 
al. 2000). The transient population inhabiting the Gulf of Alaska 
shares mitochondrial DNA haplotypes with whales found along the 
Aleutian Islands and the Bering Sea, suggesting a common stock, 
although there appears to be some subpopulation genetic structuring 
occurring to suggest the gene flow between groups is limited (see Allen 
and Angliss 2014). For the three regions combined, the transient 
population has been estimated at 587 animals (Allen and Angliss 2014).
    Killer whales are occasionally observed in lower Cook Inlet, 
especially near Homer and Port Graham (Shelden et al. 2003, Rugh et al. 
2005a). The few whales that have been photographically identified in 
lower Cook Inlet belong to resident groups more commonly found in 
nearby Kenai Fjords and Prince William Sound (Shelden et al. 2003). 
Prior to the 1980s, killer whale sightings in upper Cook Inlet were 
very rare. During aerial surveys conducted between 1993 and 2004, 
killer whales were observed on only three flights, all in the Kachemak 
and English Bay area (Rugh et al. 2005a). However, anecdotal reports of 
killer whales feeding on belugas in upper Cook Inlet began increasing 
in the 1990s, possibly in response to declines in sea lion and harbor 
seal prey elsewhere (Shelden et al. 2003). These sporadic ventures of 
transient killer whales into beluga summering grounds have been 
implicated as a possible contributor to the decline of Cook Inlet 
belugas in the 1990s, although the number of confirmed mortalities from 
killer whales is small (Shelden et al. 2003). If killer whales were to 
venture into upper Cook Inlet in 2015, they might be encountered during 
the G&G Program.

Harbor Porpoise (Phocoena phocoena)

    Harbor porpoise are small (approximately 1.2 m [4 ft] in length), 
relatively inconspicuous toothed whales. The Gulf of Alaska Stock is 
distributed from Cape Suckling to Unimak Pass and was most recently 
estimated at 31,046 animals (Allen and Angliss 2014). They are found 
primarily in coastal waters less than 100 m (328 ft) deep (Hobbs and 
Waite 2010) where they feed on Pacific herring (Clupea pallasii), other 
schooling fishes, and cephalopods.
    Although they have been frequently observed during aerial surveys 
in Cook Inlet, most sightings of harbor porpoise are of single animals, 
and are concentrated at Chinitna and Tuxedni bays on the west side of 
lower Cook Inlet (Rugh et al. 2005a). Dahlheim et al. (2000) estimated 
the 1991 Cook Inlet-wide population at only 136 animals. Also, during 
marine mammal monitoring efforts conducted in upper Cook Inlet by 
Apache from 2012 to 2014, harbor porpoise represented less than 2% of 
all marine mammal sightings. However, they are one of the three marine 
mammals (besides belugas and harbor seals) regularly seen in upper Cook 
Inlet (Nemeth et al. 2007), especially during spring eulachon and 
summer salmon runs. Because harbor porpoise have been observed 
throughout Cook Inlet during the summer months, including mid-inlet 
waters, they represent species that might be encountered during G&G 
Program surveys in upper Cook Inlet.

Harbor Seal (Phoca vitulina)

    At over 150,000 animals state-wide (Allen and Angliss 2014), harbor 
seals are one of the more common marine mammal species in Alaskan 
waters. They are most commonly seen hauled out at tidal flats and rocky 
areas. Harbor seals feed largely on schooling fish such as Alaska 
pollock (Theragra chalcogramma), Pacific cod (Gadus macrocephalus), 
salmon, Pacific herring, eulachon, and squid. Although harbor seals may 
make seasonal movements in response to prey, they are resident to 
Alaska and do not migrate.
    The Cook Inlet/Shelikof Stock, ranging from approximately Anchorage 
down along the south side of the Alaska Peninsula to Unimak Pass, has 
been recently estimated at a stable 22,900 (Allen and Angliss 2014). 
Large numbers concentrate at the river mouths and embayments of lower 
Cook Inlet, including the Fox River mouth in Kachemak Bay (Rugh et al. 
2005a). Montgomery et al. (2007) recorded over 200 haulout sites in 
lower Cook Inlet

[[Page 37471]]

alone. However, only a few dozen to a couple hundred seals seasonally 
occur in upper Cook Inlet (Rugh et al. 2005a), mostly at the mouth of 
the Susitna River where their numbers vary with the spring eulachon and 
summer salmon runs (Nemeth et al. 2007, Boveng et al. 2012). Review of 
NMFS aerial survey data collected from 1993-2012 (Shelden et al. 2013) 
finds that the annual high counts of seals hauled out in Cook Inlet 
ranged from about 100-380, with most of these animals hauling out at 
the mouths of the Theodore and Lewis Rivers. There are certainly 
thousands of harbor seals occurring in lower Cook Inlet, but no 
references have been found showing more than about 400 harbor seals 
occurring seasonally in upper Cook Inlet. In 2012, up to 100 harbor 
seals were observed hauled out at the mouths of the Theodore and Lewis 
rivers (located about 16 km [10 mi] northeast of the pipeline survey 
area) during monitoring activity associated with Apache's 2012 Cook 
Inlet seismic program, and harbor seals constituted 60 percent of all 
marine mammal sightings by Apache observers during 2012 to 2014 survey 
and monitoring efforts (L. Parker, Apache, pers. comm.). Montgomery et 
al. (2007) also found that seals elsewhere in Cook Inlet move in 
response to local steelhead (Onchorhynchus mykiss) and salmon runs. 
Harbor seals may be encountered during G&G surveys in Cook Inlet.

Humpback Whale (Megaptera novaeangliae)

    Although there is considerable distributional overlap in the 
humpback whale stocks that use Alaska, the whales seasonally found in 
lower Cook Inlet are probably of the Central North Pacific stock. 
Listed as endangered under the Endangered Species Act (ESA), this stock 
has recently been estimated at 7,469, with the portion of the stock 
that feeds in the Gulf of Alaska estimated at 2,845 animals (Allen and 
Angliss 2014). The Central North Pacific stock winters in Hawaii and 
summers from British Columbia to the Aleutian Islands (Calambokidis et 
al. 1997), including Cook Inlet.
    Humpback use of Cook Inlet is largely confined to lower Cook Inlet. 
They have been regularly seen near Kachemak Bay during the summer 
months (Rugh et al. 2005a), and there is a whale-watching venture in 
Homer capitalizing on this seasonal event. There are anecdotal 
observations of humpback whales as far north as Anchor Point, with 
recent summer observations extending to Cape Starichkof (Owl Ridge 
2014). Because of the southern distribution of humpbacks in Cook Inlet, 
it is unlikely that they will be encountered during this activity in 
close enough proximity to cause Level B harassment and are not 
considered further in this proposed Authorization.

Gray Whale (Eschrichtius robustus)

    Each spring, the Eastern North Pacific stock of gray whale migrates 
8,000 kilometers (5,000 miles) northward from breeding lagoons in Baja 
California to feeding grounds in the Bering and Chukchi seas, reversing 
their travel again in the fall (Rice and Wolman 1971). Their migration 
route is for the most part coastal until they reach the feeding 
grounds. A small portion of whales do not annually complete the full 
circuit, as small numbers can be found in the summer feeding along the 
Oregon, Washington, British Columbia, and Alaskan coasts (Rice et al. 
1984, Moore et al. 2007).
    Human exploitation reduced this stock to an estimated ``few 
thousand'' animals (Jones and Schwartz 2002). However, by the late 
1980s, the stock was appearing to reach carrying capacity and estimated 
to be at 26,600 animals (Jones and Schwartz 2002). By 2002, that stock 
had been reduced to about 16,000 animals, especially following 
unusually high mortality events in 1999 and 2000 (Allen and Angliss 
2014). The stock has continued to grow since then and is currently 
estimated at 19,126 animals with a minimum estimate of 18,017 (Carretta 
et al. 2013). Most gray whales migrate past the mouth of Cook Inlet to 
and from northern feeding grounds. However, small numbers of summering 
gray whales have been noted by fisherman near Kachemak Bay and north of 
Anchor Point. Further, summering gray whales were seen offshore of Cape 
Starichkof by marine mammal observers monitoring Buccaneer's 
Cosmopolitan drilling program in 2013 (Owl Ridge 2014). Regardless, 
gray whales are not expected to be encountered in upper Cook Inlet, 
where the activity is concentrated, north of Kachemak Bay. Therefore, 
it is unlikely that they will be encountered during this activity in 
close enough proximity to cause Level B harassment and are not 
considered further in this proposed Authorization.

Minke Whale (Balaenoptera acutorostrata)

    Minke whales are the smallest of the rorqual group of baleen whales 
reaching lengths of up to 35 feet. They are also the most common of the 
baleen whales, although there are no population estimates for the North 
Pacific, although estimates have been made for some portions of Alaska. 
Zerbini et al. (2006) estimated the coastal population between Kenai 
Fjords and the Aleutian Islands at 1,233 animals.
    During Cook Inlet-wide aerial surveys conducted from 1993 to 2004, 
minke whales were encountered only twice (1998, 1999), both times off 
Anchor Point 16 miles northwest of Homer. A minke whale was also 
reported off Cape Starichkof in 2011 (A. Holmes, pers. comm.) and 2013 
(E. Fernandez and C. Hesselbach, pers. comm.), suggesting this location 
is regularly used by minke whales, including during the winter. 
Recently, several minke whales were recorded off Cape Starichkof in 
early summer 2013 during exploratory drilling conducted there (Owl 
Ridge 2014). There are no records north of Cape Starichkof, and this 
species is unlikely to be seen in upper Cook Inlet. There is little 
chance of encountering a minke whale during these activities and they 
are not analyzed further.

Dall's Porpoise (Phocoenoides dalli)

    Dall's porpoise are widely distributed throughout the North Pacific 
Ocean including Alaska, although they are not found in upper Cook Inlet 
and the shallower waters of the Bering, Chukchi, and Beaufort Seas 
(Allen and Angliss 2014). Compared to harbor porpoise, Dall's porpoise 
prefer the deep offshore and shelf slope waters. The Alaskan population 
has been estimated at 83,400 animals (Allen and Angliss 2014), making 
it one of the more common cetaceans in the state. Dall's porpoise have 
been observed in lower Cook Inlet, including Kachemak Bay and near 
Anchor Point (Owl Ridge 2014), but sightings there are rare. The 
concentration of sightings of Dall's porpoise in a southerly part of 
the Inlet suggest it is unlikely they will be encountered during AK 
LNG's activities and they are therefore not considered further in this 
analysis.

Steller Sea Lion (Eumetopias jubatus)

    The Western Stock of the Steller sea lion is defined as all 
populations west of longitude 144[deg] W to the western end of the 
Aleutian Islands. The most recent estimate for this stock is 45,649 
animals (Allen and Angliss 2014), considerably less than that estimated 
140,000 animals in the 1950s (Merrick et al. 1987). Because of this 
dramatic decline, the stock was listed under the ESA as a threatened 
DPS in 1990, and relisted as endangered in 1997. Critical habitat was 
designated in 1993, and is defined as a 20-nautical-mile radius around 
all major rookeries and haulout sites. The 20-nautical-mile buffer was 
established based on telemetry data that indicated these sea lions 
concentrated their

[[Page 37472]]

summer foraging effort within this distance of rookeries and haul outs.
    Steller sea lions inhabit lower Cook Inlet, especially in the 
vicinity of Shaw Island and Elizabeth Island (Nagahut Rocks) haulout 
sites (Rugh et al. 2005a), but are rarely seen in upper Cook Inlet 
(Nemeth et al. 2007). Of the 42 Steller sea lion groups recorded during 
Cook Inlet aerial surveys between 1993 and 2004, none were recorded 
north of Anchor Point and only one in the vicinity of Kachemak Bay 
(Rugh et al. 2005a). Marine mammal observers associated with 
Buccaneer's drilling project off Cape Starichkof did observe seven 
Steller sea lions during the summer of 2013 (Owl Ridge 2014).
    The upper reaches of Cook Inlet may not provide adequate foraging 
conditions for sea lions for establishing a major haul out presence. 
Steller sea lions feed largely on walleye pollock (Theragra 
chalcogramma), salmon (Onchorhyncus spp.), and arrowtooth flounder 
(Atheresthes stomias) during the summer, and walleye pollock and 
Pacific cod (Gadus macrocephalus) during the winter (Sinclair and 
Zeppelin 2002), none of which, except for salmon, are found in 
abundance in upper Cook Inlet (Nemeth et al. 2007). Steller sea lions 
are unlikely to be encountered during operations in upper Cook Inlet, 
as they are primarily encountered along the Kenai Peninsula, especially 
closer to Anchor Point, and therefore they are not considered further 
in this proposed Authorization.

Potential Effects of the Specified Activity on Marine Mammals and Their 
Habitat

    This section includes a summary and discussion of the ways that 
components (e.g., seismic airgun operations, sub-bottom profiler 
chirper and boomer) of the specified activity may impact marine 
mammals. The ``Estimated Take by Incidental Harassment'' section later 
in this document will include a quantitative analysis of the number of 
individuals that NMFS expects to be taken by this activity. The 
``Negligible Impact Analysis'' section will include the analysis of how 
this specific proposed activity would impact marine mammals and will 
consider the content of this section, the ``Estimated Take by 
Incidental Harassment'' section, the ``Proposed Mitigation'' section, 
and the ``Anticipated Effects on Marine Mammal Habitat'' section to 
draw conclusions regarding the likely impacts of this activity on the 
reproductive success or survivorship of individuals and from that on 
the affected marine mammal populations or stocks.
    NMFS intends to provide a background of potential effects of AK 
LNG's activities in this section. Operating active acoustic sources 
have the potential for adverse effects on marine mammals. The majority 
of anticipated impacts would be from the use of these sources.

Acoustic Impacts

    When considering the influence of various kinds of sound on the 
marine environment, it is necessary to understand that different kinds 
of marine life are sensitive to different frequencies of sound. Current 
data indicate that not all marine mammal species have equal hearing 
capabilities (Richardson et al., 1995; Southall et al., 1997; Wartzok 
and Ketten, 1999; Au and Hastings, 2008).
    Southall et al. (2007) designated ``functional hearing groups'' for 
marine mammals based on available behavioral data; audiograms derived 
from auditory evoked potentials; anatomical modeling; and other data. 
Southall et al. (2007) also estimated the lower and upper frequencies 
of functional hearing for each group. However, animals are less 
sensitive to sounds at the outer edges of their functional hearing 
range and are more sensitive to a range of frequencies within the 
middle of their functional hearing range.
    The functional groups applicable to this proposed survey and the 
associated frequencies are:
     Low frequency cetaceans (13 species of mysticetes): 
Functional hearing estimates occur between approximately 7 Hertz (Hz) 
and 25 kHz (extended from 22 kHz based on data indicating that some 
mysticetes can hear above 22 kHz; Au et al., 2006; Lucifredi and Stein, 
2007; Ketten and Mountain, 2009; Tubelli et al., 2012);
     Mid-frequency cetaceans (32 species of dolphins, six 
species of larger toothed whales, and 19 species of beaked and 
bottlenose whales): Functional hearing estimates occur between 
approximately 150 Hz and 160 kHz;
     High-frequency cetaceans (eight species of true porpoises, 
six species of river dolphins, Kogia, the franciscana, and four species 
of cephalorhynchids): Functional hearing estimates occur between 
approximately 200 Hz and 180 kHz; and
     Pinnipeds in water: Phocid (true seals) functional hearing 
estimates occur between approximately 75 Hz and 100 kHz (Hemila et al., 
2006; Mulsow et al., 2011; Reichmuth et al., 2013) and otariid (seals 
and sea lions) functional hearing estimates occur between approximately 
100 Hz to 40 kHz.
    As mentioned previously in this document, four marine mammal 
species (3 odontocetes and 1 phocid) would likely occur in the proposed 
action area. Table 2 presents the classification of these species into 
their respective functional hearing group. NMFS consider a species' 
functional hearing group when analyzing the effects of exposure to 
sound on marine mammals.

 Table 2--Classification of Marine Mammals That Could Potentially Occur
 in the Proposed Activity Area in Cook Inlet, 2015 by Functional Hearing
                      Group (Southall et al., 2007)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Mid-frequency hearing range...............  Beluga whale, killer whale.
High Frequency Hearing Range..............  Harbor porpoise.
Pinnipeds in Water Hearing Range..........  Harbor seal.
------------------------------------------------------------------------

1. Potential Effects of Airgun Sounds on Marine Mammals

    The effects of sounds from airgun operations might include one or 
more of the following: Tolerance, masking of natural sounds, behavioral 
disturbance, temporary or permanent impairment, or non-auditory 
physical or physiological effects (Richardson et al., 1995; Gordon et 
al., 2003; Nowacek et al., 2007; Southall et al., 2007). The effects of 
noise on marine mammals are highly variable, often depending on species 
and contextual factors (based on Richardson et al., 1995).
Tolerance
    Studies on marine mammals' tolerance to sound in the natural 
environment are relatively rare. Richardson et al. (1995) defined 
tolerance as the occurrence of marine mammals in areas where they are 
exposed to human activities or manmade noise. In many cases, tolerance 
develops by the animal habituating to the stimulus (i.e., the gradual 
waning of responses to a repeated or ongoing stimulus) (Richardson, et 
al., 1995), but because of ecological or physiological requirements, 
many marine animals may need to remain in areas where they are exposed 
to chronic stimuli (Richardson, et al., 1995).
    Numerous studies have shown that pulsed sounds from airguns are 
often readily detectable in the water at distances of many kilometers. 
Several studies have also shown that marine mammals at distances of 
more than a few kilometers from operating seismic vessels often show no 
apparent

[[Page 37473]]

response. That is often true even in cases when the pulsed sounds must 
be readily audible to the animals based on measured received levels and 
the hearing sensitivity of the marine mammal group. Although various 
baleen whales and toothed whales, and (less frequently) pinnipeds have 
been shown to react behaviorally to airgun pulses under some 
conditions, at other times marine mammals of all three types have shown 
no overt reactions (Stone, 2003; Stone and Tasker, 2006; Moulton et al. 
2005, 2006) and (MacLean and Koski, 2005; Bain and Williams, 2006).
    Weir (2008) observed marine mammal responses to seismic pulses from 
a 24 airgun array firing a total volume of either 5,085 in\3\ or 3,147 
in\3\ in Angolan waters between August 2004 and May 2005. Weir (2008) 
recorded a total of 207 sightings of humpback whales (n = 66), sperm 
whales (n = 124), and Atlantic spotted dolphins (n = 17) and reported 
that there were no significant differences in encounter rates 
(sightings per hour) for humpback and sperm whales according to the 
airgun array's operational status (i.e., active versus silent).
    Bain and Williams (2006) examined the effects of a large airgun 
array (maximum total discharge volume of 1,100 in\3\) on six species in 
shallow waters off British Columbia and Washington: harbor seal, 
California sea lion (Zalophus californianus), Steller sea lion 
(Eumetopias jubatus), gray whale (Eschrichtius robustus), Dall's 
porpoise (Phocoenoides dalli), and harbor porpoise. Harbor porpoises 
showed reactions at received levels less than 155 dB re: 1 [mu]Pa at a 
distance of greater than 70 km (43 mi) from the seismic source (Bain 
and Williams, 2006). However, the tendency for greater responsiveness 
by harbor porpoise is consistent with their relative responsiveness to 
boat traffic and some other acoustic sources (Richardson, et al., 1995; 
Southall, et al., 2007). In contrast, the authors reported that gray 
whales seemed to tolerate exposures to sound up to approximately 170 dB 
re: 1 [mu]Pa (Bain and Williams, 2006) and Dall's porpoises occupied 
and tolerated areas receiving exposures of 170-180 dB re: 1 [mu]Pa 
(Bain and Williams, 2006; Parsons, et al., 2009). The authors observed 
several gray whales that moved away from the airguns toward deeper 
water where sound levels were higher due to propagation effects 
resulting in higher noise exposures (Bain and Williams, 2006). However, 
it is unclear whether their movements reflected a response to the 
sounds (Bain and Williams, 2006). Thus, the authors surmised that the 
lack of gray whale responses to higher received sound levels were 
ambiguous at best because one expects the species to be the most 
sensitive to the low-frequency sound emanating from the airguns (Bain 
and Williams, 2006).
    Pirotta et al. (2014) observed short-term responses of harbor 
porpoises to a two-dimensional (2-D) seismic survey in an enclosed bay 
in northeast Scotland which did not result in broad-scale displacement. 
The harbor porpoises that remained in the enclosed bay area reduced 
their buzzing activity by 15 percent during the seismic survey 
(Pirotta, et al., 2014). Thus, the authors suggest that animals exposed 
to anthropogenic disturbance may make trade-offs between perceived 
risks and the cost of leaving disturbed areas (Pirotta, et al., 2014).
Masking
    Marine mammals use acoustic signals for a variety of purposes, 
which differ among species, but include communication between 
individuals, navigation, foraging, reproduction, avoiding predators, 
and learning about their environment (Erbe and Farmer, 2000; Tyack, 
2000).
    The term masking refers to the inability of an animal to recognize 
the occurrence of an acoustic stimulus because of interference of 
another acoustic stimulus (Clark et al., 2009). Thus, masking is the 
obscuring of sounds of interest by other sounds, often at similar 
frequencies. It is a phenomenon that affects animals that are trying to 
receive acoustic information about their environment, including sounds 
from other members of their species, predators, prey, and sounds that 
allow them to orient in their environment. Masking these acoustic 
signals can disturb the behavior of individual animals, groups of 
animals, or entire populations.
    Introduced underwater sound may, through masking, reduce the 
effective communication distance of a marine mammal species if the 
frequency of the source is close to that used as a signal by the marine 
mammal, and if the anthropogenic sound is present for a significant 
fraction of the time (Richardson et al., 1995).
    Marine mammals are thought to be able to compensate for masking by 
adjusting their acoustic behavior through shifting call frequencies, 
increasing call volume, and increasing vocalization rates. For example 
in one study, blue whales increased call rates when exposed to noise 
from seismic surveys in the St. Lawrence Estuary (Di Iorio and Clark, 
2010). Other studies reported that some North Atlantic right whales 
exposed to high shipping noise increased call frequency (Parks et al., 
2007) and some humpback whales responded to low-frequency active sonar 
playbacks by increasing song length (Miller et al., 2000). 
Additionally, beluga whales change their vocalizations in the presence 
of high background noise possibly to avoid masking calls (Au et al., 
1985; Lesage et al., 1999; Scheifele et al., 2005).
    Studies have shown that some baleen and toothed whales continue 
calling in the presence of seismic pulses, and some researchers have 
heard these calls between the seismic pulses (e.g., Richardson et al., 
1986; McDonald et al., 1995; Greene et al., 1999; Nieukirk et al., 
2004; Smultea et al., 2004; Holst et al., 2005a, 2005b, 2006; and Dunn 
and Hernandez, 2009).
    In contrast, Clark and Gagnon (2006) reported that fin whales in 
the northeast Pacific Ocean went silent for an extended period starting 
soon after the onset of a seismic survey in the area. Similarly, NMFS 
is aware of one report that observed sperm whales ceased calls when 
exposed to pulses from a very distant seismic ship (Bowles et al., 
1994). However, more recent studies have found that sperm whales 
continued calling in the presence of seismic pulses (Madsen et al., 
2002; Tyack et al., 2003; Smultea et al., 2004; Holst et al., 2006; and 
Jochens et al., 2008).
    Risch et al. (2012) documented reductions in humpback whale 
vocalizations in the Stellwagen Bank National Marine Sanctuary 
concurrent with transmissions of the Ocean Acoustic Waveguide Remote 
Sensing (OAWRS) low-frequency fish sensor system at distances of 200 km 
(124 mi) from the source. The recorded OAWRS produced series of 
frequency modulated pulses and the signal received levels ranged from 
88 to 110 dB re: 1 [mu]Pa (Risch, et al., 2012). The authors 
hypothesized that individuals did not leave the area but instead ceased 
singing and noted that the duration and frequency range of the OAWRS 
signals (a novel sound to the whales) were similar to those of natural 
humpback whale song components used during mating (Risch et al., 2012). 
Thus, the novelty of the sound to humpback whales in the study area 
provided a compelling contextual probability for the observed effects 
(Risch et al., 2012). However, the authors did not state or imply that 
these changes had long-term effects on individual animals or 
populations (Risch et al., 2012).
    Several studies have also reported hearing dolphins and porpoises 
calling while airguns were operating (e.g.,

[[Page 37474]]

Gordon et al., 2004; Smultea et al., 2004; Holst et al., 2005a, b; and 
Potter et al., 2007). The sounds important to small odontocetes are 
predominantly at much higher frequencies than the dominant components 
of airgun sounds, thus limiting the potential for masking in those 
species.
    Although some degree of masking is inevitable when high levels of 
manmade broadband sounds are present in the sea, marine mammals have 
evolved systems and behavior that function to reduce the impacts of 
masking. Odontocete conspecifics may readily detect structured signals, 
such as the echolocation click sequences of small toothed whales even 
in the presence of strong background noise because their frequency 
content and temporal features usually differ strongly from those of the 
background noise (Au and Moore, 1988, 1990). The components of 
background noise that are similar in frequency to the sound signal in 
question primarily determine the degree of masking of that signal.
    Redundancy and context can also facilitate detection of weak 
signals. These phenomena may help marine mammals detect weak sounds in 
the presence of natural or manmade noise. Most masking studies in 
marine mammals present the test signal and the masking noise from the 
same direction. The sound localization abilities of marine mammals 
suggest that, if signal and noise come from different directions, 
masking would not be as severe as the usual types of masking studies 
might suggest (Richardson et al., 1995). The dominant background noise 
may be highly directional if it comes from a particular anthropogenic 
source such as a ship or industrial site. Directional hearing may 
significantly reduce the masking effects of these sounds by improving 
the effective signal-to-noise ratio. In the cases of higher frequency 
hearing by the bottlenose dolphin, beluga whale, and killer whale, 
empirical evidence confirms that masking depends strongly on the 
relative directions of arrival of sound signals and the masking noise 
(Penner et al., 1986; Dubrovskiy, 1990; Bain et al., 1993; Bain and 
Dahlheim, 1994). Toothed whales and probably other marine mammals as 
well, have additional capabilities besides directional hearing that can 
facilitate detection of sounds in the presence of background noise. 
There is evidence that some toothed whales can shift the dominant 
frequencies of their echolocation signals from a frequency range with a 
lot of ambient noise toward frequencies with less noise (Au et al., 
1974, 1985; Moore and Pawloski, 1990; Thomas and Turl, 1990; Romanenko 
and Kitain, 1992; Lesage et al., 1999). A few marine mammal species 
increase the source levels or alter the frequency of their calls in the 
presence of elevated sound levels (Dahlheim, 1987; Au, 1993; Lesage et 
al., 1993, 1999; Terhune, 1999; Foote et al., 2004; Parks et al., 2007, 
2009; Di Iorio and Clark, 2010; Holt et al., 2009).
    These data demonstrating adaptations for reduced masking pertain 
mainly to the very high frequency echolocation signals of toothed 
whales. There is less information about the existence of corresponding 
mechanisms at moderate or low frequencies or in other types of marine 
mammals. For example, Zaitseva et al. (1980) found that, for the 
bottlenose dolphin, the angular separation between a sound source and a 
masking noise source had little effect on the degree of masking when 
the sound frequency was 18 kHz, in contrast to the pronounced effect at 
higher frequencies. Studies have noted directional hearing at 
frequencies as low as 0.5-2 kHz in several marine mammals, including 
killer whales (Richardson et al., 1995a). This ability may be useful in 
reducing masking at these frequencies. In summary, high levels of sound 
generated by anthropogenic activities may act to mask the detection of 
weaker biologically important sounds by some marine mammals. This 
masking may be more prominent for lower frequencies. For higher 
frequencies, such as that used in echolocation by toothed whales, 
several mechanisms are available that may allow them to reduce the 
effects of such masking.
Behavioral Disturbance
    Marine mammals may behaviorally react to sound when exposed to 
anthropogenic noise. Reactions to sound, if any, depend on species, 
state of maturity, experience, current activity, reproductive state, 
time of day, and many other factors (Richardson et al., 1995; Wartzok 
et al., 2004; Southall et al., 2007; Weilgart, 2007).
    Types of behavioral reactions can include the following: Changing 
durations of surfacing and dives, number of blows per surfacing, or 
moving direction and/or speed; reduced/increased vocal activities; 
changing/cessation of certain behavioral activities (such as 
socializing or feeding); visible startle response or aggressive 
behavior (such as tail/fluke slapping or jaw clapping); avoidance of 
areas where noise sources are located; and/or flight responses (e.g., 
pinnipeds flushing into water from haulouts or rookeries).
    The biological significance of many of these behavioral 
disturbances is difficult to predict, especially if the detected 
disturbances appear minor. However, one could expect the consequences 
of behavioral modification to be biologically significant if the change 
affects growth, survival, and/or reproduction (e.g., Lusseau and 
Bejder, 2007; Weilgart, 2007). Examples of behavioral modifications 
that could impact growth, survival, or reproduction include:
     Drastic changes in diving/surfacing patterns (such as 
those associated with beaked whale stranding related to exposure to 
military mid-frequency tactical sonar);
     Permanent habitat abandonment due to loss of desirable 
acoustic environment; and
     Disruption of feeding or social interaction resulting in 
significant energetic costs, inhibited breeding, or cow-calf 
separation.
    The onset of behavioral disturbance from anthropogenic noise 
depends on both external factors (characteristics of noise sources and 
their paths) and the receiving animals (hearing, motivation, 
experience, demography) and is also difficult to predict (Richardson et 
al., 1995; Southall et al., 2007). Many studies have also shown that 
marine mammals at distances more than a few kilometers away often show 
no apparent response when exposed to seismic activities (e.g., Madsen & 
Mohl, 2000 for sperm whales; Malme et al., 1983, 1984 for gray whales; 
and Richardson et al., 1986 for bowhead whales). Other studies have 
shown that marine mammals continue important behaviors in the presence 
of seismic pulses (e.g., Dunn & Hernandez, 2009 for blue whales; Greene 
Jr. et al., 1999 for bowhead whales; Holst and Beland, 2010; Holst and 
Smultea, 2008; Holst et al., 2005; Nieukirk et al., 2004; Richardson, 
et al., 1986; Smultea et al., 2004).
    Baleen Whales: Studies have shown that underwater sounds from 
seismic activities are often readily detectable by baleen whales in the 
water at distances of many kilometers (Castellote et al., 2012 for fin 
whales).
    Observers have seen various species of Balaenoptera (blue, sei, 
fin, and minke whales) in areas ensonified by airgun pulses (Stone, 
2003; MacLean and Haley, 2004; Stone and Tasker, 2006), and have 
localized calls from blue and fin whales in areas with airgun 
operations (e.g., McDonald et al., 1995; Dunn and Hernandez, 2009; 
Castellote et al., 2010). Sightings by observers on seismic vessels off 
the United Kingdom from 1997 to 2000 suggest that, during

[[Page 37475]]

times of good visibility, sighting rates for mysticetes (mainly fin and 
sei whales) were similar when large arrays of airguns were shooting 
versus silent (Stone, 2003; Stone and Tasker, 2006). However, these 
whales tended to exhibit localized avoidance, remaining significantly 
further (on average) from the airgun array during seismic operations 
compared with non-seismic periods (Stone and Tasker, 2006).
    Ship-based monitoring studies of baleen whales (including blue, 
fin, sei, minke, and humpback whales) in the northwest Atlantic found 
that overall, this group had lower sighting rates during seismic versus 
non-seismic periods (Moulton and Holst, 2010). The authors observed 
that baleen whales as a group were significantly farther from the 
vessel during seismic compared with non-seismic periods. Moreover, the 
authors observed that the whales swam away more often from the 
operating seismic vessel (Moulton and Holst, 2010). Initial sightings 
of blue and minke whales were significantly farther from the vessel 
during seismic operations compared to non-seismic periods and the 
authors observed the same trend for fin whales (Moulton and Holst, 
2010). Also, the authors observed that minke whales most often swam 
away from the vessel when seismic operations were underway (Moulton and 
Holst, 2010).
    Toothed Whales: Few systematic data are available describing 
reactions of toothed whales to noise pulses. However, systematic work 
on sperm whales is underway (e.g., Gordon et al., 2006; Madsen et al., 
2006; Winsor and Mate, 2006; Jochens et al., 2008; Miller et al., 2009) 
and there is an increasing amount of information about responses of 
various odontocetes, including killer whales and belugas, to seismic 
surveys based on monitoring studies (e.g., Stone, 2003; Smultea et al., 
2004; Moulton and Miller, 2005; Bain and Williams, 2006; Holst et al., 
2006; Stone and Tasker, 2006; Potter et al., 2007; Hauser et al., 2008; 
Holst and Smultea, 2008; Weir, 2008; Barkaszi et al., 2009; Richardson 
et al., 2009; Moulton and Holst, 2010). Reactions of toothed whales to 
large arrays of airguns are variable and, at least for delphinids, seem 
to be confined to a smaller radius than has been observed for 
mysticetes.
    Observers stationed on seismic vessels operating off the United 
Kingdom from 1997-2000 have provided data on the occurrence and 
behavior of various toothed whales exposed to seismic pulses (Stone, 
2003; Gordon et al., 2004). The studies note that killer whales were 
significantly farther from large airgun arrays during periods of active 
airgun operations compared with periods of silence. The displacement of 
the median distance from the array was approximately 0.5 km (0.3 mi) or 
more. Killer whales also appear to be more tolerant of seismic shooting 
in deeper water (Stone, 2003; Gordon et al., 2004).
    The beluga may be a species that (at least in certain geographic 
areas) shows long-distance avoidance of seismic vessels. Aerial surveys 
during seismic operations in the southeastern Beaufort Sea recorded 
much lower sighting rates of beluga whales within 10-20 km (6.2-12.4 
mi) of an active seismic vessel. These results were consistent with the 
low number of beluga sightings reported by observers aboard the seismic 
vessel, suggesting that some belugas might have been avoiding the 
seismic operations at distances of 10-20 km (6.2-12.4 mi) (Miller et 
al., 2005).
Delphinids
    Seismic operators and protected species observers (observers) on 
seismic vessels regularly see dolphins and other small toothed whales 
near operating airgun arrays, but in general there is a tendency for 
most delphinids to show some avoidance of operating seismic vessels 
(e.g., Goold, 1996a,b,c; Calambokidis and Osmek, 1998; Stone, 2003; 
Moulton and Miller, 2005; Holst et al., 2006; Stone and Tasker, 2006; 
Weir, 2008; Richardson et al., 2009; Barkaszi et al., 2009; Moulton and 
Holst, 2010). Some dolphins seem to be attracted to the seismic vessel 
and floats, and some ride the bow wave of the seismic vessel even when 
large arrays of airguns are firing (e.g., Moulton and Miller, 2005). 
Nonetheless, there have been indications that small toothed whales 
sometimes move away or maintain a somewhat greater distance from the 
vessel when a large array of airguns is operating than when it is 
silent (e.g., Goold, 1996a,b,c; Stone and Tasker, 2006; Weir, 2008, 
Barry et al., 2010; Moulton and Holst, 2010). In most cases, the 
avoidance radii for delphinids appear to be small, on the order of one 
km or less, and some individuals show no apparent avoidance.
    Captive bottlenose dolphins exhibited changes in behavior when 
exposed to strong pulsed sounds similar in duration to those typically 
used in seismic surveys (Finneran et al., 2000, 2002, 2005). However, 
the animals tolerated high received levels of sound (pk-pk level >200 
dB re 1 [mu]Pa) before exhibiting aversive behaviors.
Porpoises
    Results for porpoises depend upon the species. The limited 
available data suggest that harbor porpoises show stronger avoidance of 
seismic operations than do Dall's porpoises (Stone, 2003; MacLean and 
Koski, 2005; Bain and Williams, 2006; Stone and Tasker, 2006). Dall's 
porpoises seem relatively tolerant of airgun operations (MacLean and 
Koski, 2005; Bain and Williams, 2006), although they too have been 
observed to avoid large arrays of operating airguns (Calambokidis and 
Osmek, 1998; Bain and Williams, 2006). This apparent difference in 
responsiveness of these two porpoise species is consistent with their 
relative responsiveness to boat traffic and some other acoustic sources 
(Richardson et al., 1995; Southall et al., 2007).
Pinnipeds
    Pinnipeds are not likely to show a strong avoidance reaction to the 
airgun sources proposed for use. Visual monitoring from seismic vessels 
has shown only slight (if any) avoidance of airguns by pinnipeds and 
only slight (if any) changes in behavior. Monitoring work in the 
Alaskan Beaufort Sea during 1996-2001 provided considerable information 
regarding the behavior of Arctic ice seals exposed to seismic pulses 
(Harris et al., 2001; Moulton and Lawson, 2002). These seismic projects 
usually involved arrays of 6 to 16 airguns with total volumes of 560 to 
1,500 in\3\. The combined results suggest that some seals avoid the 
immediate area around seismic vessels. In most survey years, ringed 
seal (Phoca hispida) sightings tended to be farther away from the 
seismic vessel when the airguns were operating than when they were not 
(Moulton and Lawson, 2002). However, these avoidance movements were 
relatively small, on the order of 100 m (328 ft) to a few hundreds of 
meters, and many seals remained within 100-200 m (328-656 ft) of the 
trackline as the operating airgun array passed by the animals. Seal 
sighting rates at the water surface were lower during airgun array 
operations than during no-airgun periods in each survey year except 
1997. Similarly, seals are often very tolerant of pulsed sounds from 
seal-scaring devices (Mate and Harvey, 1987; Jefferson and Curry, 1994; 
Richardson et al., 1995). However, initial telemetry work suggests that 
avoidance and other behavioral reactions by two other species of seals 
to small airgun sources may at times be stronger than evident to date 
from visual studies of pinniped reactions to airguns (Thompson et al., 
1998).
Hearing Impairment
    Exposure to high intensity sound for a sufficient duration may 
result in

[[Page 37476]]

auditory effects such as a noise-induced threshold shift--an increase 
in the auditory threshold after exposure to noise (Finneran et al., 
2005). Factors that influence the amount of threshold shift include the 
amplitude, duration, frequency content, temporal pattern, and energy 
distribution of noise exposure. The magnitude of hearing threshold 
shift normally decreases over time following cessation of the noise 
exposure. The amount of threshold shift just after exposure is the 
initial threshold shift. If the threshold shift eventually returns to 
zero (i.e., the threshold returns to the pre-exposure value), it is a 
temporary threshold shift (Southall et al., 2007).
    Threshold Shift (noise-induced loss of hearing)--When animals 
exhibit reduced hearing sensitivity (i.e., sounds must be louder for an 
animal to detect them) following exposure to an intense sound or sound 
for long duration, it is referred to as a noise-induced threshold shift 
(TS). An animal can experience temporary threshold shift (TTS) or 
permanent threshold shift (PTS). TTS can last from minutes or hours to 
days (i.e., there is complete recovery), can occur in specific 
frequency ranges (i.e., an animal might only have a temporary loss of 
hearing sensitivity between the frequencies of 1 and 10 kHz), and can 
be of varying amounts (for example, an animal's hearing sensitivity 
might be reduced initially by only 6 dB or reduced by 30 dB). PTS is 
permanent, but some recovery is possible. PTS can also occur in a 
specific frequency range and amount as mentioned above for TTS.
    The following physiological mechanisms are thought to play a role 
in inducing auditory TS: Effects to sensory hair cells in the inner ear 
that reduce their sensitivity, modification of the chemical environment 
within the sensory cells, residual muscular activity in the middle ear, 
displacement of certain inner ear membranes, increased blood flow, and 
post-stimulatory reduction in both efferent and sensory neural output 
(Southall et al., 2007). The amplitude, duration, frequency, temporal 
pattern, and energy distribution of sound exposure all can affect the 
amount of associated TS and the frequency range in which it occurs. As 
amplitude and duration of sound exposure increase, so, generally, does 
the amount of TS, along with the recovery time. For intermittent 
sounds, less TS could occur than compared to a continuous exposure with 
the same energy (some recovery could occur between intermittent 
exposures depending on the duty cycle between sounds) (Kryter et al., 
1966; Ward, 1997). For example, one short but loud (higher SPL) sound 
exposure may induce the same impairment as one longer but softer sound, 
which in turn may cause more impairment than a series of several 
intermittent softer sounds with the same total energy (Ward, 1997). 
Additionally, though TTS is temporary, prolonged exposure to sounds 
strong enough to elicit TTS, or shorter-term exposure to sound levels 
well above the TTS threshold, can cause PTS, at least in terrestrial 
mammals (Kryter, 1985). Although in the case of the proposed seismic 
survey, NMFS does not expect that animals would experience levels high 
enough or durations long enough to result in PTS given that the airgun 
is a very low volume airgun, and the use of the airgun will be 
restricted to seven days in a small geographic area.
    PTS is considered auditory injury (Southall et al., 2007). 
Irreparable damage to the inner or outer cochlear hair cells may cause 
PTS; however, other mechanisms are also involved, such as exceeding the 
elastic limits of certain tissues and membranes in the middle and inner 
ears and resultant changes in the chemical composition of the inner ear 
fluids (Southall et al., 2007).
    Although the published body of scientific literature contains 
numerous theoretical studies and discussion papers on hearing 
impairments that can occur with exposure to a loud sound, only a few 
studies provide empirical information on the levels at which noise-
induced loss in hearing sensitivity occurs in non-human animals.
    Recent studies by Kujawa and Liberman (2009) and Lin et al. (2011) 
found that despite completely reversible threshold shifts that leave 
cochlear sensory cells intact, large threshold shifts could cause 
synaptic level changes and delayed cochlear nerve degeneration in mice 
and guinea pigs, respectively. NMFS notes that the high level of TTS 
that led to the synaptic changes shown in these studies is in the range 
of the high degree of TTS that Southall et al. (2007) used to calculate 
PTS levels. It is unknown whether smaller levels of TTS would lead to 
similar changes. NMFS, however, acknowledges the complexity of noise 
exposure on the nervous system, and will re-examine this issue as more 
data become available.
    For marine mammals, published data are limited to the captive 
bottlenose dolphin, beluga, harbor porpoise, and Yangtze finless 
porpoise (Finneran et al., 2000, 2002b, 2003, 2005a, 2007, 2010a, 
2010b; Finneran and Schlundt, 2010; Lucke et al., 2009; Mooney et al., 
2009a, 2009b; Popov et al., 2011a, 2011b; Kastelein et al., 2012a; 
Schlundt et al., 2000; Nachtigall et al., 2003, 2004). For pinnipeds in 
water, data are limited to measurements of TTS in harbor seals, an 
elephant seal, and California sea lions (Kastak et al., 1999, 2005; 
Kastelein et al., 2012b).
    Lucke et al. (2009) found a threshold shift (TS) of a harbor 
porpoise after exposing it to airgun noise with a received sound 
pressure level (SPL) at 200.2 dB (peak-to-peak) re: 1 [mu]Pa, which 
corresponds to a sound exposure level of 164.5 dB re: 1 [mu]Pa2 s after 
integrating exposure. NMFS currently uses the root-mean-square (rms) of 
received SPL at 180 dB and 190 dB re: 1 [mu]Pa as the threshold above 
which permanent threshold shift (PTS) could occur for cetaceans and 
pinnipeds, respectively. Because the airgun noise is a broadband 
impulse, one cannot directly determine the equivalent of rms SPL from 
the reported peak-to-peak SPLs. However, applying a conservative 
conversion factor of 16 dB for broadband signals from seismic surveys 
(McCauley, et al., 2000) to correct for the difference between peak-to-
peak levels reported in Lucke et al. (2009) and rms SPLs, the rms SPL 
for TTS would be approximately 184 dB re: 1 [mu]Pa, and the received 
levels associated with PTS (Level A harassment) would be higher. This 
is still above NMFS' current 180 dB rms re: 1 [mu]Pa threshold for 
injury. However, NMFS recognizes that TTS of harbor porpoises is lower 
than other cetacean species empirically tested (Finneran & Schlundt, 
2010; Finneran et al., 2002; Kastelein and Jennings, 2012).
    A recent study on bottlenose dolphins (Schlundt, et al., 2013) 
measured hearing thresholds at multiple frequencies to determine the 
amount of TTS induced before and after exposure to a sequence of 
impulses produced by a seismic air gun. The air gun volume and 
operating pressure varied from 40-150 in\3\ and 1000-2000 psi, 
respectively. After three years and 180 sessions, the authors observed 
no significant TTS at any test frequency, for any combinations of air 
gun volume, pressure, or proximity to the dolphin during behavioral 
tests (Schlundt, et al., 2013). Schlundt et al. (2013) suggest that the 
potential for airguns to cause hearing loss in dolphins is lower than 
previously predicted, perhaps as a result of the low-frequency content 
of air gun impulses compared to the high-frequency hearing ability of 
dolphins.
    Marine mammal hearing plays a critical role in communication with 
conspecifics, and interpretation of environmental cues for purposes 
such as predator avoidance and prey capture.

[[Page 37477]]

Depending on the degree (elevation of threshold in dB), duration (i.e., 
recovery time), and frequency range of TTS, and the context in which it 
is experienced, TTS can have effects on marine mammals ranging from 
discountable to serious (similar to those discussed in auditory 
masking, below). For example, a marine mammal may be able to readily 
compensate for a brief, relatively small amount of TTS in a non-
critical frequency range that occurs during a time where ambient noise 
is lower and there are not as many competing sounds present. 
Alternatively, a larger amount and longer duration of TTS sustained 
during time when communication is critical for successful mother/calf 
interactions could have more serious impacts. Also, depending on the 
degree and frequency range, the effects of PTS on an animal could range 
in severity, although it is considered generally more serious because 
it is a permanent condition. Of note, reduced hearing sensitivity as a 
simple function of aging has been observed in marine mammals, as well 
as humans and other taxa (Southall et al., 2007), so one can infer that 
strategies exist for coping with this condition to some degree, though 
likely not without cost.
    Given the higher level of sound necessary to cause PTS as compared 
with TTS, it is considerably less likely that PTS would occur during 
the proposed seismic survey, although TTS is possible but unlikely. 
Cetaceans generally avoid the immediate area around operating seismic 
vessels, as do some other marine mammals. Some pinnipeds show avoidance 
reactions to airguns, but their avoidance reactions are generally not 
as strong or consistent compared to cetacean reactions.
    Non-auditory Physical Effects: Non-auditory physical effects might 
occur in marine mammals exposed to strong underwater pulsed sound. 
Possible types of non-auditory physiological effects or injuries that 
theoretically might occur in mammals close to a strong sound source 
include stress, neurological effects, bubble formation, and other types 
of organ or tissue damage. Some marine mammal species (i.e., beaked 
whales) may be especially susceptible to injury and/or stranding when 
exposed to strong pulsed sounds.
    Classic stress responses begin when an animal's central nervous 
system perceives a potential threat to its homeostasis. That perception 
triggers stress responses regardless of whether a stimulus actually 
threatens the animal; the mere perception of a threat is sufficient to 
trigger a stress response (Moberg, 2000; Sapolsky et al., 2005; Seyle, 
1950). Once an animal's central nervous system perceives a threat, it 
mounts a biological response or defense that consists of a combination 
of the four general biological defense responses: Behavioral responses; 
autonomic nervous system responses; neuroendocrine responses; or immune 
responses.
    In the case of many stressors, an animal's first and most 
economical (in terms of biotic costs) response is behavioral avoidance 
of the potential stressor or avoidance of continued exposure to a 
stressor. An animal's second line of defense to stressors involves the 
sympathetic part of the autonomic nervous system and the classical 
``fight or flight'' response, which includes the cardiovascular system, 
the gastrointestinal system, the exocrine glands, and the adrenal 
medulla to produce changes in heart rate, blood pressure, and 
gastrointestinal activity that humans commonly associate with stress. 
These responses have a relatively short duration and may or may not 
have significant long-term effects on an animal's welfare.
    An animal's third line of defense to stressors involves its 
neuroendocrine or sympathetic nervous systems; the system that has 
received the most study has been the hypothalmus-pituitary-adrenal 
system (also known as the HPA axis in mammals or the hypothalamus-
pituitary-interrenal axis in fish and some reptiles). Unlike stress 
responses associated with the autonomic nervous system, the pituitary 
hormones regulate virtually all neuroendocrine functions affected by 
stress--including immune competence, reproduction, metabolism, and 
behavior. Stress-induced changes in the secretion of pituitary hormones 
have been implicated in failed reproduction (Moberg, 1987; Rivier, 
1995), altered metabolism (Elasser et al., 2000), reduced immune 
competence (Blecha, 2000), and behavioral disturbance. Increases in the 
circulation of glucocorticosteroids (cortisol, corticosterone, and 
aldosterone in marine mammals; see Romano et al., 2004) have been 
equated with stress for many years.
    The primary distinction between stress (which is adaptive and does 
not normally place an animal at risk) and distress is the biotic cost 
of the response. During a stress response, an animal uses glycogen 
stores that the body quickly replenishes after alleviation of the 
stressor. In such circumstances, the cost of the stress response would 
not pose a risk to the animal's welfare. However, when an animal does 
not have sufficient energy reserves to satisfy the energetic costs of a 
stress response, it diverts energy resources from other biotic 
functions, which impair those functions that experience the diversion. 
For example, when mounting a stress response diverts energy away from 
growth in young animals, those animals may experience stunted growth. 
When mounting a stress response diverts energy from a fetus, an 
animal's reproductive success and fitness will suffer. In these cases, 
the animals will have entered a pre-pathological or pathological state 
called ``distress'' (sensu Seyle, 1950) or ``allostatic loading'' 
(sensu McEwen and Wingfield, 2003). This pathological state will last 
until the animal replenishes its biotic reserves sufficient to restore 
normal function. Note that these examples involved a long-term (days or 
weeks) stress response exposure to stimuli.
    Relationships between these physiological mechanisms, animal 
behavior, and the costs of stress responses have also been documented 
fairly well through controlled experiment; because this physiology 
exists in every vertebrate that has been studied, it is not surprising 
that stress responses and their costs have been documented in both 
laboratory and free-living animals (for examples see, Holberton et al., 
1996; Hood et al., 1998; Jessop et al., 2003; Krausman et al., 2004; 
Lankford et al., 2005; Reneerkens et al., 2002; Thompson and Hamer, 
2000). Although no information has been collected on the physiological 
responses of marine mammals to anthropogenic sound exposure, studies of 
other marine animals and terrestrial animals would lead us to expect 
some marine mammals to experience physiological stress responses and, 
perhaps, physiological responses that would be classified as 
``distress'' upon exposure to anthropogenic sounds.
    For example, Jansen (1998) reported on the relationship between 
acoustic exposures and physiological responses that are indicative of 
stress responses in humans (e.g., elevated respiration and increased 
heart rates). Jones (1998) reported on reductions in human performance 
when faced with acute, repetitive exposures to acoustic disturbance. 
Trimper et al. (1998) reported on the physiological stress responses of 
osprey to low-level aircraft noise while Krausman et al. (2004) 
reported on the auditory and physiology stress responses of endangered 
Sonoran pronghorn to military overflights. Smith et al. (2004a, 2004b) 
identified noise-induced physiological transient stress responses in 
hearing-specialist fish (i.e., goldfish) that accompanied short- and 
long-term hearing losses. Welch and Welch (1970) reported physiological

[[Page 37478]]

and behavioral stress responses that accompanied damage to the inner 
ears of fish and several mammals.
    Hearing is one of the primary senses marine mammals use to gather 
information about their environment and communicate with conspecifics. 
Although empirical information on the relationship between sensory 
impairment (TTS, PTS, and acoustic masking) on marine mammals remains 
limited, we assume that reducing a marine mammal's ability to gather 
information about its environment and communicate with other members of 
its species would induce stress, based on data that terrestrial animals 
exhibit those responses under similar conditions (NRC, 2003) and 
because marine mammals use hearing as their primary sensory mechanism. 
Therefore, NMFS assumes that acoustic exposures sufficient to trigger 
onset PTS or TTS would be accompanied by physiological stress 
responses. More importantly, marine mammals might experience stress 
responses at received levels lower than those necessary to trigger 
onset TTS. Based on empirical studies of the time required to recover 
from stress responses (Moberg, 2000), NMFS also assumes that stress 
responses could persist beyond the time interval required for animals 
to recover from TTS and might result in pathological and pre-
pathological states that would be as significant as behavioral 
responses to TTS.
    Resonance effects (Gentry, 2002) and direct noise-induced bubble 
formations (Crum et al., 2005) are implausible in the case of exposure 
to an impulsive broadband source like an airgun array. If seismic 
surveys disrupt diving patterns of deep-diving species, this might 
result in bubble formation and a form of the bends, as speculated to 
occur in beaked whales exposed to sonar. However, there is no specific 
evidence of this upon exposure to airgun pulses.
    In general, there are few data about the potential for strong, 
anthropogenic underwater sounds to cause non-auditory physical effects 
in marine mammals. Such effects, if they occur at all, would presumably 
be limited to short distances and to activities that extend over a 
prolonged period. The available data do not allow identification of a 
specific exposure level above which non-auditory effects can be 
expected (Southall et al., 2007) or any meaningful quantitative 
predictions of the numbers (if any) of marine mammals that might be 
affected in those ways. There is no definitive evidence that any of 
these effects occur even for marine mammals in close proximity to large 
arrays of airguns. In addition, marine mammals that show behavioral 
avoidance of seismic vessels, including some pinnipeds, are unlikely to 
incur non-auditory impairment or other physical effects. The low volume 
of the airgun proposed for this activity combined with the limited 
scope of use proposed makes non-auditory physical effects from airgun 
use, including stress, unlikely. Therefore, we do not anticipate such 
effects would occur given the brief duration of exposure during the 
proposed survey.
Stranding and Mortality
    When a living or dead marine mammal swims or floats onto shore and 
becomes ``beached'' or incapable of returning to sea, the event is a 
``stranding'' (Geraci et al., 1999; Perrin and Geraci, 2002; Geraci and 
Lounsbury, 2005; NMFS, 2007). The legal definition for a stranding 
under the MMPA is that ``(A) a marine mammal is dead and is (i) on a 
beach or shore of the United States; or (ii) in waters under the 
jurisdiction of the United States (including any navigable waters); or 
(B) a marine mammal is alive and is (i) on a beach or shore of the 
United States and is unable to return to the water; (ii) on a beach or 
shore of the United States and, although able to return to the water, 
is in need of apparent medical attention; or (iii) in the waters under 
the jurisdiction of the United States (including any navigable waters), 
but is unable to return to its natural habitat under its own power or 
without assistance''.
    Marine mammals strand for a variety of reasons, such as infectious 
agents, biotoxicosis, starvation, fishery interaction, ship strike, 
unusual oceanographic or weather events, sound exposure, or 
combinations of these stressors sustained concurrently or in series. 
However, the cause or causes of most strandings are unknown (Geraci et 
al., 1976; Eaton, 1979; Odell et al., 1980; Best, 1982). Numerous 
studies suggest that the physiology, behavior, habitat relationships, 
age, or condition of cetaceans may cause them to strand or might pre-
dispose them to strand when exposed to another phenomenon. These 
suggestions are consistent with the conclusions of numerous other 
studies that have demonstrated that combinations of dissimilar 
stressors commonly combine to kill an animal or dramatically reduce its 
fitness, even though one exposure without the other does not produce 
the same result (Chroussos, 2000; Creel, 2005; DeVries et al., 2003; 
Fair and Becker, 2000; Foley et al., 2001; Moberg, 2000; Relyea, 2005a; 
2005b, Romero, 2004; Sih et al., 2004). Given the low volume and source 
level of the proposed airgun, standing and mortality are not 
anticipated due to use of the airgun proposed for this activity.

2. Potential Effects of Other Acoustic Devices

Sub-Bottom Profiler
    AK LNG would also operate a sub-bottom profiler chirp and boomer 
from the source vessel during the proposed survey. The chirp's sounds 
are very short pulses, occurring for one ms, six times per second. Most 
of the energy in the sound pulses emitted by the profiler is at 2-6 
kHz, and the beam is directed downward. The chirp has a maximum source 
level of 202 dB re: 1 [micro]Pa, with a tilt angle of 90 degrees below 
horizontal and a beam width of 24 degrees. The sub-bottom profiler 
boomer will shoot approximately every 3.125m, with shots lasting 1.5 to 
2 seconds. Most of the energy in the sound pulses emitted by the boomer 
is concentrated between 0.5 and 6 kHz, with a source level of 205dB re: 
1[mu]Pa.The tilt of the boomer is 90 degrees below horizontal, but the 
emission is omnidirectional. Kremser et al. (2005) noted that the 
probability of a cetacean swimming through the area of exposure when a 
bottom profiler emits a pulse is small--because if the animal was in 
the area, it would have to pass the transducer at close range in order 
to be subjected to sound levels that could cause temporary threshold 
shift and would likely exhibit avoidance behavior to the area near the 
transducer rather than swim through at such a close range.
    Masking: Both the chirper and boomer sub-bottom profilers produce 
impulsive sound exceeding 160 dB re 1 [mu]Pa-m (rms). The louder boomer 
operates at a source value of 205 dB re 1 [mu]Pa-m (rms), but with a 
frequency between 0.5 and 6 kHz, which is lower than the maximum 
sensitivity hearing range of any the local species (belugas--40-130 
kHz;, killer whales--7-30 kHz; harbor porpoise--100-140 kHz; and harbor 
seals--10-30 kHz; Wartzok and Ketten 1999, Southall et al. 2007, 
Kastelein et al. 2002). While the chirper is not as loud (202 dB re 1 
[mu]Pa-m [rms]), it does operate at a higher frequency range (2-16 
kHz), and within the maximum sensitive range of all of the local 
species except beluga whales.
    Marine mammal communications would not likely be masked appreciably 
by the profiler's signals given the directionality of the signal and 
the brief period when an individual mammal is likely to be within its 
beam. Furthermore, despite the fact that the profiler overlaps with 
hearing ranges of

[[Page 37479]]

many marine mammal species in the area, the profiler's signals do not 
overlap with the predominant frequencies in the calls, which would 
avoid significant masking.
    Behavioral Responses: Responses to the profiler are likely to be 
similar to the other pulsed sources discussed earlier if received at 
the same levels. The behavioral response of local marine mammals to the 
operation of the sub-bottom profilers is expected to be similar to that 
of the small airgun. The odontocetes are likely to avoid the sub-bottom 
profiler activity, especially the naturally shy harbor porpoise, while 
the harbor seals might be attracted to them out of curiosity. However, 
because the sub-bottom profilers operate from a moving vessel, and the 
maximum radius to the 160 dB harassment threshold is only 263 m (863 
ft), the area and time that this equipment would be affecting a given 
location is very small.
    Hearing Impairment and Other Physical Effects: It is unlikely that 
the sub-bottom profilers produce sound levels strong enough to cause 
hearing impairment or other physical injuries even in an animal that is 
(briefly) in a position near the source (Wood et al. 2012). The 
likelihood of marine mammals moving away from the source make if 
further unlikely that a marine mammal would be able to approach close 
to the transducers.
    Animals may avoid the area around the survey vessels, thereby 
reducing exposure. Any disturbance to marine mammals is likely to be in 
the form of temporary avoidance or alteration of opportunistic foraging 
behavior near the survey location.
Vibracore
    AK LNG would conduct vibracoring in a corridor across a northern 
portion of Cook Inlet. While duration is dependent on sediment type, 
the driving mechanism, which emits sound at a source level of 187dB re: 
1[micro]Pa, will only bore for 1 to 2 minutes. The sound is emitted at 
a frequency of 10Hz to 20kHz. Cores will be bored at approximately 
every 4 km along the pipeline corridor, for about 22 cores in that 
area. Approximately 33 cores will be taken in the Marine Terminal area.
    Masking: It is unlikely that masking will occur due to vibracore 
operations. Chorney et al. (2011) conducted sound measurements on an 
operating vibracorer in Alaska and found that it emitted a sound 
pressure level at 1-m source of 188 dB re 1 [mu]Pa-m (rms), with a 
frequency range of between 10 Hz and 20 kHz. While the frequency range 
overlaps the lower ends of the maximum sensitivity hearing ranges of 
harbor porpoises, killer whales, and harbor seals, and the continuous 
sound extends 2.54 km (1.6 mi) to the 120 dB threshold, the vibracorer 
will operate about the one or two minutes it takes to drive the core 
pipe 7 m (20 ft) into the sediment, and approximately twice per day. 
Therefore, there is very little opportunity for this activity to mask 
the communication of local marine mammals.
    Behavioral Response: It is unlikely that vibracoring will elicit 
behavioral responses from marine mammal species in the area. An 
analysis of similar survey activity in New Zealand classified the 
likely effects from vibracore and similar activity to be some habitat 
degradation and prey species effects, but primarily behavioral 
responses, although the species in the analyzed area were different to 
those found in Cook Inlet (Thompson, 2012).
    There are no data on the behavioral response to vibracore activity 
of marine mammals in Cook Inlet. The closest analog to vibracoring 
might be exploratory drilling, although there is a notable difference 
in magnitude between an oil and gas drilling operation and collecting 
sediment samples with a vibracorer. Thomas et al. (1990) played back 
drilling sound to four captive beluga whales and found no statistical 
difference in swim patterns, social groups, respiration and dive rates, 
or stress hormone levels before and during playbacks. There is no 
reason to believe that beluga whales or any other marine mammal exposed 
to vibracoring sound would behave any differently, especially since 
vibracoring occurs for only one or two minutes.
    Hearing Impairment and Other Physical Effects: The vibracorer 
operates for only one or two minutes at a time with a 1-m source of 
187.4 dB re 1 [mu]Pa-m (rms). It is neither loud enough nor does it 
operate for a long enough duration to induce either TTS or PTS.
Stranding and Mortality
    Stress, Stranding, and Mortality Safety zones will be established 
to prevent acoustical injury to local marine mammals, especially injury 
that could indirectly lead to mortality. Also, G&G sound is not 
expected to cause resonate effects to gas-filled spaces or airspaces in 
marine mammals based on the research of Finneran (2003) on beluga 
whales showing that the tissue and other body masses dampen any 
potential effects of resonance on ear cavities, lungs, and intestines. 
Chronic exposure to sound could lead to physiological stress eventually 
causing hormonal imbalances (NRC 2005). If survival demands are already 
high, and/or additional stressors are present, the ability of the 
animal to cope decreases, leading to pathological conditions or death 
(NRC 2005). Potential effects may be greatest where sound disturbance 
can disrupt feeding patterns including displacement from critical 
feeding grounds. However, all G&G exposure to marine mammals would be 
of duration measured in minutes.
    Specific sound-related processes that lead to strandings and 
mortality are not well documented, but may include (1) swimming in 
avoidance of a sound into shallow water; (2) a change in behavior (such 
as a change in diving behavior) that might contribute to tissue damage, 
gas bubble formation, hypoxia, cardiac arrhythmia, hypertensive 
hemorrhage, or other forms of trauma; (3) a physiological change such 
as a vestibular response leading to a behavioral change or stress-
induced hemorrhagic diathesis, leading in turn to tissue damage; and, 
(4) tissue damage directly from sound exposure, such as through 
acoustically mediated bubble formation and growth or acoustic resonance 
of tissues (Wood et al. 2012). Some of these mechanisms are unlikely to 
apply in the case of impulse G&G sounds, especially since airguns and 
sub-bottom profilers produce broadband sound with low pressure rise. 
Strandings to date which have been attributed to sound exposure related 
to date from military exercises using narrowband mid-frequency sonar 
with a much greater likelihood to cause physical damage (Balcomb and 
Claridge 2001, NOAA and USN, 2001, Hildebrand 2005).
    The low intensity, low frequency, broadband sound associated with 
airguns and sub-bottom profilers, combined with the shutdown safety 
zone mitigation measure for the airgun would prevent physical damage to 
marine mammals. The vibracoring would also be unlikely to have the 
capability of causing physical damage to marine mammals because of its 
low intensity and short duration.

3. Potential Effects of Vessel Movement and Collisions

    Vessel movement in the vicinity of marine mammals has the potential 
to result in either a behavioral response or a direct physical 
interaction. We discuss both scenarios here.
    Behavioral Responses to Vessel Movement: There are limited data 
concerning marine mammal behavioral responses to vessel traffic and 
vessel noise, and a lack of consensus among scientists with respect to 
what these responses mean or whether they result in short-term or long-
term adverse

[[Page 37480]]

effects. In those cases where there is a busy shipping lane or where 
there is a large amount of vessel traffic, marine mammals may 
experience acoustic masking (Hildebrand, 2005) if they are present in 
the area (e.g., killer whales in Puget Sound; Foote et al., 2004; Holt 
et al., 2008). In cases where vessels actively approach marine mammals 
(e.g., whale watching or dolphin watching boats), scientists have 
documented that animals exhibit altered behavior such as increased 
swimming speed, erratic movement, and active avoidance behavior (Bursk, 
1983; Acevedo, 1991; Baker and MacGibbon, 1991; Trites and Bain, 2000; 
Williams et al., 2002; Constantine et al., 2003), reduced blow interval 
(Ritcher et al., 2003), disruption of normal social behaviors (Lusseau, 
2003; 2006), and the shift of behavioral activities which may increase 
energetic costs (Constantine et al., 2003; 2004). A detailed review of 
marine mammal reactions to ships and boats is available in Richardson 
et al. (1995). For each of the marine mammal taxonomy groups, 
Richardson et al. (1995) provides the following assessment regarding 
reactions to vessel traffic:
    Pinnipeds: Reactions by pinnipeds to vessel disturbance largely 
involve relocation. Harbor seals hauled out on mud flats have been 
documented returning to the water in response to nearing boat traffic. 
Vessels that approach haulouts slowly may also elicit alert reactions 
without flushing from the haulout. Small boats with slow, constant 
speed elicit the least noticeable reactions. However, in Alaska 
specifically, harbor seals are documented to tolerate fishing vessels 
with no discernable reactions, and habituation is common (Burns, 1989).
    Porpoises: Harbor porpoises are often seen changing direction in 
the presence of vessel traffic. Avoidance has been documented up to 1km 
away from an approaching vessel, but the avoidance response is 
strengthened in closer proximity to vessels (Barlow, 1998; Palka, 
1993). This avoidance behavior is not consistent across all porpoises, 
as Dall's porpoises have been observed approaching boats.
    Toothed whales: In summary, toothed whales sometimes show no 
avoidance reaction to vessels, or even approach them. However, 
avoidance can occur, especially in response to vessels of types used to 
chase or hunt the animals. This may cause temporary displacement, but 
we know of no clear evidence that toothed whales have abandoned 
significant parts of their range because of vessel traffic.
    Behavioral responses to stimuli are complex and influenced to 
varying degrees by a number of factors, such as species, behavioral 
contexts, geographical regions, source characteristics (moving or 
stationary, speed, direction, etc.), prior experience of the animal and 
physical status of the animal. For example, studies have shown that 
beluga whales' reactions varied when exposed to vessel noise and 
traffic. In some cases, naive beluga whales exhibited rapid swimming 
from ice-breaking vessels up to 80 km (49.7 mi) away, and showed 
changes in surfacing, breathing, diving, and group composition in the 
Canadian high Arctic where vessel traffic is rare (Finley et al., 
1990). In other cases, beluga whales were more tolerant of vessels, but 
responded differentially to certain vessels and operating 
characteristics by reducing their calling rates (especially older 
animals) in the St. Lawrence River where vessel traffic is common 
(Blane and Jaakson, 1994). In Bristol Bay, Alaska, beluga whales 
continued to feed when surrounded by fishing vessels and resisted 
dispersal even when purposefully harassed (Fish and Vania, 1971).
    In reviewing more than 25 years of whale observation data, Watkins 
(1986) concluded that whale reactions to vessel traffic were ``modified 
by their previous experience and current activity: Habituation often 
occurred rapidly, attention to other stimuli or preoccupation with 
other activities sometimes overcame their interest or wariness of 
stimuli.'' Watkins noticed that over the years of exposure to ships in 
the Cape Cod area, minke whales changed from frequent positive interest 
(e.g., approaching vessels) to generally uninterested reactions; fin 
whales changed from mostly negative (e.g., avoidance) to uninterested 
reactions; right whales apparently continued the same variety of 
responses (negative, uninterested, and positive responses) with little 
change; and humpbacks dramatically changed from mixed responses that 
were often negative to reactions that were often strongly positive. 
Watkins (1986) summarized that ``whales near shore, even in regions 
with low vessel traffic, generally have become less wary of boats and 
their noises, and they have appeared to be less easily disturbed than 
previously. In particular locations with intense shipping and repeated 
approaches by boats (such as the whale-watching areas of Stellwagen 
Bank), more and more whales had positive reactions to familiar vessels, 
and they also occasionally approached other boats and yachts in the 
same ways.''
Vessel Strike
    Ship strikes of cetaceans can cause major wounds, which may lead to 
the death of the animal. An animal at the surface could be struck 
directly by a vessel, a surfacing animal could hit the bottom of a 
vessel, or a vessel's propeller could injure an animal just below the 
surface. The severity of injuries typically depends on the size and 
speed of the vessel (Knowlton and Kraus, 2001; Laist et al., 2001; 
Vanderlaan and Taggart, 2007).
    The most vulnerable marine mammals are those that spend extended 
periods of time at the surface in order to restore oxygen levels within 
their tissues after deep dives (e.g., the sperm whale). In addition, 
some baleen whales, such as the North Atlantic right whale, seem 
generally unresponsive to vessel sound, making them more susceptible to 
vessel collisions (Nowacek et al., 2004). These species are primarily 
large, slow moving whales. Smaller marine mammals (e.g., bottlenose 
dolphin) move quickly through the water column and are often seen 
riding the bow wave of large ships. Marine mammal responses to vessels 
may include avoidance and changes in dive pattern (NRC, 2003).
    An examination of all known ship strikes from all shipping sources 
(civilian and military) indicates vessel speed is a principal factor in 
whether a vessel strike results in death (Knowlton and Kraus, 2001; 
Laist et al., 2001; Jensen and Silber, 2003; Vanderlaan and Taggart, 
2007). In assessing records with known vessel speeds, Laist et al. 
(2001) found a direct relationship between the occurrence of a whale 
strike and the speed of the vessel involved in the collision. The 
authors concluded that most deaths occurred when a vessel was traveling 
in excess of 24.1 km/h (14.9 mph; 13 kts).
Entanglement
    Entanglement can occur if wildlife becomes immobilized in survey 
lines, cables, nets, or other equipment that is moving through the 
water column. The proposed seismic survey would require towing 
approximately 8.0 km (4.9 mi) of equipment and cables. This size of the 
array generally carries a lower risk of entanglement for marine 
mammals. Wildlife, especially slow moving individuals, such as large 
whales, have a low probability of entanglement due to the low amount of 
slack in the lines, slow speed of the survey vessel, and onboard 
monitoring. Pinnipeds and porpoises are the least likely to entangle in 
equipment, as most documented

[[Page 37481]]

cases of entanglement involve fishing gear and prey species. There are 
no reported cases of entanglement from geophysical equipment in the 
Cook Inlet area.

Anticipated Effects on Marine Mammal Habitat

    The G&G Program survey areas are primarily within upper Cook Inlet, 
although the Marine Terminal survey area is located near Nikiski just 
south of the East Foreland (technically in Lower Cook Inlet), which 
includes habitat for prey species of marine mammals, including fish as 
well as invertebrates eaten by Cook Inlet belugas. This area contains 
Critical Habitat for Cook Inlet belugas, is near the breeding grounds 
for the local harbor seal population, and serves as an occasional 
feeding ground for killer whales and harbor porpoises. Cook Inlet is a 
large subarctic estuary roughly 299 km (186 mi) in length and averaging 
96 km (60 mi) in width. It extends from the city of Anchorage at its 
northern end and flows into the Gulf of Alaska at its southernmost end. 
For descriptive purposes, Cook Inlet is separated into unique upper and 
lower sections, divided at the East and West Forelands, where the 
opposing peninsulas create a natural waistline in the length of the 
waterway, measuring approximately 16 km (10 mi) across (Mulherin et al. 
2001).
    Potential effects on beluga habitat would be limited to noise 
effects on prey; direct impact to benthic habitat from jack-up platform 
leg placement, and sampling with grabs, coring, and boring; and small 
discharges of drill cuttings and drilling mud associated with the 
borings. Portions of the survey areas include waters of Cook Inlet that 
are <9.1 m (30 ft) in depth and within 8.0 km (5.0 mi) of anadromous 
streams. Several anadromous streams (Three-mile Creek, Indian Creek, 
and two unnamed streams) enter the Cook Inlet within the survey areas. 
Other anadromous streams are located within 8.0 km (5.0 mi) of the 
survey areas. The survey program will not prevent beluga access to the 
mouths of these streams and will result in no short-term or long-term 
loss of intertidal or subtidal waters that are <9.1 m (30 ft) in depth 
and within 8.0 km (5.0 mi) of anadromous streams. Minor seafloor 
impacts will occur in these areas from grab samples, PCPTs, vibracores, 
or geotechnical borings but will have no effect on the area as beluga 
habitat once the vessel or jack-up platform has left. The survey 
program will have no effect on this Primary Constituent Element.
    Belugas may avoid areas ensonified by the geophysical or 
geotechnical activities that generate sound with frequencies within the 
beluga hearing range and at levels above threshold values. This 
includes the chirp sub-bottom profiler with a radius of 184 m (604 ft), 
the boomer sub-bottom profiler with a radius of 263 m (863 ft), the 
airgun with a radius of 300 m (984 ft) and the vibracores with a radius 
of 2.54 km (1.58 mi). The sub-bottom profilers and the airgun will be 
operated from a vessel moving at speeds of about 4 kt. The operation of 
a vibracore has a duration of approximately 1-2 minutes. All of these 
activities will be conducted in relatively open areas of the Cook Inlet 
within Critical Habitat Area 2. Given the size and openness of the Cook 
Inlet in the survey areas, and the relatively small area and mobile/
temporary nature of the zones of ensonification, the generation of 
sound by the G&G activities is not expected to result in any 
restriction of passage of belugas within or between critical habitat 
areas. The jack-up platform from which the geotechnical borings will be 
conducted will be attached to the seafloor with legs, and will be in 
place at a given location for up to 4-5 days, but given its small size 
(Table 4 in the application) would not result in any obstruction of 
passage by belugas. The program will have no effect on this Primary 
Constituent Element.
    Upper Cook Inlet comprises the area between Point Campbell 
(Anchorage) down to the Forelands, and is roughly 95 km (59 mi) in 
length and 24.9 km (15.5 mi) in width (Mulherin et al. 2001). Five 
major rivers (Knik, Matanuska, Susitna, Little Susitna, and Beluga) 
deliver freshwater to upper Cook Inlet, carrying a heavy annual 
sediment load of over 40 million tons of eroded materials and glacial 
silt (Brabets 1999). As a result, upper Cook Inlet is relatively 
shallow, averaging 18.3 m (60 ft) in depth. It is characterized by 
shoals, mudflats, and a wide coastal shelf, less than 17.9 m (59 ft) 
deep, extending from the eastern shore. A deep trough exists between 
Trading Bay and the Middle Ground Shoal, ranging from 35 to 77 m (114-
253 ft) deep (NOAA Nautical Chart 16660). The substrate consists of a 
mixture of coarse gravels, cobbles, pebbles, sand, clay, and silt 
(Bouma et al. 1978, Rappeport 1982).
    Upper Cook Inlet experiences some of the most extreme tides in the 
world, demonstrated by a mean tidal range from 4.0 m (13 ft) at the 
Gulf of Alaska end to 8.8 m (29 ft) near Anchorage (U.S. Army Corps of 
Engineers 2013). Tidal currents reach 3.9 kts per second (Mulherin et 
al. 2001) in upper Cook Inlet, increasing to 5.7-7.7 kts per second 
near the Forelands where the inlet is constricted. Each tidal cycle 
creates significant turbulence and vertical mixing of the water column 
in the upper inlet (U.S. Army Corps of Engineers 2013), and are 
reversing, meaning that they are marked by a period of slack tide 
followed an acceleration in the opposite direction (Mulherin et al. 
2001).
    Because of scouring, mixing, and sediment transport from these 
currents, the marine invertebrate community is very limited (Pentec 
2005). Of the 50 stations sampled by Saupe et al. 2005 for marine 
invertebrates in Southcentral Alaska, their upper Cook Inlet station 
had by far the lowest abundance and diversity. Further, the fish 
community of upper Cook Inlet is characterized largely by migratory 
fish--eulachon and Pacific salmon--returning to spawning rivers, or 
outmigrating salmon smolts. Moulton (1997) documented only 18 fish 
species in upper Cook Inlet compared to at least 50 species found in 
lower Cook Inlet (Robards et al. 1999).
    Lower Cook Inlet extends from the Forelands southwest to the inlet 
mouth demarked by an approximate line between Cape Douglas and English 
Bay. Water circulation in lower Cook Inlet is dominated by the Alaska 
Coastal Current (ACC) that flows northward along the shores of the 
Kenai Peninsula until it turns westward and is mixed by the combined 
influences of freshwater input from upper Cook Inlet, wind, topography, 
tidal surges, and the coriolis effect (Field and Walker 2003, MMS 
1996). Upwelling by the ACC brings nutrient-rich waters to lower Cook 
Inlet and contributes to a biologically rich and productive ecology 
(Sambrotto and Lorenzen 1986). Tidal currents average 2-3 kt per second 
and are rotary in that they do not completely go slack before rotating 
around into an opposite direction (Gatto 1976, Mulherin et al. 2001). 
Depths in the central portion of lower Cook Inlet are 60-80 m (197-262 
ft) and decrease steadily toward the shores (Muench 1981). Bottom 
sediments in the lower inlet are coarse gravel and sand that grade to 
finer sand and mud toward the south (Bouma 1978).
    Coarser substrate support a wide variety of invertebrates and fish 
including Pacific halibut, Dungeness crab (Metacarcinus magister), 
tanner crab (Chionoecetes bairdi), pandalid shrimp (Pandalus spp.), 
Pacific cod, and rock sole (Lepidopsetta bilineata), while the soft-
bottom sand and silt communities are dominated by polychaetes, bivalves 
and other flatfish (Field and Walker 2003). These species constitute 
prey species for several

[[Page 37482]]

marine mammals in Cook Inlet, including pinnipeds and Cook Inlet 
belugas. Sea urchins (Strongylocentrotus spp.) and sea cucumbers are 
important otter prey and are found in shell debris communities. Razor 
clams (Siliqua patula) are found all along the beaches of the Kenai 
Peninsula. In general, the lower Cook Inlet marine invertebrate 
community is of low abundance, dominated by polychaetes, until reaching 
the mouth of the inlet (Saupe et al. 2005). Overall, the lower Cook 
Inlet marine ecosystem is fed by midwater communities of phytoplankton 
and zooplankton, with the latter composed mostly of copepods and 
barnacle and crab larvae (Damkaer 1977, English 1980).
    G&G Program activities that could potentially impact marine mammal 
habitats include sediment sampling (vibracore, boring, grab sampling) 
on the sea bottom, placement of the jack-up platform spud cans, and 
acoustical injury of prey resources. However, there are few benthic 
resources in the survey area that could be impacted by collection of 
the small samples (Saupe et al. 2005).
    Acoustical effects to marine mammal prey resources are also 
limited. Christian et al. (2004) studied seismic energy impacts on male 
snow crabs (Chionoecetes sp.) and found no significant increases in 
physiological stress due to exposure to high sound pressure levels. No 
acoustical impact studies have been conducted to date on the above fish 
species, but studies have been conducted on Atlantic cod (Gadus morhua) 
and sardine (Clupea sp). Davis et al. (1998) cited various studies that 
found no effects to Atlantic cod eggs, larvae, and fry when received 
levels were 222 dB. Effects found were to larval fish within about 5.0 
m (16 ft), and from air guns with volumes between 49,661 and 65,548 
cm\3\ (3,000 and 4,000 in\3\). Similarly, effects to sardine were 
greatest on eggs and 2-day larvae, but these effects were greatest at 
0.5 m (1.6 ft), and again confined to 5.0 m (16 ft). Further, Greenlaw 
et al. (1988) found no evidence of gross histological damage to eggs 
and larvae of northern anchovy (Engraulis mordax) exposed to seismic 
air guns, and concluded that noticeable effects would result only from 
multiple, close exposures. Based on these results, much lower energy 
impulsive geophysical equipment planned for this program would not 
damage larval fish or any other marine mammal prey resource.
    Potential damage to the Cook Inlet benthic community will be 
limited to the actual surface area of the four spud cans that form the 
``foot'' of each 0.762-m (30-in) diameter leg, the 42 0.1524-m (6-in) 
diameter borings, and the 55 0.0762-m (3-in) diameter vibracore 
samplings (plus several grab and PCPT samples). Collectively, these 
samples would temporarily damage about a hundred square meters of 
benthic habitat relative to the size (nearly 21,000 km\2\/8,108 mi\2\) 
of Cook Inlet. Overall, sediment sampling and acoustical effects on 
prey resources will have a negligible effect at most on the marine 
mammal habitat within the G&G Program survey area. Some prey resources 
might be temporarily displaced, but no long-term effects are expected.
    The Cook Inlet 2015 G&G Program will result in a number of minor 
discharges to the waters of Cook Inlet. Discharges associated with the 
geotechnical borings will include: (1) The discharge of drill cuttings 
and drilling fluids and (2) the discharge of deck drainage (runoff of 
precipitation and deck wash water) from the geotechnical drilling 
platform. Other vessels associated with the G&G surveys will discharge 
wastewaters that are normally associated with the operation of vessels 
in transit including deck drainage, ballast water, bilge water, non-
contact cooling water, and gray water.
    The discharges of drill cuttings, drilling fluids, and deck 
drainage associated with the geotechnical borings will be within 
limitations authorized by the Alaska Department of Environmental 
Conservation (ADEC) under the Alaska Pollutant Discharge Elimination 
System (APDES). The drill cuttings consist of natural geologic 
materials of the seafloor sediments brought to the surface via the 
drill bit/drill stem of the rotary drilling operation, will be 
relatively minor in volume, and deposit over a very small area of Cook 
Inlet seafloor. The drilling fluids which are used to lubricate the 
bit, stabilize the hole, and viscosify the slurry for transport of the 
solids to the surface will consist of seawater and guar gum. Guar gum 
is a high-molecular weight polysaccharide (galactose and mannose units) 
derived from the ground seeds of the plant Cyampsis gonolobus. It is a 
non-toxic fluid also used as a food additive in soups, drinks, breads, 
and meat products.
    Vessel discharges will be authorized under the U.S. Environmental 
Protection Agency's (EPA's) National Pollutant Discharge Elimination 
System (NPDES) Vessel General Permit (VGP) for Discharges Incidental to 
the Normal Operation of Vessels. Each vessel will have obtained 
authorization under the VGP and will discharge according to the 
conditions and limitations mandated by the permit. As required by 
statute and regulation, the EPA has made a determination that such 
discharges will not result in any unreasonable degradation of the 
marine environment, including:
     Significant adverse changes in ecosystem diversity, 
productivity and stability of the biological community within the area 
of discharge and surrounding biological communities,
     threat to human health through direct exposure to 
pollutants or through consumption of exposed aquatic organisms, or
     loss of aesthetic, recreational, scientific or economic 
values which is unreasonable in relation to the benefit derived from 
the discharge.

Proposed Mitigation

    In order to issue an incidental take authorization under section 
101(a)(5)(D) of the MMPA, NMFS must set forth the permissible methods 
of taking pursuant to such activity, and other means of effecting the 
least practicable adverse impact on such species or stock and its 
habitat, paying particular attention to rookeries, mating grounds, and 
areas of similar significance, and on the availability of such species 
or stock for taking for certain subsistence uses (where relevant).
    To mitigate potential acoustical impacts to local marine mammals, 
Protected Species Observers (PSOs) will operate aboard the vessels from 
which the chirper, boomer, airgun, and vibracorer will be deployed. The 
PSOs will implement the mitigation measures described in the Marine 
Mammal Monitoring and Mitigation Plan (Appendix A). These mitigations 
include: (1) Establishing safety zones to ensure marine mammals are not 
injured by sound pressure levels exceeding Level A injury thresholds; 
(2) shutting down the airgun when required to avoid harassment of 
beluga whales; and (3) timing survey activity to avoid concentrations 
of beluga whales on a seasonal basis.
    Before chirper, boomer, airgun, or vibracoring operations begin, 
the PSOs will ``clear'' both the Level A and Level B Zones of Influence 
(ZOIs--area from the source to the 160dB or 180/190dB isopleths) of 
marine mammals by intensively surveying these ZOIs prior to activity to 
confirm that marine mammals are not seen in the applicable area. All 
three geophysical activities will be shut down in mid-operation at the 
approach to any marine mammal to the Level A safety zone, and at the 
approach of an ESA-listed beluga whale to the Level B harassment zone 
for the airgun. (The geotechnical vibracoring

[[Page 37483]]

lasts only one or two minutes; shut down would likely be unnecessary.) 
Finally, the G&G Program will be planned to avoid high beluga whale 
density areas. This would be achieved by conducting surveys at the 
Marine Terminal and the southern end of the pipeline survey area when 
beluga whales are farther north, feeding near the Susitna Delta, and 
completing activities in the northern portion of the pipeline survey 
area when the beluga whales have begun to disperse from the Susitna 
Delta and other summer concentration areas.

Vessel-Based Visual Mitigation Monitoring

    AK LNG will hire qualified and NMFS-approved PSOs. These PSOs will 
be stationed aboard the geophysical survey source or support vessels 
during sub-bottom profiling, air gun, and vibracoring operations. A 
single senior PSO will be assigned to oversee all Marine Mammal 
Mitigation and Monitoring Program mandates and function as the on-site 
person-in-charge (PIC) implementing the 4MP.
    Generally, two PSOs will work on a rotational basis during daylight 
hours with shifts of 4 to 6 hours, and one PSO on duty on each source 
vessel at all times. Work days for an individual PSO will not exceed 12 
hours in duration. Sufficient numbers of PSOs will be available and 
provided to meet requirements.
    Roles and responsibilities of all PSOs include the following:
     Accurately observe and record sensitive marine mammal 
species;
     Follow monitoring and data collection procedures; and
     Ensure mitigation measures are followed.

PSOs will be stationed at the best available vantage point on the 
source vessels. PSOs will scan systematically with the unaided eye and 
7x50 reticle binoculars. As necessary, new PSOs will be paired with 
experienced PSOs to ensure that the quality of marine mammal 
observations and data recording are consistent.
    All field data collected will be entered by the end of the day into 
a custom database using a notebook computer. Weather data relative to 
viewing conditions will be collected hourly, on rotation, and when 
sightings occur and include the following:
     Sea state;
     Wind speed and direction;
     Sun position; and
     Percent glare.
     The following data will be collected for all marine mammal 
sightings:
     Bearing and distance to the sighting;
     Species identification;
     Behavior at the time of sighting (e.g., travel, spy-hop, 
breach, etc.);
     Direction and speed relative to vessel;
     Reaction to activities--changes in behavior (e.g., none, 
avoidance, approach, paralleling, etc.);
     Group size;
     Orientation when sighted (e.g., toward, away, parallel, 
etc.);
     Closest point of approach;
     Sighting cue (e.g., animal, splash, birds, etc.);
     Physical description of features that were observed or 
determined not to be present in the case of unknown or unidentified 
animals;
     Time of sighting;
     Location, speed, and activity of the source and mitigation 
vessels, sea state, ice cover, visibility, and sun glare; and positions 
of other vessel(s) in the vicinity, and
     Mitigation measure taken--if any.
    All observations and shut downs will be recorded in a standardized 
format and data entered into a custom database using a notebook 
computer. Accuracy of all data will be verified daily by the PIC or 
designated PSO by a manual verification. These procedures will reduce 
errors, allow the preparation of short-term data summaries, and 
facilitate transfer of the data to statistical, graphical, or other 
programs for further processing and archiving. PSOs will conduct 
monitoring during daylight periods (weather permitting) during G&G 
activities, and during most daylight periods when G&G activities are 
temporarily suspended.

Shutdown Procedures

    If ESA-listed marine mammals (e.g., beluga whales) are observed 
approaching the Level B harassment zone for the air gun, the air gun 
will be shut down. The PSOs will ensure that the harassment zone is 
clear of marine mammal activity before vibracoring will occur. Given 
that vibracoring lasts only about a minute or two, shutdown actions are 
not practicable.

Resuming Airgun Operations After a Shutdown

    A full ramp-up after a shutdown will not begin until there has been 
a minimum of 30 minutes of observation of the applicable exclusion zone 
by PSOs to assure that no marine mammals are present. The entire 
exclusion zone must be visible during the 30-minute lead-in to a full 
ramp up. If the entire exclusion zone is not visible, then ramp-up from 
a cold start cannot begin. If a marine mammal(s) is sighted within the 
injury exclusion zone during the 30-minute watch prior to ramp-up, 
ramp-up will be delayed until the marine mammal(s) is sighted outside 
of the zone or the animal(s) is not sighted for at least 15-30 minutes: 
15 minutes for small odontocetes and pinnipeds (e.g. harbor porpoises, 
harbor seals), or 30 minutes for large odontocetes (e.g., killer whales 
and beluga whales).

Speed and Course Alterations

    If a marine mammal is detected outside the Level A injury exclusion 
zone and, based on its position and the relative motion, is likely to 
enter that zone, the vessel's speed and/or direct course may, when 
practical and safe, be changed to also minimize the effect on the 
seismic program. This can be used in coordination with a power down 
procedure. The marine mammal activities and movements relative to the 
seismic and support vessels will be closely monitored to ensure that 
the marine mammal does not approach within the applicable exclusion 
radius. If the mammal appears likely to enter the exclusion radius, 
further mitigative actions will be taken, i.e., either further course 
alterations, power down, or shut down of the airgun(s).

Mitigation Proposed by NMFS

Special Procedures for Situations or Species of Concern
    The following additional protective measures for beluga whales and 
groups of five or more killer whales and harbor porpoises are proposed. 
Specifically, a 160-dB vessel monitoring zone would be established and 
monitored in Cook Inlet during all seismic surveys. If a beluga whale 
or groups of five or more killer whales and/or harbor porpoises are 
visually sighted approaching or within the 160-dB disturbance zone, 
survey activity would not commence until the animals are no longer 
present within the 160-dB disturbance zone. Whenever beluga whales or 
groups of five or more killer whales and/or harbor porpoises are 
detected approaching or within the 160-dB disturbance zone, the airguns 
may be powered down before the animal is within the 160-dB disturbance 
zone, as an alternative to a complete shutdown. If a power down is not 
sufficient, the sound source(s) shall be shut-down until the animals 
are no longer present within the 160-dB zone.
Proposed Mitigation Exclusion Zones
    NMFS proposes that AK LNG will not operate within 10 miles (16 km) 
of the mean higher high water (MHHW) line of the Susitna Delta (Beluga 
River to the

[[Page 37484]]

Little Susitna River) between April 15 and October 15. The purpose of 
this mitigation measure is to protect beluga whales in the designated 
critical habitat in this area that is important for beluga whale 
feeding and calving during the spring and fall months. The range of the 
setback required by NMFS was designated to protect this important 
habitat area and also to create an effective buffer where sound does 
not encroach on this habitat. This seasonal exclusion is proposed to be 
in effect from April 15-October 15. Activities can occur within this 
area from October 16-April 14.

Mitigation Conclusions

    NMFS has carefully evaluated AK LNG's proposed mitigation measures 
in the context of ensuring that we prescribe the means of effecting the 
least practicable impact on the affected marine mammal species and 
stocks and their habitat. Our evaluation of potential measures included 
consideration of the following factors in relation to one another:
     The manner in which, and the degree to which, the 
successful implementation of the measure is expected to minimize 
adverse impacts to marine mammals;
     The proven or likely efficacy of the specific measure to 
minimize adverse impacts as planned; and
     The practicability of the measure for applicant 
implementation.
    Any mitigation measure(s) prescribed by NMFS should be able to 
accomplish, have a reasonable likelihood of accomplishing (based on 
current science), or contribute to the accomplishment of one or more of 
the general goals listed here:
     Avoidance or minimization of injury or death of marine 
mammals wherever possible (goals 2, 3, and 4 may contribute to this 
goal).
     A reduction in the numbers of marine mammals (total number 
or number at biologically important time or location) exposed to airgun 
operations that we expect to result in the take of marine mammals (this 
goal may contribute to 1, above, or to reducing harassment takes only).
     A reduction in the number of times (total number or number 
at biologically important time or location) individuals would be 
exposed to airgun operations that we expect to result in the take of 
marine mammals (this goal may contribute to 1, above, or to reducing 
harassment takes only).
     A reduction in the intensity of exposures (either total 
number or number at biologically important time or location) to airgun 
operations that we expect to result in the take of marine mammals (this 
goal may contribute to a, above, or to reducing the severity of 
harassment takes only).
     Avoidance or minimization of adverse effects to marine 
mammal habitat, paying special attention to the food base, activities 
that block or limit passage to or from biologically important areas, 
permanent destruction of habitat, or temporary destruction/disturbance 
of habitat during a biologically important time.

For monitoring directly related to mitigation--an increase in the 
probability of detecting marine mammals, thus allowing for more 
effective implementation of the mitigation.
    Based on the evaluation of AK LNG's proposed measures, as well as 
other measures proposed by NMFS, NMFS has preliminarily determined that 
the proposed mitigation measures provide the means of effecting the 
least practicable impact on marine mammal species or stocks and their 
habitat, paying particular attention to rookeries, mating grounds, and 
areas of similar significance. Proposed measures to ensure availability 
of such species or stock for taking for certain subsistence uses are 
discussed later in this document (see ``Impact on Availability of 
Affected Species or Stock for Taking for Subsistence Uses'' section).

Proposed Monitoring and Reporting

Weekly Field Reports

    Weekly reports will be submitted to NMFS no later than the close of 
business (Alaska Time) each Thursday during the weeks when in-water G&G 
activities take place. The reports will cover information collected 
from Wednesday of the previous week through Tuesday of the current 
week. The field reports will summarize species detected, in-water 
activity occurring at the time of the sighting, behavioral reactions to 
in-water activities, and the number of marine mammals exposed to 
harassment level noise.

Monthly Field Reports

    Monthly reports will be submitted to NMFS for all months during 
which in-water G&G activities take place. The reports will be submitted 
to NMFS no later than five business days after the end of the month. 
The monthly report will contain and summarize the following 
information:
     Dates, times, locations, heading, speed, weather, sea 
conditions (including Beaufort Sea state and wind force), and 
associated activities during the G&G Program and marine mammal 
sightings.
     Species, number, location, distance from the vessel, and 
behavior of any sighted marine mammals, as well as associated G&G 
activity (number of shut downs), observed throughout all monitoring 
activities.
     An estimate of the number (by species) of: (i) Pinnipeds 
that have been exposed to the geophysical activity (based on visual 
observation) at received levels greater than or equal to 160 dB re 1 
[mu]Pa (rms) and/or 190 dB re 1 [mu]Pa (rms) with a discussion of any 
specific behaviors those individuals exhibited; and (ii) cetaceans that 
have been exposed to the geophysical activity (based on visual 
observation) at received levels greater than or equal to 160 dB re 1 
[mu]Pa (rms) and/or 180 dB re 1 [mu]Pa (rms) with a discussion of any 
specific behaviors those individuals exhibited.
     An estimate of the number (by species) of pinnipeds and 
cetaceans that have been exposed to the geotechnical activity (based on 
visual observation) at received levels greater than or equal to 120 dB 
re 1 [mu]Pa (rms) with a discussion of any specific behaviors those 
individuals exhibited.
     A description of the implementation and effectiveness of 
the: (i) Terms and conditions of the Biological Opinion's Incidental 
Take Statement; and (ii) mitigation measures of the IHA. For the 
Biological Opinion, the report shall confirm the implementation of each 
Term and Condition, as well as any conservation recommendations, and 
describe their effectiveness, for minimizing the adverse effects of the 
action on ESA-listed marine mammals.

90-Day Technical Report

    A report will be submitted to NMFS within 90 days after the end of 
the project or at least 60 days before the request for another 
Incidental Harassment Authorization for the next open water season to 
enable NMFS to incorporate observation data into the next 
Authorization. The report will summarize all activities and monitoring 
results (i.e., vessel-based visual monitoring) conducted during in-
water G&G surveys. The Technical Report will include the following:
     Summaries of monitoring effort (e.g., total hours, total 
distances, and marine mammal distribution through the study period, 
accounting for sea state and other factors affecting visibility and 
detectability of marine mammals).
     Analyses of the effects of various factors influencing 
detectability of

[[Page 37485]]

marine mammals (e.g., sea state, number of observers, and fog/glare).
     Species composition, occurrence, and distribution of 
marine mammal sightings, including date, water depth, numbers, age/
size/gender categories (if determinable), group sizes, and ice cover.
     Analyses of the effects of survey operations.
     Sighting rates of marine mammals during periods with and 
without G&G survey activities (and other variables that could affect 
detectability), such as: (i) Initial sighting distances versus survey 
activity state; (ii) closest point of approach versus survey activity 
state; (iii) observed behaviors and types of movements versus survey 
activity state; (iv) numbers of sightings/individuals seen versus 
survey activity state; (v) distribution around the source vessels 
versus survey activity state; and (vi) estimates of Level B harassment 
based on presence in the 120 or 160 dB harassment zone.

Notification of Injured or Dead Marine Mammals

    In the unanticipated event that the specified activity leads to an 
injury of a marine mammal (Level A harassment) or mortality (e.g., 
ship-strike, gear interaction, and/or entanglement), the Applicant 
would immediately cease the specified activities and immediately report 
the incident to the Chief of the Permits and Conservation Division, 
Office of Protected Resources, NMFS, and the Alaska Regional Stranding 
Coordinators. The report would include the following information:
     Time, date, and location (latitude/longitude) of the 
incident;
     Name and type of vessel involved;
     Vessel's speed during and leading up to the incident;
     Description of the incident;
     Status of all sound source use in the 24 hours preceding 
the incident;
     Water depth;
     Environmental conditions (e.g., wind speed and direction, 
Beaufort sea state, cloud cover, and visibility);
     Description of all marine mammal observations in the 24 
hours preceding the incident;
     Species identification or description of the animal(s) 
involved;
     Fate of the animal(s); and
     Photographs or video footage of the animal(s) (if 
equipment is available).
    Activities would not resume until NMFS is able to review the 
circumstances of the event. The Applicant would work with NMFS to 
minimize reoccurrence of such an event in the future. The G&G Program 
would not resume activities until formally notified by NMFS via letter, 
email, or telephone.
    In the event that the G&G Program discovers an injured or dead 
marine mammal, and the lead PSO determines that the cause of the injury 
or death is unknown and the death is relatively recent (i.e., in less 
than a moderate state of decomposition as described in the next 
paragraph), the Applicant would immediately report the incident to the 
Chief of the Permits and Conservation Division, Office of Protected 
Resources, NMFS, and the NMFS Alaska Stranding Hotline and/or by email 
to the Alaska Regional Stranding Coordinators. The report would include 
the same information identified in the paragraph above. Activities 
would be able to continue while NMFS reviews the circumstances of the 
incident. NMFS would work with the Applicant to determine if 
modifications in the activities are appropriate.
    In the event that the G&G Program discovers an injured or dead 
marine mammal, and the lead PSO determines that the injury or death is 
not associated with or related to the activities authorized in the IHA 
(e.g., previously wounded animal, carcass with moderate to advanced 
decomposition, or scavenger damage), the Applicant would report the 
incident to the Chief of the Permits and Conservation Division, Office 
of Protected Resources, NMFS, and the NMFS Alaska Stranding Hotline 
and/or by email to the Alaska Regional Stranding Coordinators, within 
24 hours of the discovery. The Applicant would provide photographs or 
video footage (if available) or other documentation of the stranded 
animal sighting to NMFS and the Marine Mammal Stranding Network.

Estimated Take by Incidental Harassment

    Except with respect to certain activities not pertinent here, the 
MMPA defines ``harassment'' as: Any act of pursuit, torment, or 
annoyance which (i) has the potential to injure a marine mammal or 
marine mammal stock in the wild [Level A harassment]; or (ii) has the 
potential to disturb a marine mammal or marine mammal stock in the wild 
by causing disruption of behavioral patterns, including, but not 
limited to, migration, breathing, nursing, breeding, feeding, or 
sheltering [Level B harassment].
    Acoustic stimuli (i.e., increased underwater sound) generated 
during the operation of the airgun or the sub-bottom profiler may have 
the potential to result in the behavioral disturbance of some marine 
mammals. Thus, NMFS proposes to authorize take by Level B harassment 
resulting from the operation of the sound sources for the proposed 
seismic survey based upon the current acoustic exposure criteria shown 
in Table 3.

            Table 3--NMFS' Current Acoustic Exposure Criteria
------------------------------------------------------------------------
          Criterion           Criterion definition        Threshold
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Level A Harassment (Injury).  Permanent Threshold   180 dB re 1 microPa-
                               Shift (PTS) (Any      m (cetaceans)/190
                               level above that      dB re 1 microPa-m
                               which is known to     (pinnipeds) root
                               cause TTS).           mean square (rms).
Level B Harassment..........  Behavioral            160 dB re 1 microPa-
                               Disruption (for       m (rms).
                               impulse noises).
                              Behavioral            120 dB re 1 microPa-
                               Disruption (for       m (rms).
                               continuous noises).
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    NMFS' practice is to apply the 120 or 160 dB re: 1 [mu]Pa received 
level threshold (whichever is appropriate) for underwater impulse sound 
levels to determine whether take by Level B harassment occurs.
    All four types of survey equipment addressed in the application 
will be operated from the geophysical source vessels that will either 
be moving steadily across the ocean surface (chirper, boomer, airgun), 
or from station to station (vibracoring). Thus, it is assumed that any 
given area will be not ensonified by any specific equipment more than 
one day, and that a given area will not be repeatedly ensonified, or 
ensonified for an extended period. The numbers of marine mammals that 
might be exposed to sound pressure levels exceeding NMFS Level B 
harassment threshold levels due to G&G surveys, without mitigation, 
were determined by multiplying the average raw density for each species 
by the daily ensonified area, and then multiplying that figure by

[[Page 37486]]

the number of days each sound source is estimated to be in use. The 
chirp and boomer activities were separated out to calculate exposure 
from days of activities in the Upper Inlet area and the Lower Inlet 
area to better estimate the density of belugas. The exposure estimates 
for each activity were then summed to provide total exposures for the 
duration of the project. The exposure estimates for the activity are 
detailed below. Although vibracoring is not expected to result in take, 
we have included the analysis here for consideration.

Ensonified Area

    The ZOI is the area ensonified by a particular sound source greater 
than threshold levels (120 dB for continuous and 160 dB for impulsive). 
The radius of the ZOI for a particular equipment was determined by 
applying the source sound pressure levels described in Table 6 of the 
application to Collins et al.'s (2007) attenuation model of 18.4 Log(r) 
-0.00188 derived from Cook Inlet. For those equipment generating loud 
underwater sound within the audible hearing range of marine mammals 
(<200 kHz), the distance to threshold ranges between 184 m (604 ft) and 
2.54 km (1.58 mi), with ZOIs ranging between 0.106 and 20.26 km\2\ 
(0.041-7.82 mi\2\) (Table 4).

                    Table 4--Summary of Distances to the NMFS Thresholds and Associated ZOIs
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                    Distance to     Distance to
                                                      160 dB          120 dB        160 dB ZOI      120 dB ZOI
                Survey equipment                  isopleth \1\ m   isopleth \1\    km\2\ (mi\2\)   km\2\ (mi\2\)
                                                       (ft)           km (mi)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sub-bottom Profiler (Chirp).....................       184 (604)             N/A   0.106 (0.041)             N/A
Sub-bottom Profiler (Boomer)....................       263 (863)             N/A   0.217 (0.084)             N/A
Airgun..........................................       300 (984)             N/A   0.283 (0.109)             N/A
Vibracore.......................................             N/A     2.54 (1.58)             N/A    20.26 (7.82)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ Calculated by applying Collins et al. (2007) spreading formula to source levels in Table 2.

Marine Mammal Densities

    Density estimates were derived for harbor porpoises, killer whales, 
and harbor seals from NMFS 2002-2012 Cook Inlet survey data as 
described below in Section 6.1.2.1 and shown in Table 8. The beluga 
whale exposure estimates were calculated using density estimates from 
Goetz et al. (2012) as described in Section 6.1.2.2.
Harbor Porpoise, Killer Whale, Harbor Seal
    Density estimates were calculated for all marine mammals (except 
beluga whales) by using aerial survey data collected by NMFS in Cook 
Inlet between 2002 and 2012 (Rugh et al. 2002, 2003, 2004a, 2004b, 
2005a, 2005b, 2005c, 2006, 2007; Shelden et al. 2008, 2009, 2010; Hobbs 
et al. 2011, Shelden et al. 2012) and compiled by Apache, Inc. (Apache 
IHA application 2014). To estimate the average raw densities of marine 
mammals, the total number of animals for each species observed over the 
11-year survey period was divided by the total area of 65,889 km\2\ 
(25,540 mi\2\) surveyed over the 11 years. The aerial survey marine 
mammal sightings, survey effort (area), and derived average raw 
densities are provided in Table 5.

            Table 5--Raw Density Estimates for Cook Inlet Marine Mammals Based on NMFS Aerial Surveys
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                Mean raw density
                          Species                              Number of     NMFS Survey area    animals/km\2\
                                                                animals       km\2\ (mi\2\)     (animals/mi\2\)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Harbor Porpoise...........................................             249    65,889 (25,440)    0.0038 (0.0098)
Killer Whale \1\..........................................              42    65,889 (25,440)    0.0006 (0.0017)
Harbor Seal...............................................          16,117    65,889 (25,440)    0.2446 (0.6335)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ Density is for all killer whales regardless of the stock although all killer whales in the upper Cook Inlet
  are thought to be transient.

    These raw densities were not corrected for animals missed during 
the aerial surveys as no accurate correction factors are currently 
available for these species; however, observer error may be limited as 
the NMFS surveyors often circled marine mammal groups to get an 
accurate count of group size. The harbor seal densities are probably 
biased upwards given that a large number of the animals recorded were 
of large groups hauled out at river mouths, and do not represent the 
distribution in the waters where the G&G activity will actually occur.

Beluga Whale

    Goetz et al. (2012) modeled aerial survey data collected by the 
NMFS between 1993 and 2008 and developed specific beluga summer 
densities for each 1-km\2\ cell of Cook Inlet. The results provide a 
more precise estimate of beluga density at a given location than simply 
multiplying all aerial observations by the total survey effort given 
the clumped distribution of beluga whales during the summer months. To 
develop a density estimate associated with planned action areas (i.e., 
Marine Terminal and pipeline survey areas), the ensonified area 
associated with each activity was overlain a map of the 1-km density 
cells, the cells falling within each ensonified area were quantified, 
and an average cell density was calculated. The summary of the density 
results is found in Table 9 in the application. The associated 
ensonified areas and beluga density contours relative to the action 
areas are shown in Table 6.

[[Page 37487]]



  Table 6--Mean Raw Densities of Beluga Whales Within the Action Areas Based on Goetz et al. (2012) Cook Inlet
                                       Beluga Whale Distribution Modeling
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                            Number of       Mean density        Density range
                      Action area                             cells       (animals/km\2\)      (animals/km\2\)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Marine Terminal Survey Area............................             386           0.000166     0.000021-0.001512
Pipeline Survey Area...................................             571           0.011552     0.000275-0.156718
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Activity Duration

    The Cook Inlet 2015 G&G Program is expected to require 
approximately 12 weeks (84 days) to complete. During approximately 63 
of these days, the chirp and boomer sub-bottom profiler will produce 
the loudest sound levels. Airgun use will occur during approximately 7 
days and will occur only near the proposed Marine Terminal. The airgun 
activity will occur during the summer when beluga whale use of Cook 
Inlet is primarily concentrated near the Susitna Delta, approximately 
65 km (40 mi) north of the airgun survey area. Vibracoring, with its 
large ZOI, will occur intermittently over approximately 14 days. The 
applicant provided an estimate of 50km per day that the survey vessel 
could travel.

Exposure Calculations

    The numbers of marine mammals that might be exposed to sound 
pressure levels exceeding NMFS Level B harassment threshold levels due 
to G&G surveys, without mitigation, were determined by multiplying the 
average raw density for each species by the daily ensonified area, then 
multiplying by the number of days each sound source is estimated to be 
in use. The chirp and boomer activities were separated out to calculate 
exposure from days of activities in the Upper Inlet area and the Lower 
Inlet area to better estimate the density of belugas. The exposure 
estimates for each activity were then summed to provide total exposures 
for the duration of the project. The exposure estimates for the 
activity are detailed below.

                                                    Table 7--Exposure Estimates for Proposed Activity
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                            Exposure estimates                                                Proposed
            Species                Density  ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------    Total    authorization
                                             Chirp--upper  Chirp--lower  Boomer--upper  Boomer--lower    Airgun     Vibracore                    *
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Beluga.........................      0.0012         1.37          0.14           2.06           0.20        0.056        1.25        5.09            14
                                     .00017
Killer whale...................     0.00082         0.98          0.69           1.46           1.03         0.28        0.89        5.31             5
Harbor seal....................        0.28        336.3        236.31         504.44         354.47        95.43      304.87      1831.8          1527
Harbor porpoise................      0.0033         3.91          2.75           5.88           4.13         1.11        3.55       21.34            18
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
* Vibracore totals are not included in the Proposed Authorization column because NMFS has determined take due to vibracoring is unlikely to occur.

    NMFS recognizes that these exposure estimates are likely 
overestimates, particularly in light of the fact that many of these 
technologies will be operating simultaneously, and not exposing animals 
in separate instances for the duration of the survey period. 
Additionally, the beamwidth and tilt angle of the sub-bottom profiler 
are not factored into the characterization of the sound field, making 
it conservative and large, creating additional overestimates in take 
estimation.
    The possibility of Level A exposure was analyzed, however the 
distances to 180 dB/190 dB isopleths are incredibly small, ranging from 
0 to 26 meters. The number of exposures, without accounting for 
mitigation or likely avoidance of louder sounds, is small for these 
zones, and with mitigation and the likelihood of detecting marine 
mammals within this small area combined with the likelihood of 
avoidance, it is likely these takes can be avoided. The only technology 
that would not shutdown is the vibracore, which has a distance to Level 
A isopleth (180 dB) of 3 meters. Therefore, authorization of Level A 
take is not necessary.
    NMFS proposes to authorize the following takes by Level B 
harassment:

                                        Table 8--Proposed Authorizations
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                 Take proposed    Percent of
            Species                Exposure          to be         stock or             Population trend
                                   estimate       authorized      population
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Beluga........................            3.63              14            1.07  Decreasing.
Killer whale..................            3.64               5            0.14  Resident--Increasing.
                                                                                Transient--Stable.
Harbor seal...................         1253.67            1527            5.47  Stable.
Harbor porpoise...............            14.6              18           0.048  No reliable info.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


[[Page 37488]]

Analysis and Preliminary Determinations

Negligible Impact

    Negligible impact' is ``an impact resulting from the specified 
activity that cannot be reasonably expected to, and is not reasonably 
likely to, adversely affect the species or stock through effects on 
annual rates of recruitment or survival'' (50 CFR 216.103). The lack of 
likely adverse effects on annual rates of recruitment or survival 
(i.e., population level effects) forms the basis of a negligible impact 
finding. Thus, an estimate of the number of takes, alone, is not enough 
information on which to base an impact determination. In addition to 
considering estimates of the number of marine mammals that might be 
``taken'' through behavioral harassment, NMFS must consider other 
factors, such as the likely nature of any responses (their intensity, 
duration, etc.), the context of any responses (critical reproductive 
time or location, migration, etc.), as well as the number and nature of 
estimated Level A harassment takes, the number of estimated 
mortalities, effects on habitat, and the status of the species.
    To avoid repetition, except where otherwise identified, the 
discussion of our analyses applies to all the species listed in Table 
8, given that the anticipated effects of this project on marine mammals 
are expected to be relatively similar in nature. Where there is 
information either about impacts, or about the size, status, or 
structure of any species or stock that would lead to a different 
analysis for this activity, species-specific factors are identified and 
analyzed.
    In making a negligible impact determination, NMFS considers:
     The number of anticipated injuries, serious injuries, or 
mortalities;
     The number, nature, and intensity, and duration of Level B 
harassment; and
     The context in which the takes occur (e.g., impacts to 
areas of significance, impacts to local populations, and cumulative 
impacts when taking into account successive/contemporaneous actions 
when added to baseline data);
     The status of stock or species of marine mammals (i.e., 
depleted, not depleted, decreasing, increasing, stable, impact relative 
to the size of the population);
     Impacts on habitat affecting rates of recruitment/
survival; and
     The effectiveness of monitoring and mitigation measures to 
reduce the number or severity of incidental take.
    Given the proposed mitigation and related monitoring, no injuries 
or mortalities are anticipated to occur to any species as a result of 
AK LNG's proposed survey in Cook Inlet, and none are proposed to be 
authorized. Additionally, animals in the area are not expected to incur 
hearing impairment (i.e., TTS or PTS) or non-auditory physiological 
effects due to low source levels and the fact that most marine mammals 
would avoid a loud sound source than swim in such close proximity as to 
result in TTS or PTS. The most likely effect from the proposed action 
is localized, short-term behavioral disturbance. The number of takes 
that are anticipated and proposed to be authorized are expected to be 
limited to short-term Level B behavioral harassment for all stocks for 
which take is proposed to be authorized. This is largely due to the 
short time scale of the proposed activity, the low source levels for 
many of the technologies proposed to be used, as well as the mitigation 
proposed earlier in the proposed Authorization. The technologies do not 
operate continuously over a 24-hour period. Rather airguns are 
operational for a few hours at a time for 7 days, with the sub-bottom 
profiler chirp and boomer operating for 63 days.
    The addition of five vessels, and noise due to vessel operations 
associated with the survey, would not be outside the present experience 
of marine mammals in Cook Inlet, although levels may increase locally. 
Potential impacts to marine mammal habitat were discussed previously in 
this document (see the ``Anticipated Effects on Habitat'' section). 
Although some disturbance is possible to food sources of marine 
mammals, the impacts are anticipated to be minor enough as to not 
affect annual rates of recruitment or survival of marine mammals in the 
area. Based on the size of Cook Inlet where feeding by marine mammals 
occurs versus the localized area of the marine survey activities, any 
missed feeding opportunities in the direct project area would be minor 
based on the fact that other feeding areas exist elsewhere.
    Taking into account the mitigation measures that are planned, 
effects on cetaceans are generally expected to be restricted to 
avoidance of a limited area around the survey operation and short-term 
changes in behavior, falling within the MMPA definition of ``Level B 
harassment''. Shut-downs are proposed for belugas and groups of killer 
whales or harbor porpoises when they approach the 160dB disturbance 
zone, to further reduce potential impacts to these populations. Visual 
observation by trained PSOs is also implemented to reduce the impact of 
the proposed activity. Animals are not expected to permanently abandon 
any area that is surveyed, and any behaviors that are interrupted 
during the activity are expected to resume once the activity ceases. 
Only a small portion of marine mammal habitat will be affected at any 
time, and other areas within Cook Inlet will be available for necessary 
biological functions.
Beluga Whales
    Cook Inlet beluga whales are listed as endangered under the ESA. 
These stocks are also considered depleted under the MMPA. The estimated 
annual rate of decline for Cook Inlet beluga whales was 0.6 percent 
between 2002 and 2012.
    Belugas in the Canadian Beaufort Sea in summer appear to be fairly 
responsive to seismic energy, with few being sighted within 10-20 km 
(6-12 mi) of seismic vessels during aerial surveys (Miller et al., 
2005). However, as noted above, Cook Inlet belugas are more accustomed 
to anthropogenic sound than beluga whales in the Beaufort Sea. 
Therefore, the results from the Beaufort Sea surveys do not directly 
translate to potential reactions of Cook Inlet beluga whales. Also, due 
to the dispersed distribution of beluga whales in Cook Inlet during 
winter and the concentration of beluga whales in upper Cook Inlet from 
late April through early fall, belugas would likely occur in small 
numbers in the majority of AK LNG's proposed survey area during the 
majority of AK LNG's annual operational timeframe of August through 
December. For the same reason, as well as the mitigation measure that 
requires shutting down for belugas seen approaching the 160dB 
disturbance zone, and the likelihood of avoidance at high levels, it is 
unlikely that animals would be exposed to received levels capable of 
causing injury.
    Given the large number of vessels in Cook Inlet and the apparent 
habituation to vessels by Cook Inlet beluga whales and the other marine 
mammals that may occur in the area, vessel activity and noise is not 
expected to have effects that could cause significant or long-term 
consequences for individual marine mammals or their populations.
    In addition, NMFS proposes to seasonally restrict survey operations 
in the area known to be important for beluga whale feeding, calving, or 
nursing. The primary location for these biological life functions 
occurs in the Susitna Delta region of upper Cook Inlet. NMFS proposes 
to implement a 16 km (10 mi) seasonal exclusion from seismic survey 
operations in this region from April 15-October 15. The highest 
concentrations of belugas are typically

[[Page 37489]]

found in this area from early May through September each year. NMFS has 
incorporated a 2-week buffer on each end of this seasonal use timeframe 
to account for any anomalies in distribution and marine mammal usage.
    Odontocete (including Cook Inlet beluga whales, killer whales, and 
harbor porpoises) reactions to seismic energy pulses are usually 
assumed to be limited to shorter distances from the airgun(s) than are 
those of mysticetes, in part because odontocete low-frequency hearing 
is assumed to be less sensitive than that of mysticetes.
Killer Whales
    Killer whales are not encountered as frequently in Cook Inlet as 
some of the other species in this analysis, however when sighted they 
are usually in groups. The addition of a mitigation measure to shutdown 
if a group of 5 or more killer whales is seen approaching the 160 dB 
zone is intended to minimize any impact to an aggregation of killer 
whales if encountered. The killer whales in the survey area are also 
thought to be transient killer whales and therefore rely on the habitat 
in the AK LNG survey area less than other resident species.
Harbor Porpoise
    Harbor porpoises are among the most sensitive marine mammal species 
with regard to behavioral response and anthropogenic noise. They are 
known to exhibit behavioral responses to operation of seismic airguns, 
pingers, and other technologies at low thresholds. However, they are 
abundant in Cook Inlet and therefore the authorized take is unlikely to 
affect recruitment or status of the population in any way. In addition, 
mitigation measures include shutdowns for groups of more than 5 harbor 
porpoises that will minimize the amount of take to the local harbor 
porpoise population. This mitigation as well as the short duration and 
low source levels of the proposed activity will reduce the impact to 
the harbor porpoises found in Cook Inlet.

Harbor Seal

    Observations during other anthropogenic activities in Cook Inlet 
have reported large congregations of harbor seals have been observed 
hauling out in upper Cook Inlet. However, mitigation measures, such as 
vessel speed, course alteration, and visual monitoring, and 
restrictions will be implemented to help reduce impacts to the animals. 
Additionally, this activity does not encompass a large number of known 
harbor seal haulouts, particularly as this activity proposes operations 
traversing across the Inlet, as opposed to entirely nearshore 
activities. While some harbor seals will likely be exposed, the 
proposed mitigation along with their smaller aggregations in water than 
on shore should minimize impacts to the harbor seal population. The 
level of take of harbor seals may be further minimized by the 
preference of harbor seals to haul out for greater quantities of time 
in the summer, when much of this work is proposed to occur. 
Additionally, the short duration of the survey, and the use of visual 
observers should further reduce the potential for take by behavioral 
harassment to Cook Inlet harbor seals. Therefore, the exposure of 
pinnipeds to sounds produced by this phase of AK LNG's proposed survey 
is not anticipated to have an effect on annual rates of recruitment or 
survival on those species or stocks.
    Based on the analysis contained herein of the likely effects of the 
specified activity on marine mammals and their habitat, and taking into 
consideration the implementation of the proposed monitoring and 
mitigation measures, NMFS preliminarily finds that the total annual 
marine mammal take from AK LNG's proposed seismic survey will have a 
negligible impact on the affected marine mammal species or stocks.
    Although NMFS does not believe that the operation of the vibracore 
would result in the take of marine mammals, we note here that even if 
the vibracore did result in take of marine mammals, the numbers and 
scope of vibracore take predicted in the applicant's application and 
analysis would not have changed this finding. The vibracoring activity 
is proposed to occur at 33 locations across the Inlet from the 
Forelands, north to the upper end of Cook Inlet. However, the actual 
noise-producing activity will only occur for 90 seconds at a time, 
during which PSOs will be observing for marine mammals. The limited 
scope and duration of vibracoring makes it extremely unlikely that take 
by Level B harassment would occur during the vibracore portion of the 
operation.

Small Numbers Analysis

    The requested takes proposed to be authorized annually represent 
1.06 percent of the Cook Inlet beluga whale population of approximately 
340 animals (Allen and Angliss, 2014), 0.135 percent of the Gulf of 
Alaska, Aleutian Island and Bering Sea stock of killer whales (345 
transients), and 0.047 percent of the Gulf of Alaska stock of 
approximately 31,046 harbor porpoises. The take requests presented for 
harbor seals represent 5.47 percent of the Cook Inlet/Shelikof stock of 
approximately 22,900 animals. These take estimates represent the 
percentage of each species or stock that could be taken by Level B 
behavioral harassment.
    NMFS finds that any incidental take reasonably likely to result 
from the effects of the proposed activity, as proposed to be mitigated 
through this IHA, will be limited to small numbers relative to the 
affected species or stocks. In addition to the quantitative methods 
used to estimate take, NMFS also considered qualitative factors that 
further support the ``small numbers'' determination, including: (1) The 
seasonal distribution and habitat use patterns of Cook Inlet beluga 
whales, which suggest that for much of the time only a small portion of 
the population would be accessible to impacts from AK LNG's activity, 
as most animals are found in the Susitna Delta region of Upper Cook 
Inlet from early May through September; (2) other cetacean species are 
not common in the survey area; (3) the proposed mitigation 
requirements, which provide spatio-temporal limitations that avoid 
impacts to large numbers of belugas feeding and calving in the Susitna 
Delta; (4) the proposed monitoring requirements and mitigation measures 
described earlier in this document for all marine mammal species that 
will further reduce the amount of takes; and (5) monitoring results 
from previous activities that indicated low numbers of beluga whale 
sightings within the Level B disturbance exclusion zone and low levels 
of Level B harassment takes of other marine mammals. Therefore, NMFS 
determined that the numbers of animals likely to be taken are small.
    Although NMFS does not believe that the operation of the vibracore 
would result in the take of marine mammals, we note here that even if 
the vibracore did result in take of marine mammals, the amount of total 
take predicted in the applicant's analysis including the vibracore take 
would still be small compared to the population sizes of the affected 
species and stocks.

Impact on Availability of Affected Species for Taking for Subsistence 
Uses

Relevant Subsistence Uses

    The subsistence harvest of marine mammals transcends the 
nutritional and economic values attributed to the animal and is an 
integral part of the cultural identity of the region's Alaska Native 
communities. Inedible parts of the whale provide Native artisans with 
materials for cultural handicrafts, and the hunting itself perpetuates 
Native traditions by transmitting traditional

[[Page 37490]]

skills and knowledge to younger generations (NOAA, 2007).
    The Cook Inlet beluga whale has traditionally been hunted by Alaska 
Natives for subsistence purposes. For several decades prior to the 
1980s, the Native Village of Tyonek residents were the primary 
subsistence hunters of Cook Inlet beluga whales. During the 1980s and 
1990s, Alaska Natives from villages in the western, northwestern, and 
North Slope regions of Alaska either moved to or visited the south 
central region and participated in the yearly subsistence harvest 
(Stanek, 1994). From 1994 to 1998, NMFS estimated 65 whales per year 
(range 21-123) were taken in this harvest, including those successfully 
taken for food and those struck and lost. NMFS concluded that this 
number was high enough to account for the estimated 14 percent annual 
decline in the population during this time (Hobbs et al., 2008). Actual 
mortality may have been higher, given the difficulty of estimating the 
number of whales struck and lost during the hunts. In 1999, a 
moratorium was enacted (Pub. L. 106-31) prohibiting the subsistence 
take of Cook Inlet beluga whales except through a cooperative agreement 
between NMFS and the affected Alaska Native organizations. Since the 
Cook Inlet beluga whale harvest was regulated in 1999 requiring 
cooperative agreements, five beluga whales have been struck and 
harvested. Those beluga whales were harvested in 2001 (one animal), 
2002 (one animal), 2003 (one animal), and 2005 (two animals). The 
Native Village of Tyonek agreed not to hunt or request a hunt in 2007, 
when no co-management agreement was to be signed (NMFS, 2008a).
    On October 15, 2008, NMFS published a final rule that established 
long-term harvest limits on Cook Inlet beluga whales that may be taken 
by Alaska Natives for subsistence purposes (73 FR 60976). That rule 
prohibits harvest for a 5-year interval period if the average stock 
abundance of Cook Inlet beluga whales over the prior five-year interval 
is below 350 whales. Harvest levels for the current 5-year planning 
interval (2013-2017) are zero because the average stock abundance for 
the previous five-year period (2008-2012) was below 350 whales. Based 
on the average abundance over the 2002-2007 period, no hunt occurred 
between 2008 and 2012 (NMFS, 2008a). The Cook Inlet Marine Mammal 
Council, which managed the Alaska Native Subsistence fishery with NMFS, 
was disbanded by a unanimous vote of the Tribes' representatives on 
June 20, 2012. At this time, no harvest is expected in 2015 or, likely, 
in 2016.
    Data on the harvest of other marine mammals in Cook Inlet are 
lacking. Some data are available on the subsistence harvest of harbor 
seals, harbor porpoises, and killer whales in Alaska in the marine 
mammal stock assessments. However, these numbers are for the Gulf of 
Alaska including Cook Inlet, and they are not indicative of the harvest 
in Cook Inlet.
    There is a low level of subsistence hunting for harbor seals in 
Cook Inlet. Seal hunting occurs opportunistically among Alaska Natives 
who may be fishing or travelling in the upper Inlet near the mouths of 
the Susitna River, Beluga River, and Little Susitna. Some detailed 
information on the subsistence harvest of harbor seals is available 
from past studies conducted by the Alaska Department of Fish & Game 
(Wolfe et al., 2009). In 2008, 33 harbor seals were taken for harvest 
in the Upper Kenai-Cook Inlet area. In the same study, reports from 
hunters stated that harbor seal populations in the area were increasing 
(28.6%) or remaining stable (71.4%). The specific hunting regions 
identified were Anchorage, Homer, Kenai, and Tyonek, and hunting 
generally peaks in March, September, and November (Wolfe et al., 2009).

Potential Impacts on Availability for Subsistence Uses

    Section 101(a)(5)(D) also requires NMFS to determine that the 
taking will not have an unmitigable adverse effect on the availability 
of marine mammal species or stocks for subsistence use. NMFS has 
defined ``unmitigable adverse impact'' in 50 CFR 216.103 as an impact 
resulting from the specified activity: (1) That is likely to reduce the 
availability of the species to a level insufficient for a harvest to 
meet subsistence needs by: (i) Causing the marine mammals to abandon or 
avoid hunting areas; (ii) Directly displacing subsistence users; or 
(iii) Placing physical barriers between the marine mammals and the 
subsistence hunters; and (2) That cannot be sufficiently mitigated by 
other measures to increase the availability of marine mammals to allow 
subsistence needs to be met.
    The primary concern is the disturbance of marine mammals through 
the introduction of anthropogenic sound into the marine environment 
during the proposed seismic survey. Marine mammals could be 
behaviorally harassed and either become more difficult to hunt or 
temporarily abandon traditional hunting grounds. However, the proposed 
seismic survey will not have any impacts to beluga harvests as none 
currently occur in Cook Inlet. Additionally, subsistence harvests of 
other marine mammal species are limited in Cook Inlet.

Plan of Cooperation or Measures To Minimize Impacts to Subsistence 
Hunts

    The entire upper Cook unit and a portion of the lower Cook unit 
falls north of 60[deg] N' or within the region NMFS has designated as 
an Arctic subsistence use area. AK LNG provided detailed information in 
Section 8 of their application regarding their plan to cooperate with 
local subsistence users and stakeholders regarding the potential 
effects of their proposed activity. There are several villages in AK 
LNG's proposed project area that have traditionally hunted marine 
mammals, primarily harbor seals. Tyonek is the only tribal village in 
upper Cook Inlet with a tradition of hunting marine mammals, in this 
case harbor seals and beluga whales. However, for either species the 
annual recorded harvest since the 1980s has averaged about one or fewer 
of either species (Fall et al. 1984, Wolfe et al. 2009, SRBA and HC 
2011), and there is currently a moratorium on subsistence harvest of 
belugas. Further, many of the seals that are harvested are done 
incidentally to salmon fishing or moose hunting (Fall et al. 1984, 
Merrill and Orpheim 2013), often near the mouths of the Susitna Delta 
rivers (Fall et al. 1984) north of AK LNG's proposed seismic survey 
area.
    Villages in lower Cook Inlet adjacent to AK LNG's proposed survey 
area (Kenai, Salamatof, and Nikiski) have either not traditionally 
hunted beluga whales, or at least not in recent years, and rarely do 
they harvest sea lions. These villages more commonly harvest harbor 
seals, with Kenai reporting an average of about 13 per year between 
1992 and 2008 (Wolfe et al. 2009). According to Fall et al. (1984), 
many of the seals harvested by hunters from these villages were taken 
on the west side of the inlet during hunting excursions for moose and 
black bears.
    Although marine mammals remain an important subsistence resource in 
Cook Inlet, the number of animals annually harvested is low, and are 
primarily harbor seals. Much of the harbor seal harvest occurs 
incidental to other fishing and hunting activities, and at areas 
outside of the AK LNG's proposed seismic areas such as the Susitna 
Delta or the west side of lower Cook Inlet. Also, AK LNG is unlikely to 
conduct activity in the vicinity of any of the river mouths where large 
numbers of seals haul out.
    AK LNG and NMFS recognize the importance of ensuring that ANOs and 
federally recognized tribes are informed, engaged, and involved during 
the

[[Page 37491]]

permitting process and will continue to work with the ANOs and tribes 
to discuss operations and activities.
    Prior to offshore activities AK LNG will consult with nearby 
communities such as Tyonek, Salamatof, and the Kenaitze Indian Tribe to 
attend and present the program description prior to operations within 
those areas. During these meetings discussions will include a project 
description, maps of project area and resolutions of potential 
conflicts. These meetings will allow AK LNG to understand community 
concerns, and requests for communication or mitigation. Additional 
communications will continue throughout the project. A specific meeting 
schedule has not been finalized, but meetings with the entities 
identified will occur before an Authorization is issued.
    If a conflict does occur with project activities involving 
subsistence or fishing, the project manager will immediately contact 
the affected party to resolve the conflict.

Unmitigable Adverse Impact Analysis and Preliminary Determination

    The project will not have any effect on beluga whale harvests 
because no beluga harvest will take place in 2015. Additionally, the 
proposed seismic survey area is not an important native subsistence 
site for other subsistence species of marine mammals thus, the number 
harvested is expected to be extremely low. The timing and location of 
subsistence harvest of Cook Inlet harbor seals may coincide with AK 
LNG's project, but because this subsistence hunt is conducted 
opportunistically and at such a low level (NMFS, 2013c), AK LNG's 
program is not expected to have an impact on the subsistence use of 
harbor seals. Moreover, the proposed survey would result in only 
temporary disturbances. Accordingly, the specified activity would not 
impact the availability of these other marine mammal species for 
subsistence uses.
    NMFS anticipates that any effects from AK LNG's proposed survey on 
marine mammals, especially harbor seals and Cook Inlet beluga whales, 
which are or have been taken for subsistence uses, would be short-term, 
site specific, and limited to inconsequential changes in behavior and 
mild stress responses. NMFS does not anticipate that the authorized 
taking of affected species or stocks will reduce the availability of 
the species to a level insufficient for a harvest to meet subsistence 
needs by: (1) Causing the marine mammals to abandon or avoid hunting 
areas; (2) directly displacing subsistence users; or (3) placing 
physical barriers between the marine mammals and the subsistence 
hunters; and that cannot be sufficiently mitigated by other measures to 
increase the availability of marine mammals to allow subsistence needs 
to be met. Based on the description of the specified activity, the 
measures described to minimize adverse effects on the availability of 
marine mammals for subsistence purposes, and the proposed mitigation 
and monitoring measures, NMFS has preliminarily determined that there 
will not be an unmitigable adverse impact on subsistence uses from AK 
LNG's proposed activities.

Endangered Species Act (ESA)

    There is one marine mammal species listed as endangered under the 
ESA with confirmed or possible occurrence in the proposed project area: 
The Cook Inlet beluga whale. In addition, the proposed action could 
occur within 10 miles of designated critical habitat for the Cook Inlet 
beluga whale. NMFS's Permits and Conservation Division has initiated 
consultation with NMFS' Alaska Region Protected Resources Division 
under section 7 of the ESA. This consultation will be concluded prior 
to issuing any final authorization.

National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA)

    NMFS has prepared a Draft Environmental Assessment (EA) for the 
issuance of an IHA to AK LNG for the proposed oil and gas exploration 
seismic survey program in Cook Inlet. The Draft EA has been made 
available for public comment concurrently with this proposed 
authorization (see ADDRESSES). NMFS will finalize the EA and either 
conclude with a finding of no significant impact (FONSI) or prepare an 
Environmental Impact Statement prior to issuance of the final 
authorization (if issued).

Proposed Authorization

    As a result of these preliminary determinations, we propose to 
issue an IHA to Alaska LNG for taking marine mammals incidental to a 
geophysical and geotechnical survey in Cook Inlet, Alaska, provided the 
previously mentioned mitigation, monitoring, and reporting requirements 
are incorporated. The proposed IHA language is provided next.
    This section contains a draft of the IHA itself. The wording 
contained in this section is proposed for inclusion in the IHA (if 
issued).

Request for Public Comments

    We request comment on our analysis, the draft authorization, and 
any other aspect of the Notice of Proposed IHA for Alaska LNG. Please 
include with your comments any supporting data or literature citations 
to help inform our final decision on AK LNG's request for an MMPA 
authorization.
Incidental Harassment Authorization
    Exxon Mobil Alaska LNG LLC (AK LNG), 3201 C Street; Suite 506, 
Anchorage, Alaska 99501, is hereby authorized under section 
101(a)(5)(D) of the Marine Mammal Protection Act (MMPA; 16 U.S.C. 
1371(a)(5)(D)), to harass small numbers of marine mammals incidental to 
specified activities associated with a marine geophysical and 
geotechnical survey in Cook Inlet, Alaska, contingent upon the 
following conditions:
    1. This Authorization is valid from August 7, 2015, through August 
6, 2016.
    2. This Authorization is valid only for AK LNG's activities 
associated with survey operations that shall occur within the areas 
denoted as Marine Terminal Survey Area and Pipeline Survey Area as 
depicted in the attached Figures 1 of AK LNG's April 2015 application 
to the National Marine Fisheries Service.
3. Species Authorized and Level of Take
    (a) The incidental taking of marine mammals, by Level B harassment 
only, is limited to the following species in the waters of Cook Inlet:
    (i) Odontocetes: see Table 1 (attached) for authorized species and 
take numbers.
    (ii) Pinnipeds: see Table 1 (attached) for authorized species and 
take numbers.
    (iii) If any marine mammal species are encountered during 
activities that are not listed in Table 1 (attached) for authorized 
taking and are likely to be exposed to sound pressure levels (SPLs) 
greater than or equal to 160 dB re 1 [mu]Pa (rms) for impulsive sound 
of 120 dB re 1[mu]Pa (rms), then the Holder of this Authorization must 
alter speed or course or shut-down the sound source to avoid take.
    (b) The taking by injury (Level A harassment), serious injury, or 
death of any of the species listed in Table 1 or the taking of any 
other species of marine mammal is prohibited and may result in the 
modification, suspension or revocation of this Authorization.
    (c) If the number of detected takes of any marine mammal species 
listed in Table 1 is met or exceeded, AK LNG shall immediately cease 
survey

[[Page 37492]]

operations involving the use of active sound sources (e.g., airguns, 
profilers etc.) and notify NMFS.
    4. The authorization for taking by harassment is limited to the 
following acoustic sources (or sources with comparable frequency and 
intensity) absent an amendment to this Authorization:
    (a) EdgeTech 3200 Sub-bottom profiler chirp;
    (b) Applied Acoustics AA301 Sub-bottom profiler boomer;
    (c) A 60 in\3\ airgun;
    5. The taking of any marine mammal in a manner prohibited under 
this Authorization must be reported immediately to the Chief, Permits 
and Conservation Division, Office of Protected Resources, NMFS or her 
designee at (301) 427-8401.
    6. The holder of this Authorization must notify the Chief of the 
Permits and Conservation Division, Office of Protected Resources, or 
her designee at least 48 hours prior to the start of survey activities 
(unless constrained by the date of issuance of this Authorization in 
which case notification shall be made as soon as possible) at 301-427-
8484 or to [email protected].
    7. Mitigation and Monitoring Requirements: The Holder of this 
Authorization is required to implement the following mitigation and 
monitoring requirements when conducting the specified activities to 
achieve the least practicable impact on affected marine mammal species 
or stocks:
    (a) Utilize a minimum of two NMFS- qualified PSOs per source vessel 
(one on duty and one off-duty) to visually watch for and monitor marine 
mammals near the seismic source vessels during daytime operations (from 
nautical twilight-dawn to nautical twilight-dusk) and before and during 
start-ups of sound sources day or night. Two PSVOs will be on each 
source vessel, and two PSVOs will be on a support vessel to observe the 
exclusion and disturbance zones. PSVOs shall have access to reticle 
binoculars (7x50) and long-range binoculars (40x80). PSVO shifts shall 
last no longer than 4 hours at a time. PSVOs shall also make 
observations during daytime periods when the sound sources are not 
operating for comparison of animal abundance and behavior, when 
feasible. When practicable, as an additional means of visual 
observation, AK LNG's vessel crew may also assist in detecting marine 
mammals.
    (b) Record the following information when a marine mammal is 
sighted:
    (i) Species, group size, age/size/sex categories (if determinable), 
behavior when first sighted and after initial sighting, heading (if 
consistent), bearing and distance from seismic vessel, sighting cue, 
apparent reaction to the airguns or vessel (e.g., none, avoidance, 
approach, paralleling, etc.), and behavioral pace;
    (ii) Time, location, heading, speed, activity of the vessel 
(including type of equipment operating), Beaufort sea state and wind 
force, visibility, and sun glare; and
    (iii) The data listed under Condition 7(d)(ii) shall also be 
recorded at the start and end of each observation watch and during a 
watch whenever there is a change in one or more of the variables.
    (c) Establish a 160 dB re 1 [mu]Pa (rms) ``disturbance zone'' for 
belugas, and groups of five or more harbor porpoises and killer whales 
as well as a 180 dB re 1 [mu]Pa (rms) and 190 dB re 1 [mu]Pa (rms) 
``exclusion zone'' (EZ) for cetaceans and pinnipeds respectively before 
equipment is in operation.
    (d) Visually observe the entire extent of the EZ (180 dB re 1 
[mu]Pa [rms] for cetaceans and 190 dB re 1 [mu]Pa [rms] for pinnipeds) 
using NMFS-qualified PSVOs, for at least 30 minutes (min) prior to 
starting the survey (day or night). If the PSVO finds a marine mammal 
within the EZ, AK LNG must delay the seismic survey until the marine 
mammal(s) has left the area. If the PSVO sees a marine mammal that 
surfaces, then dives below the surface, the PSVO shall wait 30 min. If 
the PSVO sees no marine mammals during that time, they should assume 
that the animal has moved beyond the EZ. If for any reason the entire 
radius cannot be seen for the entire 30 min (i.e., rough seas, fog, 
darkness), or if marine mammals are near, approaching, or in the EZ, 
the sound sources may not be started.
    (e) Alter speed or course during survey operations if a marine 
mammal, based on its position and relative motion, appears likely to 
enter the relevant EZ. If speed or course alteration is not safe or 
practicable, or if after alteration the marine mammal still appears 
likely to enter the EZ, further mitigation measures, such as a 
shutdown, shall be taken.
    (f) Shutdown the sound source(s) if a marine mammal is detected 
within, approaches, or enters the relevant EZ. A shutdown means all 
operating sound sources are shut down (i.e., turned off).
    (g) Survey activity shall not resume until the PSVO has visually 
observed the marine mammal(s) exiting the EZ and is not likely to 
return, or has not been seen within the EZ for 15 min for species with 
shorter dive durations (small odontocetes and pinnipeds) or 30 min for 
species with longer dive durations (large odontocetes, including killer 
whales and beluga whales).
    (h) Marine geophysical surveys may continue into night and low-
light hours if such segment(s) of the survey is initiated when the 
entire relevant EZs can be effectively monitored visually (i.e., 
PSVO(s) must be able to see the extent of the entire relevant EZ).
    (i) No initiation of survey operations involving the use of sound 
sources is permitted from a shutdown position at night or during low-
light hours (such as in dense fog or heavy rain).
    (j) If a beluga whale is visually sighted approaching or within the 
relevant160dB disturbance zone, survey activity will not commence or 
the sound source(s) shall be shut down until the animals are no longer 
present within the 160-dB zone.
    (h) Whenever aggregations or groups of killer whales and/or harbor 
porpoises are detected approaching or within the 160-dB disturbance 
zone, survey activity will not commence or the sound source(s) shall be 
shut-down until the animals are no longer present within the 160-dB 
zone. An aggregation or group of whales/porpoises shall consist of five 
or more individuals of any age/sex class.
    (i) AK LNG must not operate within 10 miles (16 km) of the mean 
higher high water (MHHW) line of the Susitna Delta (Beluga River to the 
Little Susitna River) between April 15 and October 15 (to avoid any 
effects to belugas in an important feeding and breeding area).
    (j) Survey operations involving the use of airguns, sub-bottom 
profiler, or vibracore must cease if takes of any marine mammal are met 
or exceeded.
    8. Reporting Requirements: The Holder of this Authorization is 
required to:
    (a) Submit a weekly field report, no later than close of business 
(Alaska time) each Thursday during the weeks when in-water survey 
activities take place. The field reports will summarize species 
detected, in-water activity occurring at the time of the sighting, 
behavioral reactions to in-water activities, and the number of marine 
mammals taken.
    (b) Submit a monthly report, no later than the 15th of each month, 
to NMFS' Permits and Conservation Division for all months during which 
in-water seismic survey activities occur. These reports must contain 
and summarize the following information:
    (i) Dates, times, locations, heading, speed, weather, sea 
conditions (including Beaufort sea state and wind force), and 
associated activities during all operations and marine mammal 
sightings;

[[Page 37493]]

    (ii) Species, number, location, distance from the vessel, and 
behavior of any marine mammals, as well as associated activity (type of 
equipment in use and number of shutdowns), observed throughout all 
monitoring activities;
    (iii) An estimate of the number (by species) of: (A) pinnipeds that 
have been exposed to the activity (based on visual observation) at 
received levels greater than or equal to 160 dB re 1 [micro]Pa (rms) 
and/or 190 dB re 1 [micro]Pa (rms) with a discussion of any specific 
behaviors those individuals exhibited; and (B) cetaceans that have been 
exposed to the activity (based on visual observation) at received 
levels greater than or equal to 120 dB or 160 dB re 1 [micro]Pa (rms) 
and/or 180 dB re 1 [micro]Pa (rms) with a discussion of any specific 
behaviors those individuals exhibited.
    (iv) A description of the implementation and effectiveness of the: 
(A) terms and conditions of the Biological Opinion's Incidental Take 
Statement (ITS); and (B) mitigation measures of this Authorization. For 
the Biological Opinion, the report shall confirm the implementation of 
each Term and Condition, as well as any conservation recommendations, 
and describe their effectiveness, for minimizing the adverse effects of 
the action on Endangered Species Act-listed marine mammals.
    (c) Submit a draft Technical Report on all activities and 
monitoring results to NMFS' Permits and Conservation Division within 90 
days of the completion of the seismic survey. The Technical Report will 
include the following information:
    (i) Summaries of monitoring effort (e.g., total hours, total 
distances, and marine mammal distribution through the study period, 
accounting for sea state and other factors affecting visibility and 
detectability of marine mammals);
    (ii) Analyses of the effects of various factors influencing 
detectability of marine mammals (e.g., sea state, number of observers, 
and fog/glare);
    (iii) Species composition, occurrence, and distribution of marine 
mammal sightings, including date, water depth, numbers, age/size/gender 
categories (if determinable), group sizes, and ice cover;
    (iv) Analyses of the effects of survey operations; and
    (v) Sighting rates of marine mammals during periods with and 
without survey activities (and other variables that could affect 
detectability), such as: (A) initial sighting distances versus survey 
activity state; (B) closest point of approach versus survey activity 
state; (C) observed behaviors and types of movements versus survey 
activity state; (D) numbers of sightings/individuals seen versus survey 
activity state; (E) distribution around the source vessels versus 
survey activity state; and (F) estimates of take by Level B harassment 
based on presence in the relevant120 dB or 160 dB harassment zone.
    (d) Submit a final report to the Chief, Permits and Conservation 
Division, Office of Protected Resources, NMFS, within 30 days after 
receiving comments from NMFS on the draft report. If NMFS decides that 
the draft report needs no comments, the draft report shall be 
considered to be the final report.
    (e) AK LNG must immediately report to NMFS if 10 belugas are 
detected within the relevant 120 dB or 160 dB re 1 [micro]Pa (rms) 
disturbance zone during survey operations to allow NMFS to consider 
making necessary adjustments to monitoring and mitigation.
    9. (a) In the unanticipated event that the specified activity 
clearly causes the take of a marine mammal in a manner prohibited by 
this Authorization, such as an injury (Level A harassment), serious 
injury or mortality (e.g., ship-strike, gear interaction, and/or 
entanglement), AK LNG shall immediately cease the specified activities 
and immediately report the incident to the Chief of the Permits and 
Conservation Division, Office of Protected Resources, NMFS, or her 
designees by phone or email (telephone: 301-427-8401 or 
[email protected]), the Alaska Regional Office (telephone: 907-271-
1332 or [email protected]), and the Alaska Regional Stranding 
Coordinators (telephone: 907-586-7248 or [email protected] or 
[email protected]). The report must include the following 
information:
    (i) Time, date, and location (latitude/longitude) of the incident;
    (ii) The name and type of vessel involved;
    (iii) The vessel's speed during and leading up to the incident;
    (iv) Description of the incident;
    (v) Status of all sound source use in the 24 hours preceding the 
incident;
    (vi) Water depth;
    (vii) Environmental conditions (e.g., wind speed and direction, 
Beaufort sea state, cloud cover, and visibility);
    (viii) Description of marine mammal observations in the 24 hours 
preceding the incident;
    (ix) Species identification or description of the animal(s) 
involved;
    (x) The fate of the animal(s); and
    (xi) Photographs or video footage of the animal (if equipment is 
available).
    Activities shall not resume until NMFS is able to review the 
circumstances of the prohibited take. NMFS shall work with AK LNG to 
determine what is necessary to minimize the likelihood of further 
prohibited take and ensure MMPA compliance. AK LNG may not resume their 
activities until notified by NMFS via letter or email, or telephone.
    (b) In the event that AK LNG discovers an injured or dead marine 
mammal, and the lead PSO determines that the cause of the injury or 
death is unknown and the death is relatively recent (i.e., in less than 
a moderate state of decomposition as described in the next paragraph), 
AK LNG will immediately report the incident to the Chief of the Permits 
and Conservation Division, Office of Protected Resources, NMFS, her 
designees, and the NMFS Alaska Stranding Hotline (see contact 
information in Condition 9(a)). The report must include the same 
information identified in the Condition 9(a) above. Activities may 
continue while NMFS reviews the circumstances of the incident. NMFS 
will work with AK LNG to determine whether modifications in the 
activities are appropriate.
    (c) In the event that AK LNG discovers an injured or dead marine 
mammal, and the lead PSO determines that the injury or death is not 
associated with or related to the activities authorized in Condition 2 
of this Authorization (e.g., previously wounded animal, carcass with 
moderate to advanced decomposition, or scavenger damage), AK LNG shall 
report the incident to the Chief of the Permits and Conservation 
Division, Office of Protected Resources, NMFS, her designees, the NMFS 
Alaska Stranding Hotline (1-877-925-7773), and the Alaska Regional 
Stranding Coordinators within 24 hours of the discovery (see contact 
information in Condition 9(a)). AK LNG shall provide photographs or 
video footage (if available) or other documentation of the stranded 
animal sighting to NMFS and the Marine Mammal Stranding Network. 
Activities may continue while NMFS reviews the circumstances of the 
incident.
    10. AK LNG is required to comply with the Reasonable and Prudent 
Measures and Terms and Conditions of the ITS corresponding to NMFS' 
Biological Opinion issued to both U.S. Army Corps of Engineers and 
NMFS' Office of Protected Resources.
    11. A copy of this Authorization and the ITS must be in the 
possession of all contractors and PSOs operating under the authority of 
this Incidental Harassment Authorization.

[[Page 37494]]

    12. Penalties and Permit Sanctions: Any person who violates any 
provision of this Incidental Harassment Authorization is subject to 
civil and criminal penalties, permit sanctions, and forfeiture as 
authorized under the MMPA.
    13. This Authorization may be modified, suspended or withdrawn if 
the Holder fails to abide by the conditions prescribed herein or if the 
authorized taking is having more than a negligible impact on the 
species or stock of affected marine mammals, or if there is an 
unmitigable adverse impact on the availability of such species or 
stocks for subsistence uses.

-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Donna S. Wieting,
Director, Office of Protected Resources National Marine Fisheries 
Service
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Date

 Table 1--Authorized Take Numbers for Each Marine Mammal Species in Cook
                                  Inlet
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                              Authorized
                                                             take in the
                          Species                             cook inlet
                                                             action area
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Odontocetes:
  Beluga whale (Delphinapterus leucas).....................           14
  Killer whale (Orcinus orca)..............................            5
  Harbor porpoise (Phocoena phocoena)......................           18
Pinnipeds:
  Harbor seal (Phoca vitulina richardsi)...................         1527
------------------------------------------------------------------------


    Dated: June 25, 2015.
Donna S. Wieting,
Director, Office of Protected Resources, National Marine Fisheries 
Service.
[FR Doc. 2015-16012 Filed 6-25-15; 4:15 pm]
 BILLING CODE 3510-22-P



                                                  37466                          Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 125 / Tuesday, June 30, 2015 / Notices

                                                  DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE                                  contact listed below (see FOR FURTHER                  in Cook Inlet, Alaska. NMFS determined
                                                                                                          INFORMATION CONTACT),   or visiting the                that the application was adequate and
                                                  National Oceanic and Atmospheric                        internet at: http://www.nmfs.noaa.gov/                 complete on June 8, 2015.
                                                  Administration                                          pr/permits/incidental.htm. The                            AK LNG proposes to conduct a
                                                  RIN 0648–XE018                                          following associated documents are also                geophysical and geotechnical survey in
                                                                                                          available at the same internet address:                Cook Inlet to investigate the technical
                                                  Takes of Marine Mammals Incidental to                   Draft Environmental Assessment.                        suitability of a pipeline study corridor
                                                  Specified Activities; Taking Marine                     FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Sara                  across Cook Inlet and potential marine
                                                  Mammals Incidental to Geophysical                       Young, Office of Protected Resources,                  terminal locations near Nikiski. The
                                                  and Geotechnical Survey in Cook Inlet,                  NMFS, (301) 427–8484.                                  proposed activity would occur for 12
                                                  Alaska                                                  SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:
                                                                                                                                                                 weeks during the 2015 open water
                                                                                                                                                                 season after August 7, 2015. The
                                                  AGENCY:  National Marine Fisheries                      Background                                             following specific aspects of the
                                                  Service (NMFS), National Oceanic and                                                                           proposed activities are likely to result in
                                                  Atmospheric Administration (NOAA),                         Section 101(a)(5)(D) of the Marine
                                                                                                          Mammal Protection Act of 1972, as                      the take of marine mammals: Sub-
                                                  Commerce.                                                                                                      bottom profiler (chirp and boomer), and
                                                                                                          amended (MMPA; 16 U.S.C. 1361 et
                                                  ACTION: Notice; proposed incidental                                                                            a seismic airgun. Take, by Level B
                                                                                                          seq.) directs the Secretary of Commerce
                                                  harassment authorization; request for                   to allow, upon request, the incidental,                Harassment only, of individuals of four
                                                  comments.                                               but not intentional, taking of small                   species is anticipated to result from the
                                                                                                          numbers of marine mammals of a                         specified activities.
                                                  SUMMARY:   NMFS has received an
                                                  application from ExxonMobil Alaska                      species or population stock, by U.S.                   Description of the Specified Activity
                                                  LNG LLC (AK LNG) for an Incidental                      citizens who engage in a specified
                                                                                                          activity (other than commercial fishing)               Overview
                                                  Harassment Authorization (IHA) to take
                                                  marine mammals, by harassment,                          within a specified geographical region                    The planned geophysical surveys
                                                  incidental to a geophysical and                         if, after NMFS provides a notice of a                  involve remote sensors including single
                                                  geotechnical survey in Cook Inlet,                      proposed authorization to the public for               beam echo sounder, multibeam echo
                                                  Alaska. This action is proposed to occur                review and comment: (1) NMFS makes                     sounder, sub-bottom profilers (chirp and
                                                  for 84 days after August 7, 2015.                       certain findings; and (2) the taking is                boomer), 0.983 L (60 in3) airgun, side
                                                  Pursuant to the Marine Mammal                           limited to harassment.                                 scan sonar, geophysical resistivity
                                                  Protection Act (MMPA), NMFS is                             An Authorization for incidental                     meters, and magnetometer to
                                                  requesting comments on its proposal to                  takings shall be granted if NMFS finds                 characterize the bottom surface and
                                                  issue an IHA to AK LNG to incidentally                  that the taking will have a negligible                 subsurface. The planned shallow
                                                  take, by Level B Harassment only,                       impact on the species or stock(s), will                geotechnical investigations include
                                                  marine mammals during the specified                     not have an unmitigable adverse impact                 vibracoring, sediment grab sampling,
                                                  activity.                                               on the availability of the species or                  and piezo-cone penetration testing
                                                                                                          stock(s) for subsistence uses (where                   (PCPT) to directly evaluate seabed
                                                  DATES:  Comments and information must                   relevant), and if the permissible                      features and soil conditions.
                                                  be received no later than July 30, 2015.                methods of taking and requirements                     Geotechnical borings are planned at
                                                  ADDRESSES: Comments on the                              pertaining to the mitigation, monitoring               potential shoreline crossings and in the
                                                  application should be addressed to Jolie                and reporting of such takings are set                  terminal boring subarea within the
                                                  Harrison, Chief, Permits and                            forth. NMFS has defined ‘‘negligible                   Marine Terminal survey area, and will
                                                  Conservation Division, Office of                        impact’’ in 50 CFR 216.103 as ‘‘an                     be used to collect information on the
                                                  Protected Resources, National Marine                    impact resulting from the specified                    mechanical properties of in-situ soils to
                                                  Fisheries Service, 1315 East-West                       activity that cannot be reasonably                     support feasibility studies for
                                                  Highway, Silver Spring, MD 20910. The                   expected to, and is not reasonably likely              construction crossing techniques and
                                                  mailbox address for providing email                     to, adversely affect the species or stock              decisions on siting and design of
                                                  comments is itp.young@noaa.gov.                         through effects on annual rates of                     pilings, dolphins, and other marine
                                                  Comments sent via email, including all                  recruitment or survival.’’                             structures. Geophysical resistivity
                                                  attachments, must not exceed a 25-                         Except with respect to certain                      imaging will be conducted at the
                                                  megabyte file size. NMFS is not                         activities not pertinent here, the MMPA                potential shoreline crossings. Shear
                                                  responsible for comments sent to                        defines ‘‘harassment’’ as: Any act of                  wave velocity profiles (downhole
                                                  addresses other than those provided                     pursuit, torment, or annoyance which (i)               geophysics) will be conducted within
                                                  here.                                                   has the potential to injure a marine                   some of the boreholes. Further details of
                                                     Instructions: All comments received                  mammal or marine mammal stock in the                   the planned operations are provided
                                                  are a part of the public record and will                wild [Level A harassment]; or (ii) has                 below.
                                                  generally be posted to http://                          the potential to disturb a marine
                                                  www.nmfs.noaa.gov/pr/permits/                                                                                  Dates and Duration
                                                                                                          mammal or marine mammal stock in the
                                                  incidental.htm without change. All                      wild by causing disruption of behavioral                  Geophysical and geotechnical surveys
                                                  Personal Identifying Information (for                   patterns, including, but not limited to,               that do not involve equipment that
                                                  example, name, address, etc.)                           migration, breathing, nursing, breeding,               could acoustically harass listed marine
asabaliauskas on DSK5VPTVN1PROD with RULES




                                                  voluntarily submitted by the commenter                  feeding, or sheltering [Level B                        mammals could begin as soon as April
                                                  may be publicly accessible. Do not                      harassment].                                           2015, depending on the ice conditions.
                                                  submit Confidential Business                                                                                   These surveys include echo sounders
                                                  Information or otherwise sensitive or                   Summary of Request                                     and side scan sonar surveys operating at
                                                  protected information.                                    On February 4, 2015, NMFS received                   frequencies above the hearing range of
                                                     An electronic copy of the application                an application from AK LNG for the                     local marine mammals and geotechnical
                                                  may be obtained by writing to the                       taking of marine mammals incidental to                 borings, which are not expected to
                                                  address specified above, telephoning the                a geotechnical and geophysical survey                  produce underwater noise exceeding


                                             VerDate Sep<11>2014   18:51 Jun 29, 2015   Jkt 235001   PO 00000   Frm 00002   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\30JNN2.SGM   30JNN2


                                                                                 Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 125 / Tuesday, June 30, 2015 / Notices                                            37467

                                                  ambient. The remaining surveys,                         the geophysical survey and shallow                     summarized in Table 2 in the
                                                  including use of sub-bottom profilers                   geotechnical investigations. The seismic               application, followed by a
                                                  and the small airgun, would occur soon                  survey subarea encompasses 25 km2                      corresponding description of each piece
                                                  after receipt of the IHA, if granted.                   (8.5 mi2) and the terminal boring                      of equipment to be used.
                                                  These activities would be scheduled in                  subarea encompasses 12 km2 (4.6 mi2).
                                                                                                                                                                 Single Beam Echo Sounders
                                                  such a manner as to minimize potential
                                                                                                          Detailed Description of Activities                        Single beam echo sounders calculate
                                                  effects to marine mammals, subsistence
                                                  activities, and other users of Cook Inlet                 The details of this activity are broken              water depth by measuring the time it
                                                  waters. It is expected that approximately               down into two categories for further                   takes for emitted sound to reflect off the
                                                  12 weeks (84 work days) are required to                 description and analysis: Geophysical                  seafloor bottom and return to the
                                                  complete the G&G Program. The work                      surveys and geotechnical surveys.                      transducer. They are usually mounted
                                                  days would not all be consecutive due                                                                          on the vessel hull or a side-mounted
                                                                                                          Geophysical Surveys
                                                  to weather, rest days, and any timing                                                                          pole. Echo sounding is expected to be
                                                  restrictions.                                             The types of acoustical geophysical                  conducted concurrently with sub-
                                                                                                          equipment planned for use in the Cook                  bottom profiling. Given an operating
                                                  Specified Geographic Region                             Inlet 2015 G&G Program are indicated,                  frequency of more than 200 kHz (Table
                                                     The Cook Inlet 2015 G&G Program                      by survey area, in Table 1 in the                      2), it is unlikely that the single beam
                                                  will include geophysical surveys,                       application. The equipment includes:                   echosounder will cause behavioral
                                                  shallow geotechnical investigations, and                Single beam echo sounder, multibeam                    disturbance to marine mammals in the
                                                  geotechnical borings. Two separate                      echo sounder, sub-bottom profilers                     area (Wartzok and Ketten 1999, Southall
                                                  areas will be investigated and are shown                (chirp and boomer), 0.983 L (60 in3)                   et al. 2007, Reichmuth and Southall
                                                  in Figure 1 of the application: The                     airgun, and side scan sonar. The                       2011, Castellote et al. 2014). While
                                                  pipeline survey area and the Marine                     magnetometer and resistivity system are                literature has shown pinniped
                                                  Terminal survey area (which includes                    not included in the table since they are               behavioral reaction to sounds at
                                                  an LNG carrier approach zone). The                      not acoustical in nature and, thus, do                 200kHz, as well as detection of
                                                  pipeline survey area runs from the                      not generate sound that might harass                   subharmonics at 90 and 130 KHz by
                                                  Kenai Peninsula, across the Inlet, up to                marine mammals, nor do they affect                     several odontocetes, the ambient noise
                                                  Beluga, also considered the Upper Inlet.                habitat.                                               levels in Cook Inlet make behavioral
                                                  The Terminal area will include an area                    Downhole geophysics is included in                   disturbance unlikely (Hastie et al. 2014,
                                                  west and south of Nikiski, the northern                 the table as a sound source, but is not                Deng et al. 2014). Further, single beam
                                                  edge of what is considered the Lower                    considered further in this assessment as               echo sounders operate at relatively low
                                                  Inlet. The G&G Program survey areas                     the energy source will not generate                    energy levels (146 dB re 1 mPa-m [rms]).
                                                  (also referred to as the action area or                 significant sound energy within the                    The simultaneous operations of echo
                                                  action areas) are larger than the                       water column since the equipment will                  sounder with sub-bottom profiler
                                                  proposed pipeline route and the Marine                  be located downhole within the                         should have no additive effect on
                                                  Terminal site to ensure detection of all                geotechnical boreholes. The transmitter                marine mammals. The high ambient
                                                  potential hazards, or to identify areas                 (source) and receiver are both housed                  noise levels in Cook Inlet, as well as the
                                                  free of hazards. This provides siting                   within the same probe or tool that is                  low proposed source level of this
                                                  flexibility should the pipeline corridor                lowered into the hole on a wireline. The               technology will like not disturb marine
                                                  or Marine Terminal sites need to be                     suspension log transmitter is an                       mammals to the point of Level B
                                                  adjusted to avoid existing hazards.                     electromechanical device. It consists of               harassment. Thus, this equipment is not
                                                     • Pipeline Survey Area—The                           a metallic barrel (the hammer) disposed                further evaluated in this application
                                                  proposed pipeline survey area (Figure 1)                horizontally in the tool and actuated by
                                                  crosses Cook Inlet from Boulder Point                   an electromagnet (solenoid) to hit the                 Multibeam Echo Sounders
                                                  on the Kenai Peninsula across to Shorty                 inside of tool body (the plate). The                      Multibeam echo sounders emit a
                                                  Creek about halfway between the village                 fundamental H1 mode is at about 4.5                    swath of sonar downward to the seafloor
                                                  of Tyonek and the Beluga River. This                    KHz, and H2 is at 9 KHz. An extra                      at source energy levels of 188 dB re 1
                                                  survey area is approximately 45 km (28                  resonance (unknown) mode is also                       mPa-m (rms). The reflection of the sonar
                                                  mi) in length along the corridor                        present at about 15Khz. An analysis                    signal provides for the production of
                                                  centerline and averages about 13 km (8                  performed to estimate the expected                     three dimensional seafloor images.
                                                  mi) wide. The total survey area is 541                  sound level of the proposed borehole                   These systems are usually side-mounted
                                                  km2 (209 mi2). The pipeline survey area                 logging equipment scaled the sound                     to the vessel. Echo sounding is expected
                                                  includes a subarea where vibracores                     produced by a steel pile driven by a                   to be conducted concurrently with sub-
                                                  will be conducted in addition to the                    hammer (given that both are cylindrical                bottom profiling. Given the operating
                                                  geophysical surveys and shallow                         noise sources and produce impulsive                    frequencies of the planned multibeam
                                                  geotechnical investigations.                            sounds) and concluded that the sound                   system (>200 kHz, Table 2), the
                                                     • Marine Terminal Survey Area—The                    level produced at 25m by the borehole                  generated underwater sound will be
                                                  proposed Marine Terminal survey area                    logging equipment would be less than                   beyond the hearing range of Cook Inlet
                                                  (Figure 1) encompassing 371 km2 (143                    142 dB. This is not considering the                    marine mammals (Wartzok and Ketten
                                                  mi2) is located near Nikiski where                      confining effect of the borehole which                 1999, Kastelein et al. 2005, Southall et
                                                  potential sites and vessel routes for the               would lower the sound level even                       al. 2007, Reichmuth and Southall 2011,
asabaliauskas on DSK5VPTVN1PROD with RULES




                                                  Marine Terminal are being investigated.                 further (I&R, 2015).                                   Castellote et al. 2014). Further, most
                                                  The Marine Terminal survey area                           The other types of geophysical                       sound energy is emitted directly
                                                  includes two subareas: A seismic survey                 equipment proposed for the 2015                        downward from this equipment, not
                                                  subarea where the airgun will be                        program will generate impulsive sound                  laterally. As with the single beam, the
                                                  operated in addition to the other                       in the water column and are described                  multibeam is not further evaluated
                                                  geophysical equipment, and a terminal                   below Information on the acoustic                      because it far exceeds the maximum
                                                  boring subarea where geotechnical                       characteristics of geophysical and                     hearing frequency of local marine
                                                  boreholes will be drilled in addition to                geotechnical sound sources is also                     mammals. Due to this technology being


                                             VerDate Sep<11>2014   18:51 Jun 29, 2015   Jkt 235001   PO 00000   Frm 00003   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\30JNN2.SGM   30JNN2


                                                  37468                          Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 125 / Tuesday, June 30, 2015 / Notices

                                                  above the hearing frequency of local                    manufacturer) for a 0.983 L (60 in3)                     Because of the very brief duration
                                                  marine mammal species, the                              airgun is 216 dB re 1 mPa-m (equating                  within a day (up to four 1 or 2-minute
                                                  simultaneous operations of echo                         to about 206 dB re 1 mPa-m (rms). These                periods) of this continuous, non-
                                                  sounder with sub-bottom profiler                        airguns typically produce sound levels                 impulsive sound, combined with the
                                                  should have no additive effect on                       at frequencies of less than 1 kHz                      small number of days the source will be
                                                  marine mammals.                                         (Richardson et al. 1995, Zykov and Carr                used overall, NMFS does not believe
                                                                                                          2012), or below the most sensitive                     that the vibracore operations will result
                                                  Side-Scan Sonar                                                                                                in the take of marine mammals.
                                                                                                          hearing of beluga whales (45–80 kHz;
                                                     Side-scan sonar emits a cone-shaped                  Castellote et al. 2014), but within the                However, because the applicant
                                                  pulse downward to the seafloor with                     functional hearing of these animals (>75               requested take from this source and
                                                  source energy of about 188 dB re 1 mPa-                 Hz; Southall et al. 2007). The airgun                  included a quantitative analysis in their
                                                  m (rms). Acoustic reflections provide a                 will only be used during geophysical                   application, that analysis will be
                                                  two-dimensional image of the seafloor                   surveys conducted in the smaller                       included here for reference and
                                                  and other features. The side-scan sonar                 seismic survey subarea within the                      opportunity for public comment.
                                                  system planned for use during this                      Marine Terminal survey area (Lower                     Geotechnical Borings
                                                  program will emit sound energy at                       Inlet).
                                                  frequencies of 400 and 1600 kHz (Table                                                                            Geotechnical borings will be
                                                  2), which are well beyond the normal                    Geotechnical Surveys                                   conducted within the Marine Terminal
                                                  hearing range of Cook Inlet marine                      Shallow Geotechnical Investigations—                   survey area and within the pipeline
                                                  mammals (Wartzok and Ketten 1999,                       Vibracores                                             survey area near potential shoreline
                                                  Kastelein et al. 2005, Southall et al.                                                                         crossings. Geotechnical borings will be
                                                                                                             Vibracoring is conducted to obtain                  conducted by collecting geotechnical
                                                  2007, Reichmuth and Southall 2011,
                                                                                                          cores of the seafloor sediment from the                samples from borings 15.2 to 70.0 m
                                                  Castellote et al. 2014). Side-scan sonar
                                                                                                          surface down to a depth of about 6.1 m                 (50–200 ft) deep using a rotary drilling
                                                  is not further evaluated in this
                                                                                                          (20 ft). The cores are later analyzed in               unit mounted on a small jack-up
                                                  application.
                                                                                                          the laboratory for moisture, organic and               platform. Geotechnical borings provide
                                                  Sub-Bottom Profiler—Chirp                               carbonate content, shear strength, and                 geological information at greater
                                                     The chirp sub-bottom profiler                        grain size. Vibracore samplers consist of              sediment depths than vibracores. These
                                                  planned for use in this program is a                    a 10-cm (4.0-in) diameter core barrel                  data are required to help inform proper
                                                  precisely controlled ‘‘chirp’’ system that              and a vibratory driving mechanism                      designs and construction techniques for
                                                  emits high-energy sounds with a                         mounted on a four-legged frame, which                  pipeline crossing and terminal facilities.
                                                  resolution of one millisecond (ms) and                  is lowered to the seafloor. The electric               The number of and general locations for
                                                  is used to penetrate and profile the                    motor driving mechanism oscillates the                 the planned geotechnical boreholes are
                                                  shallow sediments near the sea floor. At                core barrel into the sediment where a                  provided below in Table 3.
                                                  operating frequencies of 2 to 16 kHz                    core sample is then extracted. The                        The jack-up platform is expected to be
                                                  (Table 2), this system will be operating                duration of the operation varies with                  the Seacore Skate 3 modular jack-up or
                                                  at the lower end of the hearing range of                substrate type, but generally the sound                a similar jack-up. The Skate 3 modular
                                                  beluga whales and well below the most                   source (driving mechanism) is operable                 platform is supported by four 76-cm (30-
                                                  sensitive hearing range of beluga whales                for only the one or two minutes it takes               in) diameter legs. The borings will be
                                                  (45–80 kHz, Castellote et al. 2014). The                to complete the 6.1-m (20-ft) bore and                 drilled with a Comacchio MC–S
                                                  source level is estimated at 202 dB re 1                the entire setup process often takes less              conventional rotary geotechnical drill
                                                  mPa-m (rms). The beam width is 24                       than one hour.                                         rig mounted on rubber skids. Four
                                                  degrees and pointed downward.                              Chorney et al. (2011) conducted                     geotechnical boreholes will be drilled at
                                                                                                          sound measurements on an operating                     each of the two shoreline crossings (8
                                                  Sub-Bottom Profiler—Boomer                              vibracorer in Alaska and found that it                 total), and up to 34 boreholes will be
                                                     A boomer sub-bottom profiling system                 emitted a sound pressure level at 1-m                  drilled in the terminal boring subarea
                                                  with a penetration depth of up to 600                   source of 187.4 dB re 1 mPa-m (rms),                   within the Marine Terminal survey area.
                                                  ms and resolution of 2 to 10 ms will be                 with a frequency range of between 10                      Sound source verifications of large
                                                  used to penetrate and profile the Cook                  Hz and 20 kHz (Table 2). Vibracoring                   jack-up drilling rigs in Cook Inlet
                                                  Inlet sediments to an intermediate                      will result in the largest zone of                     (Spartan 151 and Endeavour) have
                                                  depth. The system will be towed behind                  influence (ZOI; area ensonified by                     shown that underwater sound generated
                                                  the vessel. With a sound energy source                  sound energy greater than the 120 dB                   by rotary drilling from elevated
                                                  level of about 205 dB re 1 mPa-m (rms)                  threshold) among the continuous sound                  platforms on jack-ups generally does not
                                                  at frequencies of 0.5 to 6 kHz (Table 2),               sources. Vibracoring would also have a                 exceed the underwater ambient sound
                                                  most of the sound energy generated by                   very small effect on the benthic habitat.              levels at the source (MAI 2011, I&R
                                                  the boomer will be at frequencies that                     Vibracoring will be conducted at                    2014). Underwater sound generated by
                                                  are well below peak hearing sensitivities               approximate intervals of one core every                these larger drill rigs was identified as
                                                  of beluga whales (45–80 kHz; Castellote                 4.0 km (2.5 mi) along the pipeline                     being associated with the rigs’ large
                                                  et al. 2014), but would still be detectable             corridor centerline for a total of about 22            hotel generators or with underwater
                                                  by these animals. The boomer is pointed                 samplings total. Approximately 33                      deep-well pumps, neither of which type
                                                  downward but the equipment is omni-                     vibracores will also be collected within               of equipment is used by the Skate 3,
asabaliauskas on DSK5VPTVN1PROD with RULES




                                                  directional so the physical orientation is              the Marine Terminal survey area. Only                  which should therefore make the
                                                  irrelevant.                                             about three or four vibracorings per day               operational noise quieter than the sound
                                                                                                          are expected to be conducted over about                source levels measured for the Spartan
                                                  Airgun                                                  14 days of vibracoring activity, but                   151 and Endeavour. The Skate 3 is
                                                    A 0.983 L (60 in3) airgun will be used                given the expected duration per                        equipped with only a small deck-
                                                  to gather high resolution profiling at                  vibracore the total time the sound                     mounted pump and generator. Sound
                                                  greater depths below the seafloor. The                  source would be operating is expected                  source information is not available for
                                                  published source level from Sercel (the                 to be about 2.0 hours or less.                         the Skate 3, however, the rubber tracks


                                             VerDate Sep<11>2014   18:51 Jun 29, 2015   Jkt 235001   PO 00000   Frm 00004   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\30JNN2.SGM   30JNN2


                                                                                        Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 125 / Tuesday, June 30, 2015 / Notices                                                                 37469

                                                  of the skid and the narrow legs of the                               instrumented cone into the seafloor at a                       platform, and one tug. The contracted
                                                  rig greatly limit the transmission of                                controlled rate, measuring the resistance                      vessels will either be these vessels or
                                                  sound (via vibrations) from the drilling                             and friction of the penetration. The                           similar vessels with similar
                                                  table into the water column. Underwater                              results provide a measure of the                               configurations.
                                                  sound generated from the Skate 3 from                                geotechnical engineering property of the
                                                                                                                                                                                      Description of Marine Mammals in the
                                                  geotechnical borings is expected to be                               soil, including load bearing capacity
                                                                                                                                                                                      Area of the Specified Activity
                                                  much less than those in the sound                                    and stratigraphy. The target depth is
                                                  source verifications for the rigs                                    about 4.9 m (16 ft). PCPTs will be                                Marine mammals that regularly
                                                  mentioned above (MAI, 2011; I&R,                                     conducted at intervals of about one per                        inhabit upper Cook Inlet and Nikiski
                                                  2014); the borings are therefore not                                 8.0 km (5.0 mi) along the pipeline                             activity areas are the beluga whale
                                                  further evaluated as potential noise                                 corridor centerline and elsewhere in the                       (Delphinapterus leucas), harbor
                                                  impact. However, the intrusive borings                               pipeline survey area and Marine                                porpoise (Phocoena phocoena), and
                                                  will affect benthic habitat and is later                             Terminal survey area. Precise target                           harbor seal (Phoca vitulina) (Table 6).
                                                  described.                                                           locations will be determined in the field                      However, these species are found there
                                                                                                                       and will be adjusted by onboard                                in relatively low numbers, and generally
                                                  Sediment Grab Samples                                                                                                               only during the summer fish runs
                                                                                                                       personnel after the preliminary
                                                     Grab sampling will involve using a                                geophysical data has been made                                 (Nemeth et al. 2007, Boveng et al. 2012).
                                                  Van Veen grab sampler that will be                                   available to select sample locations that                      Killer whales (Orcinus orca) are
                                                  lowered with its ‘‘jaws’’ open to the                                better identify soil transition zones and/                     occasionally observed in upper Cook
                                                  seafloor from the geophysical vessel at                              or other features. PCPT will have an                           Inlet where they have been observed
                                                  which point the mechanical closing                                   inconsequential effect on benthic                              attempting to prey on beluga whales
                                                  mechanism is activated, thus ‘‘grabbing’’                            habitat as well as local marine mammal                         (Shelden et al. 2003). Based on a
                                                  a sample of bottom sediment. The                                     populations                                                    number of factors, Shelden et al. (2003)
                                                  sampler is retrieved to the vessel deck                                                                                             concluded that the killer whales found
                                                                                                                       Vessels                                                        in upper Cook Inlet to date are the
                                                  and a sample of the sediments collected
                                                  for environmental and geotechnical                                     The geophysical surveys will be                              transient type, while resident types
                                                  analysis, such as soil description and                               conducted from one of two source                               occasionally enter lower Cook Inlet.
                                                  sieve analyses. Grab sampling does not                               vessels with the smaller of the two used                       Marine mammals occasionally found in
                                                  produce significant underwater sound,                                in more shallow, nearshore water                               lower Cook Inlet include humpback
                                                  but will have a small effect on the                                  conditions. Vibracoring will be                                whales (Megaptera novaeangliae), gray
                                                  benthic habitat. Grab samples will be                                conducted from a third vessel as noted                         whales (Eschrichtius robustus), minke
                                                  obtained as warranted to aid                                         in Table 4 in the application.                                 whales (Balaenoptera acutorostrata),
                                                  interpretation of geophysical data.                                  Geotechnical borings will be conducted                         Dall’s porpoise (Phocoena dalli), and
                                                                                                                       from a jack-up platform. The jack-up                           Steller sea lion (Eumetopias jubatus).
                                                  Piezo-Cone Penetration Testing                                       platform is not self-powered, and will                         Background information of species
                                                    Piezo-cone penetration testing (PCPT)                              be positioned over each sampling                               evaluated in this proposed
                                                  involves placing a metal frame on the                                location by a tug. The proposed vessels                        Authorization is detailed in Table 1
                                                  ocean bottom and then pushing an                                     are: Three source vessels, one jack-up                         below.

                                                                                           TABLE 1—MARINE MAMMALS INHABITING THE COOK INLET ACTION AREA
                                                                                                                                                   ESA/              Stock abundance (CV, Nmin,
                                                                                                                                                MMPA sta-                                                 Relative occurrence in Cook
                                                                  Species                                          Stock                                             most recent abundance sur-
                                                                                                                                                tus 1; stra-                                              Inlet; season of occurrence
                                                                                                                                                                               vey) 2
                                                                                                                                                tegic (Y/N)

                                                  Killer whale ...............................    Alaska Resident ......................        -;N ............   2,347 (N/A; 2,084; 2009) ........     Occasionally sighted in Lower
                                                                                                                                                                                                          Cook Inlet.
                                                                                                  Alaska Transient .....................        -:N ............   345 (N/A; 303; 2003).
                                                  Beluga whale ............................       Cook Inlet ................................   E/D;Y .......      312 (0.10; 280; 2012) .............   Use upper Inlet in summer
                                                                                                                                                                                                           and lower in winter: Annual.
                                                  Harbor porpoise .......................         Gulf of Alaska ..........................     -;Y ............   31,046 (0.214; 25,987; 1998)          Widespread in the Inlet: An-
                                                                                                                                                                                                           nual (less in winter).
                                                  Harbor seal ...............................     Cook Inlet/Shelikof ..................        -;N ............   22,900 (0.053; 21,896; 2006)          Frequently found in upper and
                                                                                                                                                                                                           lower inlet; annual (more in
                                                                                                                                                                                                           northern Inlet in summer).



                                                  Beluga Whale (Delphinapterus leucas)                                 these whales may have been separated                           surveys specific to Cook Inlet (Laidre et
                                                                                                                       from other stocks at least since the last                      al. 2000, Speckman and Piatt 2000),
                                                     The Cook Inlet beluga whale Distinct                              ice age. Laidre et al. (2000) examined                         including those that concentrated on
                                                  Population Stock (DPS) is a small                                    data from over 20 marine mammal                                beluga whales (Rugh et al. 2000, 2005a),
asabaliauskas on DSK5VPTVN1PROD with RULES




                                                  geographically isolated population that                              surveys conducted in the northern Gulf                         clearly indicate that this stock largely
                                                  is separated from other beluga                                       of Alaska and found that sightings of                          confines itself to Cook Inlet. There is no
                                                  populations by the Alaska Peninsula.                                 belugas outside Cook Inlet were                                indication that these whales make
                                                  The population is genetically (mtDNA)                                exceedingly rare, and these were                               forays into the Bering Sea where they
                                                  distinct from other Alaska populations                               composed of a few stragglers from the                          might intermix with other Alaskan
                                                  suggesting that the Peninsula is an                                  Cook Inlet DPS observed at Kodiak                              stocks.
                                                  effective barrier to genetic exchange                                Island, Prince William Sound, and                                 The Cook Inlet beluga DPS was
                                                  (O’Corry-Crowe et al. 1997) and that                                 Yakutat Bay. Several marine mammal                             originally estimated at 1,300 whales in


                                             VerDate Sep<11>2014       18:51 Jun 29, 2015        Jkt 235001    PO 00000      Frm 00005      Fmt 4701     Sfmt 4703    E:\FR\FM\30JNN2.SGM     30JNN2


                                                  37470                          Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 125 / Tuesday, June 30, 2015 / Notices

                                                  1979 (Calkins 1989) and has been the                    important wintering habitat for Cook                   Harbor Porpoise (Phocoena phocoena)
                                                  focus of management concerns since                      Inlet beluga whales. Use of this area                     Harbor porpoise are small
                                                  experiencing a dramatic decline in the                  would be expected between fall and                     (approximately 1.2 m [4 ft] in length),
                                                  1990s. Between 1994 and 1998 the stock                  spring, with animals largely absent                    relatively inconspicuous toothed
                                                  declined 47%, which has been                            during the summer months when G&G                      whales. The Gulf of Alaska Stock is
                                                  attributed to overharvesting by                         surveys would occur (Goetz et al. 2012).               distributed from Cape Suckling to
                                                  subsistence hunting. During that period,                                                                       Unimak Pass and was most recently
                                                  subsistence hunting was estimated to                    Killer Whale (Orcinus orca)
                                                                                                                                                                 estimated at 31,046 animals (Allen and
                                                  have annually removed 10–15% of the                        Two different stocks of killer whales               Angliss 2014). They are found primarily
                                                  population. Only five belugas have been                 inhabit the Cook Inlet region of Alaska:               in coastal waters less than 100 m (328
                                                  harvested since 1999, yet the population
                                                                                                          The Alaska Resident Stock and the Gulf                 ft) deep (Hobbs and Waite 2010) where
                                                  has continued to decline (Allen and
                                                                                                          of Alaska, Aleutian Islands, Bering Sea                they feed on Pacific herring (Clupea
                                                  Angliss 2014), with the most recent
                                                                                                          Transient Stock (Allen and Angliss                     pallasii), other schooling fishes, and
                                                  estimate at only 312 animals (Allen and
                                                                                                          2014). The Alaska Resident stock is                    cephalopods.
                                                  Angliss 2014). The NMFS listed the
                                                                                                          estimated at 2,347 animals and occurs                     Although they have been frequently
                                                  population as ‘‘depleted’’ in 2000 as a
                                                                                                          from Southeast Alaska to the Bering Sea                observed during aerial surveys in Cook
                                                  consequence of the decline, and as
                                                                                                          (Allen and Angliss 2014). Resident                     Inlet, most sightings of harbor porpoise
                                                  ‘‘endangered’’ under the Endangered
                                                                                                          whales feed exclusively on fish and are                are of single animals, and are
                                                  Species Act (ESA) in 2008 when the
                                                                                                          genetically distinct from transient                    concentrated at Chinitna and Tuxedni
                                                  population failed to recover following a
                                                                                                          whales (Saulitis et al. 2000).                         bays on the west side of lower Cook
                                                  moratorium on subsistence harvest. In
                                                                                                             The transient whales feed primarily                 Inlet (Rugh et al. 2005a). Dahlheim et al.
                                                  April 2011, the NMFS designated
                                                                                                                                                                 (2000) estimated the 1991 Cook Inlet-
                                                  critical habitat for the Cook Inlet beluga              on marine mammals (Saulitis et al.
                                                  whale under the ESA (Figure 2 in the                                                                           wide population at only 136 animals.
                                                                                                          2000). The transient population
                                                  application).                                                                                                  Also, during marine mammal
                                                                                                          inhabiting the Gulf of Alaska shares
                                                     Prior to the decline, this DPS was                                                                          monitoring efforts conducted in upper
                                                                                                          mitochondrial DNA haplotypes with
                                                  believed to range throughout Cook Inlet                                                                        Cook Inlet by Apache from 2012 to
                                                                                                          whales found along the Aleutian Islands
                                                  and occasionally into Prince William                                                                           2014, harbor porpoise represented less
                                                                                                          and the Bering Sea, suggesting a
                                                  Sound and Yakutat (Nemeth et al. 2007).                                                                        than 2% of all marine mammal
                                                                                                          common stock, although there appears
                                                  However, the range has contracted                                                                              sightings. However, they are one of the
                                                                                                          to be some subpopulation genetic
                                                  coincident with the population                                                                                 three marine mammals (besides belugas
                                                                                                          structuring occurring to suggest the gene
                                                  reduction (Speckman and Piatt 2000).                                                                           and harbor seals) regularly seen in
                                                                                                          flow between groups is limited (see
                                                  During the summer and fall, beluga                                                                             upper Cook Inlet (Nemeth et al. 2007),
                                                                                                          Allen and Angliss 2014). For the three
                                                  whales are concentrated near the                                                                               especially during spring eulachon and
                                                                                                          regions combined, the transient
                                                  Susitna River mouth, Knik Arm,                                                                                 summer salmon runs. Because harbor
                                                                                                          population has been estimated at 587
                                                  Turnagain Arm, and Chickaloon Bay                                                                              porpoise have been observed throughout
                                                                                                          animals (Allen and Angliss 2014).
                                                  (Nemeth et al. 2007) where they feed on                                                                        Cook Inlet during the summer months,
                                                  migrating eulachon (Thaleichthys                           Killer whales are occasionally                      including mid-inlet waters, they
                                                  pacifcus) and salmon (Onchorhynchus                     observed in lower Cook Inlet, especially               represent species that might be
                                                  spp.) (Moore et al. 2000). The limits of                near Homer and Port Graham (Shelden                    encountered during G&G Program
                                                  Critical Habitat Area 1 reflect the                     et al. 2003, Rugh et al. 2005a). The few               surveys in upper Cook Inlet.
                                                  summer distribution (Figure 3 in the                    whales that have been photographically
                                                                                                          identified in lower Cook Inlet belong to               Harbor Seal (Phoca vitulina)
                                                  application). During the winter, beluga
                                                  whales concentrate in deeper waters in                  resident groups more commonly found                      At over 150,000 animals state-wide
                                                  the mid-inlet to Kalgin Island, and in                  in nearby Kenai Fjords and Prince                      (Allen and Angliss 2014), harbor seals
                                                  the shallow waters along the west shore                 William Sound (Shelden et al. 2003).                   are one of the more common marine
                                                  of Cook Inlet to Kamishak Bay. The                      Prior to the 1980s, killer whale sightings             mammal species in Alaskan waters.
                                                  limits of Critical Habitat Area 2 reflect               in upper Cook Inlet were very rare.                    They are most commonly seen hauled
                                                  the winter distribution. Some whales                    During aerial surveys conducted                        out at tidal flats and rocky areas. Harbor
                                                  may also winter in and near Kachemak                    between 1993 and 2004, killer whales                   seals feed largely on schooling fish such
                                                  Bay.                                                    were observed on only three flights, all               as Alaska pollock (Theragra
                                                     Goetz et al. (2012) modeled beluga use               in the Kachemak and English Bay area                   chalcogramma), Pacific cod (Gadus
                                                  in Cook Inlet based on the NMFS aerial                  (Rugh et al. 2005a). However, anecdotal                macrocephalus), salmon, Pacific
                                                  surveys conducted between 1994 and                      reports of killer whales feeding on                    herring, eulachon, and squid. Although
                                                  2008. The combined model results                        belugas in upper Cook Inlet began                      harbor seals may make seasonal
                                                  shown in Figure 3 in the application                    increasing in the 1990s, possibly in                   movements in response to prey, they are
                                                  indicate a very clumped distribution of                 response to declines in sea lion and                   resident to Alaska and do not migrate.
                                                  summering beluga whales, and that                       harbor seal prey elsewhere (Shelden et                   The Cook Inlet/Shelikof Stock,
                                                  lower densities of belugas are expected                 al. 2003). These sporadic ventures of                  ranging from approximately Anchorage
                                                  to occur in most of the pipeline survey                 transient killer whales into beluga                    down along the south side of the Alaska
                                                  area (but not necessarily specific G&G                  summering grounds have been                            Peninsula to Unimak Pass, has been
asabaliauskas on DSK5VPTVN1PROD with RULES




                                                  survey locations; see Section 6.3 in the                implicated as a possible contributor to                recently estimated at a stable 22,900
                                                  application) and the vicinity of the                    the decline of Cook Inlet belugas in the               (Allen and Angliss 2014). Large
                                                  proposed Marine Terminal. However,                      1990s, although the number of                          numbers concentrate at the river mouths
                                                  beluga whales begin moving into Knik                    confirmed mortalities from killer whales               and embayments of lower Cook Inlet,
                                                  Arm around August 15 where they                         is small (Shelden et al. 2003). If killer              including the Fox River mouth in
                                                  spend about a month feeding on Eagle                    whales were to venture into upper Cook                 Kachemak Bay (Rugh et al. 2005a).
                                                  River salmon. The area between Nikiski,                 Inlet in 2015, they might be encountered               Montgomery et al. (2007) recorded over
                                                  Kenai, and Kalgin Island provides                       during the G&G Program.                                200 haulout sites in lower Cook Inlet


                                             VerDate Sep<11>2014   18:51 Jun 29, 2015   Jkt 235001   PO 00000   Frm 00006   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\30JNN2.SGM   30JNN2


                                                                                 Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 125 / Tuesday, June 30, 2015 / Notices                                           37471

                                                  alone. However, only a few dozen to a                   will be encountered during this activity               estimated the coastal population
                                                  couple hundred seals seasonally occur                   in close enough proximity to cause                     between Kenai Fjords and the Aleutian
                                                  in upper Cook Inlet (Rugh et al. 2005a),                Level B harassment and are not                         Islands at 1,233 animals.
                                                  mostly at the mouth of the Susitna River                considered further in this proposed                       During Cook Inlet-wide aerial surveys
                                                  where their numbers vary with the                       Authorization.                                         conducted from 1993 to 2004, minke
                                                  spring eulachon and summer salmon                                                                              whales were encountered only twice
                                                                                                          Gray Whale (Eschrichtius robustus)                     (1998, 1999), both times off Anchor
                                                  runs (Nemeth et al. 2007, Boveng et al.
                                                  2012). Review of NMFS aerial survey                        Each spring, the Eastern North Pacific              Point 16 miles northwest of Homer. A
                                                  data collected from 1993–2012 (Shelden                  stock of gray whale migrates 8,000                     minke whale was also reported off Cape
                                                  et al. 2013) finds that the annual high                 kilometers (5,000 miles) northward from                Starichkof in 2011 (A. Holmes, pers.
                                                  counts of seals hauled out in Cook Inlet                breeding lagoons in Baja California to                 comm.) and 2013 (E. Fernandez and C.
                                                  ranged from about 100–380, with most                    feeding grounds in the Bering and                      Hesselbach, pers. comm.), suggesting
                                                  of these animals hauling out at the                     Chukchi seas, reversing their travel                   this location is regularly used by minke
                                                  mouths of the Theodore and Lewis                        again in the fall (Rice and Wolman                     whales, including during the winter.
                                                  Rivers. There are certainly thousands of                1971). Their migration route is for the                Recently, several minke whales were
                                                  harbor seals occurring in lower Cook                    most part coastal until they reach the                 recorded off Cape Starichkof in early
                                                  Inlet, but no references have been found                feeding grounds. A small portion of                    summer 2013 during exploratory
                                                  showing more than about 400 harbor                      whales do not annually complete the                    drilling conducted there (Owl Ridge
                                                  seals occurring seasonally in upper                     full circuit, as small numbers can be                  2014). There are no records north of
                                                  Cook Inlet. In 2012, up to 100 harbor                   found in the summer feeding along the                  Cape Starichkof, and this species is
                                                  seals were observed hauled out at the                   Oregon, Washington, British Columbia,                  unlikely to be seen in upper Cook Inlet.
                                                  mouths of the Theodore and Lewis                        and Alaskan coasts (Rice et al. 1984,                  There is little chance of encountering a
                                                  rivers (located about 16 km [10 mi]                     Moore et al. 2007).                                    minke whale during these activities and
                                                  northeast of the pipeline survey area)                     Human exploitation reduced this                     they are not analyzed further.
                                                  during monitoring activity associated                   stock to an estimated ‘‘few thousand’’
                                                                                                          animals (Jones and Schwartz 2002).                     Dall’s Porpoise (Phocoenoides dalli)
                                                  with Apache’s 2012 Cook Inlet seismic
                                                  program, and harbor seals constituted                   However, by the late 1980s, the stock                    Dall’s porpoise are widely distributed
                                                  60 percent of all marine mammal                         was appearing to reach carrying                        throughout the North Pacific Ocean
                                                  sightings by Apache observers during                    capacity and estimated to be at 26,600                 including Alaska, although they are not
                                                  2012 to 2014 survey and monitoring                      animals (Jones and Schwartz 2002). By                  found in upper Cook Inlet and the
                                                  efforts (L. Parker, Apache, pers. comm.).               2002, that stock had been reduced to                   shallower waters of the Bering, Chukchi,
                                                  Montgomery et al. (2007) also found that                about 16,000 animals, especially                       and Beaufort Seas (Allen and Angliss
                                                  seals elsewhere in Cook Inlet move in                   following unusually high mortality                     2014). Compared to harbor porpoise,
                                                  response to local steelhead                             events in 1999 and 2000 (Allen and                     Dall’s porpoise prefer the deep offshore
                                                  (Onchorhynchus mykiss) and salmon                       Angliss 2014). The stock has continued                 and shelf slope waters. The Alaskan
                                                  runs. Harbor seals may be encountered                   to grow since then and is currently                    population has been estimated at 83,400
                                                  during G&G surveys in Cook Inlet.                       estimated at 19,126 animals with a                     animals (Allen and Angliss 2014),
                                                                                                          minimum estimate of 18,017 (Carretta et                making it one of the more common
                                                  Humpback Whale (Megaptera                               al. 2013). Most gray whales migrate past               cetaceans in the state. Dall’s porpoise
                                                  novaeangliae)                                           the mouth of Cook Inlet to and from                    have been observed in lower Cook Inlet,
                                                    Although there is considerable                        northern feeding grounds. However,                     including Kachemak Bay and near
                                                  distributional overlap in the humpback                  small numbers of summering gray                        Anchor Point (Owl Ridge 2014), but
                                                  whale stocks that use Alaska, the whales                whales have been noted by fisherman                    sightings there are rare. The
                                                  seasonally found in lower Cook Inlet are                near Kachemak Bay and north of                         concentration of sightings of Dall’s
                                                  probably of the Central North Pacific                   Anchor Point. Further, summering gray                  porpoise in a southerly part of the Inlet
                                                  stock. Listed as endangered under the                   whales were seen offshore of Cape                      suggest it is unlikely they will be
                                                  Endangered Species Act (ESA), this                      Starichkof by marine mammal observers                  encountered during AK LNG’s activities
                                                  stock has recently been estimated at                    monitoring Buccaneer’s Cosmopolitan                    and they are therefore not considered
                                                  7,469, with the portion of the stock that               drilling program in 2013 (Owl Ridge                    further in this analysis.
                                                  feeds in the Gulf of Alaska estimated at                2014). Regardless, gray whales are not
                                                                                                                                                                 Steller Sea Lion (Eumetopias jubatus)
                                                  2,845 animals (Allen and Angliss 2014).                 expected to be encountered in upper
                                                  The Central North Pacific stock winters                 Cook Inlet, where the activity is                         The Western Stock of the Steller sea
                                                  in Hawaii and summers from British                      concentrated, north of Kachemak Bay.                   lion is defined as all populations west
                                                  Columbia to the Aleutian Islands                        Therefore, it is unlikely that they will be            of longitude 144° W to the western end
                                                  (Calambokidis et al. 1997), including                   encountered during this activity in close              of the Aleutian Islands. The most recent
                                                  Cook Inlet.                                             enough proximity to cause Level B                      estimate for this stock is 45,649 animals
                                                    Humpback use of Cook Inlet is largely                 harassment and are not considered                      (Allen and Angliss 2014), considerably
                                                  confined to lower Cook Inlet. They have                 further in this proposed Authorization.                less than that estimated 140,000 animals
                                                  been regularly seen near Kachemak Bay                                                                          in the 1950s (Merrick et al. 1987).
                                                  during the summer months (Rugh et al.                   Minke Whale (Balaenoptera                              Because of this dramatic decline, the
                                                  2005a), and there is a whale-watching                   acutorostrata)                                         stock was listed under the ESA as a
asabaliauskas on DSK5VPTVN1PROD with RULES




                                                  venture in Homer capitalizing on this                      Minke whales are the smallest of the                threatened DPS in 1990, and relisted as
                                                  seasonal event. There are anecdotal                     rorqual group of baleen whales reaching                endangered in 1997. Critical habitat was
                                                  observations of humpback whales as far                  lengths of up to 35 feet. They are also                designated in 1993, and is defined as a
                                                  north as Anchor Point, with recent                      the most common of the baleen whales,                  20-nautical-mile radius around all major
                                                  summer observations extending to Cape                   although there are no population                       rookeries and haulout sites. The 20-
                                                  Starichkof (Owl Ridge 2014). Because of                 estimates for the North Pacific, although              nautical-mile buffer was established
                                                  the southern distribution of humpbacks                  estimates have been made for some                      based on telemetry data that indicated
                                                  in Cook Inlet, it is unlikely that they                 portions of Alaska. Zerbini et al. (2006)              these sea lions concentrated their


                                             VerDate Sep<11>2014   18:51 Jun 29, 2015   Jkt 235001   PO 00000   Frm 00007   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\30JNN2.SGM   30JNN2


                                                  37472                          Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 125 / Tuesday, June 30, 2015 / Notices

                                                  summer foraging effort within this                        NMFS intends to provide a                               As mentioned previously in this
                                                  distance of rookeries and haul outs.                    background of potential effects of AK                  document, four marine mammal species
                                                     Steller sea lions inhabit lower Cook                 LNG’s activities in this section.                      (3 odontocetes and 1 phocid) would
                                                  Inlet, especially in the vicinity of Shaw               Operating active acoustic sources have                 likely occur in the proposed action area.
                                                  Island and Elizabeth Island (Nagahut                    the potential for adverse effects on                   Table 2 presents the classification of
                                                  Rocks) haulout sites (Rugh et al. 2005a),               marine mammals. The majority of                        these species into their respective
                                                  but are rarely seen in upper Cook Inlet                 anticipated impacts would be from the                  functional hearing group. NMFS
                                                  (Nemeth et al. 2007). Of the 42 Steller                 use of these sources.                                  consider a species’ functional hearing
                                                  sea lion groups recorded during Cook                    Acoustic Impacts                                       group when analyzing the effects of
                                                  Inlet aerial surveys between 1993 and                                                                          exposure to sound on marine mammals.
                                                  2004, none were recorded north of                          When considering the influence of
                                                  Anchor Point and only one in the                        various kinds of sound on the marine                    TABLE 2—CLASSIFICATION OF MARINE
                                                  vicinity of Kachemak Bay (Rugh et al.                   environment, it is necessary to                          MAMMALS THAT COULD POTEN-
                                                  2005a). Marine mammal observers                         understand that different kinds of
                                                                                                                                                                   TIALLY OCCUR IN THE PROPOSED
                                                  associated with Buccaneer’s drilling                    marine life are sensitive to different
                                                                                                          frequencies of sound. Current data                       ACTIVITY AREA IN COOK INLET,
                                                  project off Cape Starichkof did observe                                                                          2015 BY FUNCTIONAL HEARING
                                                  seven Steller sea lions during the                      indicate that not all marine mammal
                                                                                                          species have equal hearing capabilities                  GROUP (SOUTHALL et al., 2007)
                                                  summer of 2013 (Owl Ridge 2014).
                                                                                                          (Richardson et al., 1995; Southall et al.,
                                                     The upper reaches of Cook Inlet may                                                                         Mid-frequency hear-    Beluga whale, killer
                                                                                                          1997; Wartzok and Ketten, 1999; Au and
                                                  not provide adequate foraging                                                                                    ing range.             whale.
                                                                                                          Hastings, 2008).
                                                  conditions for sea lions for establishing                  Southall et al. (2007) designated                   High Frequency Hear-   Harbor porpoise.
                                                  a major haul out presence. Steller sea                  ‘‘functional hearing groups’’ for marine                 ing Range.
                                                  lions feed largely on walleye pollock                                                                          Pinnipeds in Water     Harbor seal.
                                                                                                          mammals based on available behavioral                    Hearing Range.
                                                  (Theragra chalcogramma), salmon                         data; audiograms derived from auditory
                                                  (Onchorhyncus spp.), and arrowtooth                     evoked potentials; anatomical modeling;
                                                  flounder (Atheresthes stomias) during                                                                          1. Potential Effects of Airgun Sounds on
                                                                                                          and other data. Southall et al. (2007)                 Marine Mammals
                                                  the summer, and walleye pollock and                     also estimated the lower and upper
                                                  Pacific cod (Gadus macrocephalus)                       frequencies of functional hearing for                     The effects of sounds from airgun
                                                  during the winter (Sinclair and                         each group. However, animals are less                  operations might include one or more of
                                                  Zeppelin 2002), none of which, except                   sensitive to sounds at the outer edges of              the following: Tolerance, masking of
                                                  for salmon, are found in abundance in                   their functional hearing range and are                 natural sounds, behavioral disturbance,
                                                  upper Cook Inlet (Nemeth et al. 2007).                  more sensitive to a range of frequencies               temporary or permanent impairment, or
                                                  Steller sea lions are unlikely to be                    within the middle of their functional                  non-auditory physical or physiological
                                                  encountered during operations in upper                  hearing range.                                         effects (Richardson et al., 1995; Gordon
                                                  Cook Inlet, as they are primarily                          The functional groups applicable to                 et al., 2003; Nowacek et al., 2007;
                                                  encountered along the Kenai Peninsula,                  this proposed survey and the associated                Southall et al., 2007). The effects of
                                                  especially closer to Anchor Point, and                  frequencies are:                                       noise on marine mammals are highly
                                                  therefore they are not considered further                  • Low frequency cetaceans (13                       variable, often depending on species
                                                  in this proposed Authorization.                         species of mysticetes): Functional                     and contextual factors (based on
                                                  Potential Effects of the Specified                      hearing estimates occur between                        Richardson et al., 1995).
                                                  Activity on Marine Mammals and Their                    approximately 7 Hertz (Hz) and 25 kHz                  Tolerance
                                                  Habitat                                                 (extended from 22 kHz based on data
                                                                                                          indicating that some mysticetes can hear                 Studies on marine mammals’
                                                     This section includes a summary and                  above 22 kHz; Au et al., 2006; Lucifredi               tolerance to sound in the natural
                                                  discussion of the ways that components                  and Stein, 2007; Ketten and Mountain,                  environment are relatively rare.
                                                  (e.g., seismic airgun operations, sub-                  2009; Tubelli et al., 2012);                           Richardson et al. (1995) defined
                                                  bottom profiler chirper and boomer) of                     • Mid-frequency cetaceans (32                       tolerance as the occurrence of marine
                                                  the specified activity may impact                       species of dolphins, six species of larger             mammals in areas where they are
                                                  marine mammals. The ‘‘Estimated Take                    toothed whales, and 19 species of                      exposed to human activities or
                                                  by Incidental Harassment’’ section later                beaked and bottlenose whales):                         manmade noise. In many cases,
                                                  in this document will include a                         Functional hearing estimates occur                     tolerance develops by the animal
                                                  quantitative analysis of the number of                  between approximately 150 Hz and 160                   habituating to the stimulus (i.e., the
                                                  individuals that NMFS expects to be                     kHz;                                                   gradual waning of responses to a
                                                  taken by this activity. The ‘‘Negligible                   • High-frequency cetaceans (eight                   repeated or ongoing stimulus)
                                                  Impact Analysis’’ section will include                  species of true porpoises, six species of              (Richardson, et al., 1995), but because of
                                                  the analysis of how this specific                       river dolphins, Kogia, the franciscana,                ecological or physiological
                                                  proposed activity would impact marine                   and four species of cephalorhynchids):                 requirements, many marine animals
                                                  mammals and will consider the content                   Functional hearing estimates occur                     may need to remain in areas where they
                                                  of this section, the ‘‘Estimated Take by                between approximately 200 Hz and 180                   are exposed to chronic stimuli
                                                  Incidental Harassment’’ section, the                    kHz; and                                               (Richardson, et al., 1995).
asabaliauskas on DSK5VPTVN1PROD with RULES




                                                  ‘‘Proposed Mitigation’’ section, and the                   • Pinnipeds in water: Phocid (true                    Numerous studies have shown that
                                                  ‘‘Anticipated Effects on Marine Mammal                  seals) functional hearing estimates occur              pulsed sounds from airguns are often
                                                  Habitat’’ section to draw conclusions                   between approximately 75 Hz and 100                    readily detectable in the water at
                                                  regarding the likely impacts of this                    kHz (Hemila et al., 2006; Mulsow et al.,               distances of many kilometers. Several
                                                  activity on the reproductive success or                 2011; Reichmuth et al., 2013) and                      studies have also shown that marine
                                                  survivorship of individuals and from                    otariid (seals and sea lions) functional               mammals at distances of more than a
                                                  that on the affected marine mammal                      hearing estimates occur between                        few kilometers from operating seismic
                                                  populations or stocks.                                  approximately 100 Hz to 40 kHz.                        vessels often show no apparent


                                             VerDate Sep<11>2014   18:51 Jun 29, 2015   Jkt 235001   PO 00000   Frm 00008   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\30JNN2.SGM   30JNN2


                                                                                 Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 125 / Tuesday, June 30, 2015 / Notices                                            37473

                                                  response. That is often true even in                    responses to higher received sound                     whales exposed to high shipping noise
                                                  cases when the pulsed sounds must be                    levels were ambiguous at best because                  increased call frequency (Parks et al.,
                                                  readily audible to the animals based on                 one expects the species to be the most                 2007) and some humpback whales
                                                  measured received levels and the                        sensitive to the low-frequency sound                   responded to low-frequency active sonar
                                                  hearing sensitivity of the marine                       emanating from the airguns (Bain and                   playbacks by increasing song length
                                                  mammal group. Although various                          Williams, 2006).                                       (Miller et al., 2000). Additionally,
                                                  baleen whales and toothed whales, and                      Pirotta et al. (2014) observed short-               beluga whales change their
                                                  (less frequently) pinnipeds have been                   term responses of harbor porpoises to a                vocalizations in the presence of high
                                                  shown to react behaviorally to airgun                   two-dimensional (2-D) seismic survey in                background noise possibly to avoid
                                                  pulses under some conditions, at other                  an enclosed bay in northeast Scotland                  masking calls (Au et al., 1985; Lesage et
                                                  times marine mammals of all three types                 which did not result in broad-scale                    al., 1999; Scheifele et al., 2005).
                                                  have shown no overt reactions (Stone,                   displacement. The harbor porpoises that                   Studies have shown that some baleen
                                                  2003; Stone and Tasker, 2006; Moulton                   remained in the enclosed bay area                      and toothed whales continue calling in
                                                  et al. 2005, 2006) and (MacLean and                     reduced their buzzing activity by 15                   the presence of seismic pulses, and
                                                  Koski, 2005; Bain and Williams, 2006).                  percent during the seismic survey                      some researchers have heard these calls
                                                     Weir (2008) observed marine mammal                   (Pirotta, et al., 2014). Thus, the authors             between the seismic pulses (e.g.,
                                                  responses to seismic pulses from a 24                   suggest that animals exposed to                        Richardson et al., 1986; McDonald et al.,
                                                  airgun array firing a total volume of                   anthropogenic disturbance may make                     1995; Greene et al., 1999; Nieukirk et
                                                  either 5,085 in3 or 3,147 in3 in Angolan                trade-offs between perceived risks and                 al., 2004; Smultea et al., 2004; Holst et
                                                  waters between August 2004 and May                      the cost of leaving disturbed areas                    al., 2005a, 2005b, 2006; and Dunn and
                                                  2005. Weir (2008) recorded a total of                   (Pirotta, et al., 2014).                               Hernandez, 2009).
                                                  207 sightings of humpback whales (n =                                                                             In contrast, Clark and Gagnon (2006)
                                                                                                          Masking                                                reported that fin whales in the northeast
                                                  66), sperm whales (n = 124), and
                                                  Atlantic spotted dolphins (n = 17) and                     Marine mammals use acoustic signals                 Pacific Ocean went silent for an
                                                  reported that there were no significant                 for a variety of purposes, which differ                extended period starting soon after the
                                                  differences in encounter rates (sightings               among species, but include                             onset of a seismic survey in the area.
                                                  per hour) for humpback and sperm                        communication between individuals,                     Similarly, NMFS is aware of one report
                                                  whales according to the airgun array’s                  navigation, foraging, reproduction,                    that observed sperm whales ceased calls
                                                  operational status (i.e., active versus                 avoiding predators, and learning about                 when exposed to pulses from a very
                                                  silent).                                                their environment (Erbe and Farmer,                    distant seismic ship (Bowles et al.,
                                                     Bain and Williams (2006) examined                    2000; Tyack, 2000).                                    1994). However, more recent studies
                                                  the effects of a large airgun array                        The term masking refers to the                      have found that sperm whales
                                                  (maximum total discharge volume of                      inability of an animal to recognize the                continued calling in the presence of
                                                  1,100 in3) on six species in shallow                    occurrence of an acoustic stimulus                     seismic pulses (Madsen et al., 2002;
                                                  waters off British Columbia and                         because of interference of another                     Tyack et al., 2003; Smultea et al., 2004;
                                                  Washington: harbor seal, California sea                 acoustic stimulus (Clark et al., 2009).                Holst et al., 2006; and Jochens et al.,
                                                  lion (Zalophus californianus), Steller                  Thus, masking is the obscuring of                      2008).
                                                  sea lion (Eumetopias jubatus), gray                     sounds of interest by other sounds, often                 Risch et al. (2012) documented
                                                  whale (Eschrichtius robustus), Dall’s                   at similar frequencies. It is a                        reductions in humpback whale
                                                  porpoise (Phocoenoides dalli), and                      phenomenon that affects animals that                   vocalizations in the Stellwagen Bank
                                                  harbor porpoise. Harbor porpoises                       are trying to receive acoustic                         National Marine Sanctuary concurrent
                                                  showed reactions at received levels less                information about their environment,                   with transmissions of the Ocean
                                                  than 155 dB re: 1 mPa at a distance of                  including sounds from other members                    Acoustic Waveguide Remote Sensing
                                                  greater than 70 km (43 mi) from the                     of their species, predators, prey, and                 (OAWRS) low-frequency fish sensor
                                                  seismic source (Bain and Williams,                      sounds that allow them to orient in their              system at distances of 200 km (124 mi)
                                                  2006). However, the tendency for greater                environment. Masking these acoustic                    from the source. The recorded OAWRS
                                                  responsiveness by harbor porpoise is                    signals can disturb the behavior of                    produced series of frequency modulated
                                                  consistent with their relative                          individual animals, groups of animals,                 pulses and the signal received levels
                                                  responsiveness to boat traffic and some                 or entire populations.                                 ranged from 88 to 110 dB re: 1 mPa
                                                  other acoustic sources (Richardson, et                     Introduced underwater sound may,                    (Risch, et al., 2012). The authors
                                                  al., 1995; Southall, et al., 2007). In                  through masking, reduce the effective                  hypothesized that individuals did not
                                                  contrast, the authors reported that gray                communication distance of a marine                     leave the area but instead ceased singing
                                                  whales seemed to tolerate exposures to                  mammal species if the frequency of the                 and noted that the duration and
                                                  sound up to approximately 170 dB re:                    source is close to that used as a signal               frequency range of the OAWRS signals
                                                  1 mPa (Bain and Williams, 2006) and                     by the marine mammal, and if the                       (a novel sound to the whales) were
                                                  Dall’s porpoises occupied and tolerated                 anthropogenic sound is present for a                   similar to those of natural humpback
                                                  areas receiving exposures of 170–180 dB                 significant fraction of the time                       whale song components used during
                                                  re: 1 mPa (Bain and Williams, 2006;                     (Richardson et al., 1995).                             mating (Risch et al., 2012). Thus, the
                                                  Parsons, et al., 2009). The authors                        Marine mammals are thought to be                    novelty of the sound to humpback
                                                  observed several gray whales that                       able to compensate for masking by                      whales in the study area provided a
                                                  moved away from the airguns toward                      adjusting their acoustic behavior                      compelling contextual probability for
asabaliauskas on DSK5VPTVN1PROD with RULES




                                                  deeper water where sound levels were                    through shifting call frequencies,                     the observed effects (Risch et al., 2012).
                                                  higher due to propagation effects                       increasing call volume, and increasing                 However, the authors did not state or
                                                  resulting in higher noise exposures                     vocalization rates. For example in one                 imply that these changes had long-term
                                                  (Bain and Williams, 2006). However, it                  study, blue whales increased call rates                effects on individual animals or
                                                  is unclear whether their movements                      when exposed to noise from seismic                     populations (Risch et al., 2012).
                                                  reflected a response to the sounds (Bain                surveys in the St. Lawrence Estuary (Di                   Several studies have also reported
                                                  and Williams, 2006). Thus, the authors                  Iorio and Clark, 2010). Other studies                  hearing dolphins and porpoises calling
                                                  surmised that the lack of gray whale                    reported that some North Atlantic right                while airguns were operating (e.g.,


                                             VerDate Sep<11>2014   18:51 Jun 29, 2015   Jkt 235001   PO 00000   Frm 00009   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\30JNN2.SGM   30JNN2


                                                  37474                          Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 125 / Tuesday, June 30, 2015 / Notices

                                                  Gordon et al., 2004; Smultea et al., 2004;              Thomas and Turl, 1990; Romanenko                          The biological significance of many of
                                                  Holst et al., 2005a, b; and Potter et al.,              and Kitain, 1992; Lesage et al., 1999). A              these behavioral disturbances is difficult
                                                  2007). The sounds important to small                    few marine mammal species increase                     to predict, especially if the detected
                                                  odontocetes are predominantly at much                   the source levels or alter the frequency               disturbances appear minor. However,
                                                  higher frequencies than the dominant                    of their calls in the presence of elevated             one could expect the consequences of
                                                  components of airgun sounds, thus                       sound levels (Dahlheim, 1987; Au, 1993;                behavioral modification to be
                                                  limiting the potential for masking in                   Lesage et al., 1993, 1999; Terhune, 1999;              biologically significant if the change
                                                  those species.                                          Foote et al., 2004; Parks et al., 2007,                affects growth, survival, and/or
                                                     Although some degree of masking is                   2009; Di Iorio and Clark, 2010; Holt et                reproduction (e.g., Lusseau and Bejder,
                                                  inevitable when high levels of manmade                  al., 2009).                                            2007; Weilgart, 2007). Examples of
                                                  broadband sounds are present in the                        These data demonstrating adaptations                behavioral modifications that could
                                                  sea, marine mammals have evolved                        for reduced masking pertain mainly to                  impact growth, survival, or
                                                  systems and behavior that function to                   the very high frequency echolocation                   reproduction include:
                                                  reduce the impacts of masking.                          signals of toothed whales. There is less                  • Drastic changes in diving/surfacing
                                                  Odontocete conspecifics may readily                     information about the existence of                     patterns (such as those associated with
                                                  detect structured signals, such as the                  corresponding mechanisms at moderate                   beaked whale stranding related to
                                                  echolocation click sequences of small                   or low frequencies or in other types of                exposure to military mid-frequency
                                                  toothed whales even in the presence of                  marine mammals. For example, Zaitseva                  tactical sonar);
                                                  strong background noise because their                   et al. (1980) found that, for the                         • Permanent habitat abandonment
                                                  frequency content and temporal features                 bottlenose dolphin, the angular                        due to loss of desirable acoustic
                                                  usually differ strongly from those of the               separation between a sound source and                  environment; and
                                                  background noise (Au and Moore, 1988,                   a masking noise source had little effect                  • Disruption of feeding or social
                                                  1990). The components of background                     on the degree of masking when the                      interaction resulting in significant
                                                  noise that are similar in frequency to the              sound frequency was 18 kHz, in contrast                energetic costs, inhibited breeding, or
                                                  sound signal in question primarily                      to the pronounced effect at higher                     cow-calf separation.
                                                  determine the degree of masking of that                 frequencies. Studies have noted                           The onset of behavioral disturbance
                                                  signal.                                                 directional hearing at frequencies as low              from anthropogenic noise depends on
                                                     Redundancy and context can also                      as 0.5–2 kHz in several marine                         both external factors (characteristics of
                                                  facilitate detection of weak signals.                   mammals, including killer whales                       noise sources and their paths) and the
                                                  These phenomena may help marine                         (Richardson et al., 1995a). This ability               receiving animals (hearing, motivation,
                                                  mammals detect weak sounds in the                       may be useful in reducing masking at                   experience, demography) and is also
                                                  presence of natural or manmade noise.                   these frequencies. In summary, high                    difficult to predict (Richardson et al.,
                                                  Most masking studies in marine                          levels of sound generated by                           1995; Southall et al., 2007). Many
                                                  mammals present the test signal and the                 anthropogenic activities may act to                    studies have also shown that marine
                                                  masking noise from the same direction.                  mask the detection of weaker                           mammals at distances more than a few
                                                  The sound localization abilities of                     biologically important sounds by some                  kilometers away often show no apparent
                                                  marine mammals suggest that, if signal                  marine mammals. This masking may be                    response when exposed to seismic
                                                  and noise come from different                           more prominent for lower frequencies.                  activities (e.g., Madsen & Mohl, 2000 for
                                                  directions, masking would not be as                     For higher frequencies, such as that                   sperm whales; Malme et al., 1983, 1984
                                                  severe as the usual types of masking                    used in echolocation by toothed whales,                for gray whales; and Richardson et al.,
                                                  studies might suggest (Richardson et al.,               several mechanisms are available that                  1986 for bowhead whales). Other
                                                  1995). The dominant background noise                    may allow them to reduce the effects of                studies have shown that marine
                                                  may be highly directional if it comes                   such masking.                                          mammals continue important behaviors
                                                  from a particular anthropogenic source                                                                         in the presence of seismic pulses (e.g.,
                                                  such as a ship or industrial site.                      Behavioral Disturbance                                 Dunn & Hernandez, 2009 for blue
                                                  Directional hearing may significantly                      Marine mammals may behaviorally                     whales; Greene Jr. et al., 1999 for
                                                  reduce the masking effects of these                     react to sound when exposed to                         bowhead whales; Holst and Beland,
                                                  sounds by improving the effective                       anthropogenic noise. Reactions to                      2010; Holst and Smultea, 2008; Holst et
                                                  signal-to-noise ratio. In the cases of                  sound, if any, depend on species, state                al., 2005; Nieukirk et al., 2004;
                                                  higher frequency hearing by the                         of maturity, experience, current activity,             Richardson, et al., 1986; Smultea et al.,
                                                  bottlenose dolphin, beluga whale, and                   reproductive state, time of day, and                   2004).
                                                  killer whale, empirical evidence                        many other factors (Richardson et al.,                    Baleen Whales: Studies have shown
                                                  confirms that masking depends strongly                  1995; Wartzok et al., 2004; Southall et                that underwater sounds from seismic
                                                  on the relative directions of arrival of                al., 2007; Weilgart, 2007).                            activities are often readily detectable by
                                                  sound signals and the masking noise                        Types of behavioral reactions can                   baleen whales in the water at distances
                                                  (Penner et al., 1986; Dubrovskiy, 1990;                 include the following: Changing                        of many kilometers (Castellote et al.,
                                                  Bain et al., 1993; Bain and Dahlheim,                   durations of surfacing and dives,                      2012 for fin whales).
                                                  1994). Toothed whales and probably                      number of blows per surfacing, or                         Observers have seen various species
                                                  other marine mammals as well, have                      moving direction and/or speed;                         of Balaenoptera (blue, sei, fin, and
                                                  additional capabilities besides                         reduced/increased vocal activities;                    minke whales) in areas ensonified by
                                                  directional hearing that can facilitate                 changing/cessation of certain behavioral               airgun pulses (Stone, 2003; MacLean
asabaliauskas on DSK5VPTVN1PROD with RULES




                                                  detection of sounds in the presence of                  activities (such as socializing or                     and Haley, 2004; Stone and Tasker,
                                                  background noise. There is evidence                     feeding); visible startle response or                  2006), and have localized calls from
                                                  that some toothed whales can shift the                  aggressive behavior (such as tail/fluke                blue and fin whales in areas with airgun
                                                  dominant frequencies of their                           slapping or jaw clapping); avoidance of                operations (e.g., McDonald et al., 1995;
                                                  echolocation signals from a frequency                   areas where noise sources are located;                 Dunn and Hernandez, 2009; Castellote
                                                  range with a lot of ambient noise toward                and/or flight responses (e.g., pinnipeds               et al., 2010). Sightings by observers on
                                                  frequencies with less noise (Au et al.,                 flushing into water from haulouts or                   seismic vessels off the United Kingdom
                                                  1974, 1985; Moore and Pawloski, 1990;                   rookeries).                                            from 1997 to 2000 suggest that, during


                                             VerDate Sep<11>2014   18:51 Jun 29, 2015   Jkt 235001   PO 00000   Frm 00010   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\30JNN2.SGM   30JNN2


                                                                                 Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 125 / Tuesday, June 30, 2015 / Notices                                             37475

                                                  times of good visibility, sighting rates                periods of active airgun operations                    suggest that harbor porpoises show
                                                  for mysticetes (mainly fin and sei                      compared with periods of silence. The                  stronger avoidance of seismic operations
                                                  whales) were similar when large arrays                  displacement of the median distance                    than do Dall’s porpoises (Stone, 2003;
                                                  of airguns were shooting versus silent                  from the array was approximately 0.5                   MacLean and Koski, 2005; Bain and
                                                  (Stone, 2003; Stone and Tasker, 2006).                  km (0.3 mi) or more. Killer whales also                Williams, 2006; Stone and Tasker,
                                                  However, these whales tended to exhibit                 appear to be more tolerant of seismic                  2006). Dall’s porpoises seem relatively
                                                  localized avoidance, remaining                          shooting in deeper water (Stone, 2003;                 tolerant of airgun operations (MacLean
                                                  significantly further (on average) from                 Gordon et al., 2004).                                  and Koski, 2005; Bain and Williams,
                                                  the airgun array during seismic                           The beluga may be a species that (at                 2006), although they too have been
                                                  operations compared with non-seismic                    least in certain geographic areas) shows               observed to avoid large arrays of
                                                  periods (Stone and Tasker, 2006).                       long-distance avoidance of seismic                     operating airguns (Calambokidis and
                                                     Ship-based monitoring studies of                     vessels. Aerial surveys during seismic                 Osmek, 1998; Bain and Williams, 2006).
                                                  baleen whales (including blue, fin, sei,                operations in the southeastern Beaufort                This apparent difference in
                                                  minke, and humpback whales) in the                      Sea recorded much lower sighting rates                 responsiveness of these two porpoise
                                                  northwest Atlantic found that overall,                  of beluga whales within 10–20 km (6.2–                 species is consistent with their relative
                                                  this group had lower sighting rates                     12.4 mi) of an active seismic vessel.                  responsiveness to boat traffic and some
                                                  during seismic versus non-seismic                       These results were consistent with the                 other acoustic sources (Richardson et
                                                  periods (Moulton and Holst, 2010). The                  low number of beluga sightings reported                al., 1995; Southall et al., 2007).
                                                  authors observed that baleen whales as                  by observers aboard the seismic vessel,
                                                  a group were significantly farther from                 suggesting that some belugas might have                Pinnipeds
                                                  the vessel during seismic compared                      been avoiding the seismic operations at                   Pinnipeds are not likely to show a
                                                  with non-seismic periods. Moreover, the                 distances of 10–20 km (6.2–12.4 mi)                    strong avoidance reaction to the airgun
                                                  authors observed that the whales swam                   (Miller et al., 2005).                                 sources proposed for use. Visual
                                                  away more often from the operating                                                                             monitoring from seismic vessels has
                                                                                                          Delphinids                                             shown only slight (if any) avoidance of
                                                  seismic vessel (Moulton and Holst,
                                                  2010). Initial sightings of blue and                       Seismic operators and protected                     airguns by pinnipeds and only slight (if
                                                  minke whales were significantly farther                 species observers (observers) on seismic               any) changes in behavior. Monitoring
                                                  from the vessel during seismic                          vessels regularly see dolphins and other               work in the Alaskan Beaufort Sea during
                                                  operations compared to non-seismic                      small toothed whales near operating                    1996–2001 provided considerable
                                                  periods and the authors observed the                    airgun arrays, but in general there is a               information regarding the behavior of
                                                  same trend for fin whales (Moulton and                  tendency for most delphinids to show                   Arctic ice seals exposed to seismic
                                                  Holst, 2010). Also, the authors observed                some avoidance of operating seismic                    pulses (Harris et al., 2001; Moulton and
                                                  that minke whales most often swam                       vessels (e.g., Goold, 1996a,b,c;                       Lawson, 2002). These seismic projects
                                                  away from the vessel when seismic                       Calambokidis and Osmek, 1998; Stone,                   usually involved arrays of 6 to 16
                                                  operations were underway (Moulton                       2003; Moulton and Miller, 2005; Holst                  airguns with total volumes of 560 to
                                                  and Holst, 2010).                                       et al., 2006; Stone and Tasker, 2006;                  1,500 in3. The combined results suggest
                                                     Toothed Whales: Few systematic data                  Weir, 2008; Richardson et al., 2009;                   that some seals avoid the immediate
                                                  are available describing reactions of                   Barkaszi et al., 2009; Moulton and                     area around seismic vessels. In most
                                                  toothed whales to noise pulses.                         Holst, 2010). Some dolphins seem to be                 survey years, ringed seal (Phoca
                                                  However, systematic work on sperm                       attracted to the seismic vessel and                    hispida) sightings tended to be farther
                                                  whales is underway (e.g., Gordon et al.,                floats, and some ride the bow wave of                  away from the seismic vessel when the
                                                  2006; Madsen et al., 2006; Winsor and                   the seismic vessel even when large                     airguns were operating than when they
                                                  Mate, 2006; Jochens et al., 2008; Miller                arrays of airguns are firing (e.g.,                    were not (Moulton and Lawson, 2002).
                                                  et al., 2009) and there is an increasing                Moulton and Miller, 2005). Nonetheless,                However, these avoidance movements
                                                  amount of information about responses                   there have been indications that small                 were relatively small, on the order of
                                                  of various odontocetes, including killer                toothed whales sometimes move away                     100 m (328 ft) to a few hundreds of
                                                  whales and belugas, to seismic surveys                  or maintain a somewhat greater distance                meters, and many seals remained within
                                                  based on monitoring studies (e.g., Stone,               from the vessel when a large array of                  100–200 m (328–656 ft) of the trackline
                                                  2003; Smultea et al., 2004; Moulton and                 airguns is operating than when it is                   as the operating airgun array passed by
                                                  Miller, 2005; Bain and Williams, 2006;                  silent (e.g., Goold, 1996a,b,c; Stone and              the animals. Seal sighting rates at the
                                                  Holst et al., 2006; Stone and Tasker,                   Tasker, 2006; Weir, 2008, Barry et al.,                water surface were lower during airgun
                                                  2006; Potter et al., 2007; Hauser et al.,               2010; Moulton and Holst, 2010). In most                array operations than during no-airgun
                                                  2008; Holst and Smultea, 2008; Weir,                    cases, the avoidance radii for delphinids              periods in each survey year except 1997.
                                                  2008; Barkaszi et al., 2009; Richardson                 appear to be small, on the order of one                Similarly, seals are often very tolerant of
                                                  et al., 2009; Moulton and Holst, 2010).                 km or less, and some individuals show                  pulsed sounds from seal-scaring devices
                                                  Reactions of toothed whales to large                    no apparent avoidance.                                 (Mate and Harvey, 1987; Jefferson and
                                                  arrays of airguns are variable and, at                     Captive bottlenose dolphins exhibited               Curry, 1994; Richardson et al., 1995).
                                                  least for delphinids, seem to be confined               changes in behavior when exposed to                    However, initial telemetry work
                                                  to a smaller radius than has been                       strong pulsed sounds similar in                        suggests that avoidance and other
                                                  observed for mysticetes.                                duration to those typically used in                    behavioral reactions by two other
                                                     Observers stationed on seismic                       seismic surveys (Finneran et al., 2000,                species of seals to small airgun sources
asabaliauskas on DSK5VPTVN1PROD with RULES




                                                  vessels operating off the United                        2002, 2005). However, the animals                      may at times be stronger than evident to
                                                  Kingdom from 1997–2000 have                             tolerated high received levels of sound                date from visual studies of pinniped
                                                  provided data on the occurrence and                     (pk–pk level >200 dB re 1 mPa) before                  reactions to airguns (Thompson et al.,
                                                  behavior of various toothed whales                      exhibiting aversive behaviors.                         1998).
                                                  exposed to seismic pulses (Stone, 2003;
                                                  Gordon et al., 2004). The studies note                  Porpoises                                              Hearing Impairment
                                                  that killer whales were significantly                     Results for porpoises depend upon                       Exposure to high intensity sound for
                                                  farther from large airgun arrays during                 the species. The limited available data                a sufficient duration may result in


                                             VerDate Sep<11>2014   18:51 Jun 29, 2015   Jkt 235001   PO 00000   Frm 00011   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\30JNN2.SGM   30JNN2


                                                  37476                          Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 125 / Tuesday, June 30, 2015 / Notices

                                                  auditory effects such as a noise-induced                1997). For example, one short but loud                 2009a, 2009b; Popov et al., 2011a,
                                                  threshold shift—an increase in the                      (higher SPL) sound exposure may                        2011b; Kastelein et al., 2012a; Schlundt
                                                  auditory threshold after exposure to                    induce the same impairment as one                      et al., 2000; Nachtigall et al., 2003,
                                                  noise (Finneran et al., 2005). Factors                  longer but softer sound, which in turn                 2004). For pinnipeds in water, data are
                                                  that influence the amount of threshold                  may cause more impairment than a                       limited to measurements of TTS in
                                                  shift include the amplitude, duration,                  series of several intermittent softer                  harbor seals, an elephant seal, and
                                                  frequency content, temporal pattern,                    sounds with the same total energy                      California sea lions (Kastak et al., 1999,
                                                  and energy distribution of noise                        (Ward, 1997). Additionally, though TTS                 2005; Kastelein et al., 2012b).
                                                  exposure. The magnitude of hearing                      is temporary, prolonged exposure to                       Lucke et al. (2009) found a threshold
                                                  threshold shift normally decreases over                 sounds strong enough to elicit TTS, or                 shift (TS) of a harbor porpoise after
                                                  time following cessation of the noise                   shorter-term exposure to sound levels                  exposing it to airgun noise with a
                                                  exposure. The amount of threshold shift                 well above the TTS threshold, can cause                received sound pressure level (SPL) at
                                                  just after exposure is the initial                      PTS, at least in terrestrial mammals                   200.2 dB (peak-to-peak) re: 1 mPa, which
                                                  threshold shift. If the threshold shift                 (Kryter, 1985). Although in the case of                corresponds to a sound exposure level
                                                  eventually returns to zero (i.e., the                   the proposed seismic survey, NMFS                      of 164.5 dB re: 1 mPa2 s after integrating
                                                  threshold returns to the pre-exposure                   does not expect that animals would                     exposure. NMFS currently uses the root-
                                                  value), it is a temporary threshold shift               experience levels high enough or                       mean-square (rms) of received SPL at
                                                  (Southall et al., 2007).                                durations long enough to result in PTS                 180 dB and 190 dB re: 1 mPa as the
                                                     Threshold Shift (noise-induced loss of               given that the airgun is a very low                    threshold above which permanent
                                                  hearing)—When animals exhibit                           volume airgun, and the use of the airgun               threshold shift (PTS) could occur for
                                                  reduced hearing sensitivity (i.e., sounds               will be restricted to seven days in a                  cetaceans and pinnipeds, respectively.
                                                  must be louder for an animal to detect                  small geographic area.                                 Because the airgun noise is a broadband
                                                  them) following exposure to an intense                     PTS is considered auditory injury                   impulse, one cannot directly determine
                                                  sound or sound for long duration, it is                 (Southall et al., 2007). Irreparable                   the equivalent of rms SPL from the
                                                  referred to as a noise-induced threshold                damage to the inner or outer cochlear                  reported peak-to-peak SPLs. However,
                                                  shift (TS). An animal can experience                    hair cells may cause PTS; however,                     applying a conservative conversion
                                                  temporary threshold shift (TTS) or                      other mechanisms are also involved,                    factor of 16 dB for broadband signals
                                                  permanent threshold shift (PTS). TTS                    such as exceeding the elastic limits of                from seismic surveys (McCauley, et al.,
                                                  can last from minutes or hours to days                  certain tissues and membranes in the                   2000) to correct for the difference
                                                  (i.e., there is complete recovery), can                 middle and inner ears and resultant                    between peak-to-peak levels reported in
                                                  occur in specific frequency ranges (i.e.,               changes in the chemical composition of                 Lucke et al. (2009) and rms SPLs, the
                                                  an animal might only have a temporary                   the inner ear fluids (Southall et al.,                 rms SPL for TTS would be
                                                  loss of hearing sensitivity between the                 2007).                                                 approximately 184 dB re: 1 mPa, and the
                                                  frequencies of 1 and 10 kHz), and can                      Although the published body of                      received levels associated with PTS
                                                  be of varying amounts (for example, an                  scientific literature contains numerous                (Level A harassment) would be higher.
                                                  animal’s hearing sensitivity might be                   theoretical studies and discussion                     This is still above NMFS’ current 180
                                                  reduced initially by only 6 dB or                       papers on hearing impairments that can                 dB rms re: 1 mPa threshold for injury.
                                                  reduced by 30 dB). PTS is permanent,                    occur with exposure to a loud sound,                   However, NMFS recognizes that TTS of
                                                  but some recovery is possible. PTS can                  only a few studies provide empirical                   harbor porpoises is lower than other
                                                  also occur in a specific frequency range                information on the levels at which                     cetacean species empirically tested
                                                  and amount as mentioned above for                       noise-induced loss in hearing sensitivity              (Finneran & Schlundt, 2010; Finneran et
                                                  TTS.                                                    occurs in non-human animals.                           al., 2002; Kastelein and Jennings, 2012).
                                                     The following physiological                             Recent studies by Kujawa and                           A recent study on bottlenose dolphins
                                                  mechanisms are thought to play a role                   Liberman (2009) and Lin et al. (2011)                  (Schlundt, et al., 2013) measured
                                                  in inducing auditory TS: Effects to                     found that despite completely reversible               hearing thresholds at multiple
                                                  sensory hair cells in the inner ear that                threshold shifts that leave cochlear                   frequencies to determine the amount of
                                                  reduce their sensitivity, modification of               sensory cells intact, large threshold                  TTS induced before and after exposure
                                                  the chemical environment within the                     shifts could cause synaptic level                      to a sequence of impulses produced by
                                                  sensory cells, residual muscular activity               changes and delayed cochlear nerve                     a seismic air gun. The air gun volume
                                                  in the middle ear, displacement of                      degeneration in mice and guinea pigs,                  and operating pressure varied from 40–
                                                  certain inner ear membranes, increased                  respectively. NMFS notes that the high                 150 in3 and 1000–2000 psi, respectively.
                                                  blood flow, and post-stimulatory                        level of TTS that led to the synaptic                  After three years and 180 sessions, the
                                                  reduction in both efferent and sensory                  changes shown in these studies is in the               authors observed no significant TTS at
                                                  neural output (Southall et al., 2007).                  range of the high degree of TTS that                   any test frequency, for any combinations
                                                  The amplitude, duration, frequency,                     Southall et al. (2007) used to calculate               of air gun volume, pressure, or
                                                  temporal pattern, and energy                            PTS levels. It is unknown whether                      proximity to the dolphin during
                                                  distribution of sound exposure all can                  smaller levels of TTS would lead to                    behavioral tests (Schlundt, et al., 2013).
                                                  affect the amount of associated TS and                  similar changes. NMFS, however,                        Schlundt et al. (2013) suggest that the
                                                  the frequency range in which it occurs.                 acknowledges the complexity of noise                   potential for airguns to cause hearing
                                                  As amplitude and duration of sound                      exposure on the nervous system, and                    loss in dolphins is lower than
                                                  exposure increase, so, generally, does                  will re-examine this issue as more data                previously predicted, perhaps as a result
asabaliauskas on DSK5VPTVN1PROD with RULES




                                                  the amount of TS, along with the                        become available.                                      of the low-frequency content of air gun
                                                  recovery time. For intermittent sounds,                    For marine mammals, published data                  impulses compared to the high-
                                                  less TS could occur than compared to a                  are limited to the captive bottlenose                  frequency hearing ability of dolphins.
                                                  continuous exposure with the same                       dolphin, beluga, harbor porpoise, and                     Marine mammal hearing plays a
                                                  energy (some recovery could occur                       Yangtze finless porpoise (Finneran et                  critical role in communication with
                                                  between intermittent exposures                          al., 2000, 2002b, 2003, 2005a, 2007,                   conspecifics, and interpretation of
                                                  depending on the duty cycle between                     2010a, 2010b; Finneran and Schlundt,                   environmental cues for purposes such
                                                  sounds) (Kryter et al., 1966; Ward,                     2010; Lucke et al., 2009; Mooney et al.,               as predator avoidance and prey capture.


                                             VerDate Sep<11>2014   18:51 Jun 29, 2015   Jkt 235001   PO 00000   Frm 00012   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\30JNN2.SGM   30JNN2


                                                                                 Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 125 / Tuesday, June 30, 2015 / Notices                                             37477

                                                  Depending on the degree (elevation of                   nervous system perceives a threat, it                  resources from other biotic functions,
                                                  threshold in dB), duration (i.e., recovery              mounts a biological response or defense                which impair those functions that
                                                  time), and frequency range of TTS, and                  that consists of a combination of the                  experience the diversion. For example,
                                                  the context in which it is experienced,                 four general biological defense                        when mounting a stress response diverts
                                                  TTS can have effects on marine                          responses: Behavioral responses;                       energy away from growth in young
                                                  mammals ranging from discountable to                    autonomic nervous system responses;                    animals, those animals may experience
                                                  serious (similar to those discussed in                  neuroendocrine responses; or immune                    stunted growth. When mounting a stress
                                                  auditory masking, below). For example,                  responses.                                             response diverts energy from a fetus, an
                                                  a marine mammal may be able to readily                     In the case of many stressors, an                   animal’s reproductive success and
                                                  compensate for a brief, relatively small                animal’s first and most economical (in                 fitness will suffer. In these cases, the
                                                  amount of TTS in a non-critical                         terms of biotic costs) response is                     animals will have entered a pre-
                                                  frequency range that occurs during a                    behavioral avoidance of the potential                  pathological or pathological state called
                                                  time where ambient noise is lower and                   stressor or avoidance of continued                     ‘‘distress’’ (sensu Seyle, 1950) or
                                                  there are not as many competing sounds                  exposure to a stressor. An animal’s                    ‘‘allostatic loading’’ (sensu McEwen and
                                                  present. Alternatively, a larger amount                 second line of defense to stressors                    Wingfield, 2003). This pathological state
                                                  and longer duration of TTS sustained                    involves the sympathetic part of the                   will last until the animal replenishes its
                                                  during time when communication is                       autonomic nervous system and the                       biotic reserves sufficient to restore
                                                  critical for successful mother/calf                     classical ‘‘fight or flight’’ response,                normal function. Note that these
                                                  interactions could have more serious                    which includes the cardiovascular                      examples involved a long-term (days or
                                                  impacts. Also, depending on the degree                  system, the gastrointestinal system, the               weeks) stress response exposure to
                                                  and frequency range, the effects of PTS                 exocrine glands, and the adrenal                       stimuli.
                                                  on an animal could range in severity,                   medulla to produce changes in heart                       Relationships between these
                                                  although it is considered generally more                rate, blood pressure, and gastrointestinal             physiological mechanisms, animal
                                                  serious because it is a permanent                       activity that humans commonly                          behavior, and the costs of stress
                                                  condition. Of note, reduced hearing                     associate with stress. These responses                 responses have also been documented
                                                  sensitivity as a simple function of aging               have a relatively short duration and may               fairly well through controlled
                                                  has been observed in marine mammals,                    or may not have significant long-term                  experiment; because this physiology
                                                  as well as humans and other taxa                        effects on an animal’s welfare.                        exists in every vertebrate that has been
                                                  (Southall et al., 2007), so one can infer                  An animal’s third line of defense to                studied, it is not surprising that stress
                                                  that strategies exist for coping with this              stressors involves its neuroendocrine or               responses and their costs have been
                                                  condition to some degree, though likely                 sympathetic nervous systems; the                       documented in both laboratory and free-
                                                  not without cost.                                       system that has received the most study                living animals (for examples see,
                                                     Given the higher level of sound                      has been the hypothalmus-pituitary-                    Holberton et al., 1996; Hood et al., 1998;
                                                  necessary to cause PTS as compared                      adrenal system (also known as the HPA                  Jessop et al., 2003; Krausman et al.,
                                                  with TTS, it is considerably less likely                axis in mammals or the hypothalamus-                   2004; Lankford et al., 2005; Reneerkens
                                                  that PTS would occur during the                         pituitary-interrenal axis in fish and                  et al., 2002; Thompson and Hamer,
                                                  proposed seismic survey, although TTS                   some reptiles). Unlike stress responses                2000). Although no information has
                                                  is possible but unlikely. Cetaceans                     associated with the autonomic nervous                  been collected on the physiological
                                                  generally avoid the immediate area                      system, the pituitary hormones regulate                responses of marine mammals to
                                                  around operating seismic vessels, as do                 virtually all neuroendocrine functions                 anthropogenic sound exposure, studies
                                                  some other marine mammals. Some                         affected by stress—including immune                    of other marine animals and terrestrial
                                                  pinnipeds show avoidance reactions to                   competence, reproduction, metabolism,                  animals would lead us to expect some
                                                  airguns, but their avoidance reactions                  and behavior. Stress-induced changes in                marine mammals to experience
                                                  are generally not as strong or consistent               the secretion of pituitary hormones have               physiological stress responses and,
                                                  compared to cetacean reactions.                         been implicated in failed reproduction                 perhaps, physiological responses that
                                                     Non-auditory Physical Effects: Non-                  (Moberg, 1987; Rivier, 1995), altered                  would be classified as ‘‘distress’’ upon
                                                  auditory physical effects might occur in                metabolism (Elasser et al., 2000),                     exposure to anthropogenic sounds.
                                                  marine mammals exposed to strong                        reduced immune competence (Blecha,                        For example, Jansen (1998) reported
                                                  underwater pulsed sound. Possible                       2000), and behavioral disturbance.                     on the relationship between acoustic
                                                  types of non-auditory physiological                     Increases in the circulation of                        exposures and physiological responses
                                                  effects or injuries that theoretically                  glucocorticosteroids (cortisol,                        that are indicative of stress responses in
                                                  might occur in mammals close to a                       corticosterone, and aldosterone in                     humans (e.g., elevated respiration and
                                                  strong sound source include stress,                     marine mammals; see Romano et al.,                     increased heart rates). Jones (1998)
                                                  neurological effects, bubble formation,                 2004) have been equated with stress for                reported on reductions in human
                                                  and other types of organ or tissue                      many years.                                            performance when faced with acute,
                                                  damage. Some marine mammal species                         The primary distinction between                     repetitive exposures to acoustic
                                                  (i.e., beaked whales) may be especially                 stress (which is adaptive and does not                 disturbance. Trimper et al. (1998)
                                                  susceptible to injury and/or stranding                  normally place an animal at risk) and                  reported on the physiological stress
                                                  when exposed to strong pulsed sounds.                   distress is the biotic cost of the                     responses of osprey to low-level aircraft
                                                     Classic stress responses begin when                  response. During a stress response, an                 noise while Krausman et al. (2004)
                                                  an animal’s central nervous system                      animal uses glycogen stores that the                   reported on the auditory and physiology
asabaliauskas on DSK5VPTVN1PROD with RULES




                                                  perceives a potential threat to its                     body quickly replenishes after                         stress responses of endangered Sonoran
                                                  homeostasis. That perception triggers                   alleviation of the stressor. In such                   pronghorn to military overflights. Smith
                                                  stress responses regardless of whether a                circumstances, the cost of the stress                  et al. (2004a, 2004b) identified noise-
                                                  stimulus actually threatens the animal;                 response would not pose a risk to the                  induced physiological transient stress
                                                  the mere perception of a threat is                      animal’s welfare. However, when an                     responses in hearing-specialist fish (i.e.,
                                                  sufficient to trigger a stress response                 animal does not have sufficient energy                 goldfish) that accompanied short- and
                                                  (Moberg, 2000; Sapolsky et al., 2005;                   reserves to satisfy the energetic costs of             long-term hearing losses. Welch and
                                                  Seyle, 1950). Once an animal’s central                  a stress response, it diverts energy                   Welch (1970) reported physiological


                                             VerDate Sep<11>2014   18:51 Jun 29, 2015   Jkt 235001   PO 00000   Frm 00013   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\30JNN2.SGM   30JNN2


                                                  37478                          Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 125 / Tuesday, June 30, 2015 / Notices

                                                  and behavioral stress responses that                    proximity to large arrays of airguns. In               2004). Given the low volume and source
                                                  accompanied damage to the inner ears                    addition, marine mammals that show                     level of the proposed airgun, standing
                                                  of fish and several mammals.                            behavioral avoidance of seismic vessels,               and mortality are not anticipated due to
                                                     Hearing is one of the primary senses                 including some pinnipeds, are unlikely                 use of the airgun proposed for this
                                                  marine mammals use to gather                            to incur non-auditory impairment or                    activity.
                                                  information about their environment                     other physical effects. The low volume
                                                  and communicate with conspecifics.                      of the airgun proposed for this activity               2. Potential Effects of Other Acoustic
                                                  Although empirical information on the                   combined with the limited scope of use                 Devices
                                                  relationship between sensory                            proposed makes non-auditory physical        Sub-Bottom Profiler
                                                  impairment (TTS, PTS, and acoustic                      effects from airgun use, including stress,     AK LNG would also operate a sub-
                                                  masking) on marine mammals remains                      unlikely. Therefore, we do not              bottom profiler chirp and boomer from
                                                  limited, we assume that reducing a                      anticipate such effects would occur         the source vessel during the proposed
                                                  marine mammal’s ability to gather                       given the brief duration of exposure        survey. The chirp’s sounds are very
                                                  information about its environment and                   during the proposed survey.
                                                                                                                                                      short pulses, occurring for one ms, six
                                                  communicate with other members of its
                                                                                                          Stranding and Mortality                     times per second. Most of the energy in
                                                  species would induce stress, based on
                                                  data that terrestrial animals exhibit                      When a living or dead marine             the sound pulses emitted by the profiler
                                                  those responses under similar                           mammal swims or floats onto shore and is at 2–6 kHz, and the beam is directed
                                                  conditions (NRC, 2003) and because                      becomes ‘‘beached’’ or incapable of         downward. The chirp has a maximum
                                                  marine mammals use hearing as their                     returning to sea, the event is a            source level of 202 dB re: 1 mPa, with
                                                  primary sensory mechanism. Therefore,                   ‘‘stranding’’ (Geraci et al., 1999; Perrin  a tilt angle of 90 degrees below
                                                  NMFS assumes that acoustic exposures                    and Geraci, 2002; Geraci and                horizontal and a beam width of 24
                                                  sufficient to trigger onset PTS or TTS                  Lounsbury, 2005; NMFS, 2007). The           degrees. The sub-bottom profiler boomer
                                                  would be accompanied by physiological                   legal definition for a stranding under the will shoot approximately every 3.125m,
                                                  stress responses. More importantly,                     MMPA is that ‘‘(A) a marine mammal is with shots lasting 1.5 to 2 seconds. Most
                                                  marine mammals might experience                         dead and is (i) on a beach or shore of      of the energy in the sound pulses
                                                  stress responses at received levels lower               the United States; or (ii) in waters under emitted by the boomer is concentrated
                                                  than those necessary to trigger onset                   the jurisdiction of the United States       between 0.5 and 6 kHz, with a source
                                                  TTS. Based on empirical studies of the                  (including any navigable waters); or (B)    level of 205dB re: 1mPa.The tilt of the
                                                  time required to recover from stress                    a marine mammal is alive and is (i) on      boomer is 90 degrees below horizontal,
                                                  responses (Moberg, 2000), NMFS also                     a beach or shore of the United States       but the emission is omnidirectional.
                                                  assumes that stress responses could                     and is unable to return to the water; (ii)  Kremser et al. (2005) noted that the
                                                  persist beyond the time interval                        on a beach or shore of the United States probability of a cetacean swimming
                                                  required for animals to recover from                    and, although able to return to the         through the area of exposure when a
                                                  TTS and might result in pathological                    water, is in need of apparent medical       bottom profiler emits a pulse is small—
                                                  and pre-pathological states that would                  attention; or (iii) in the waters under the because if the animal was in the area, it
                                                  be as significant as behavioral responses               jurisdiction of the United States           would have to pass the transducer at
                                                  to TTS.                                                 (including any navigable waters), but is    close range in order to be subjected to
                                                     Resonance effects (Gentry, 2002) and                 unable to return to its natural habitat     sound levels that could cause temporary
                                                  direct noise-induced bubble formations                  under its own power or without              threshold shift and would likely exhibit
                                                  (Crum et al., 2005) are implausible in                  assistance’’.                               avoidance behavior to the area near the
                                                  the case of exposure to an impulsive                       Marine mammals strand for a variety      transducer rather than swim through at
                                                  broadband source like an airgun array.                  of reasons, such as infectious agents,      such a close range.
                                                  If seismic surveys disrupt diving                       biotoxicosis, starvation, fishery              Masking: Both the chirper and boomer
                                                  patterns of deep-diving species, this                   interaction, ship strike, unusual           sub-bottom profilers produce impulsive
                                                  might result in bubble formation and a                  oceanographic or weather events, sound sound exceeding 160 dB re 1 mPa-m
                                                  form of the bends, as speculated to                     exposure, or combinations of these          (rms). The louder boomer operates at a
                                                  occur in beaked whales exposed to                       stressors sustained concurrently or in      source value of 205 dB re 1 mPa-m (rms),
                                                  sonar. However, there is no specific                    series. However, the cause or causes of     but with a frequency between 0.5 and 6
                                                  evidence of this upon exposure to                       most strandings are unknown (Geraci et kHz, which is lower than the maximum
                                                  airgun pulses.                                          al., 1976; Eaton, 1979; Odell et al., 1980; sensitivity hearing range of any the local
                                                     In general, there are few data about                 Best, 1982). Numerous studies suggest       species (belugas—40–130 kHz;, killer
                                                  the potential for strong, anthropogenic                 that the physiology, behavior, habitat      whales—7–30 kHz; harbor porpoise—
                                                  underwater sounds to cause non-                         relationships, age, or condition of         100–140 kHz; and harbor seals—10–30
                                                  auditory physical effects in marine                     cetaceans may cause them to strand or       kHz; Wartzok and Ketten 1999, Southall
                                                  mammals. Such effects, if they occur at                 might pre-dispose them to strand when       et al. 2007, Kastelein et al. 2002). While
                                                  all, would presumably be limited to                     exposed to another phenomenon. These the chirper is not as loud (202 dB re 1
                                                  short distances and to activities that                  suggestions are consistent with the         mPa-m [rms]), it does operate at a higher
                                                  extend over a prolonged period. The                     conclusions of numerous other studies       frequency range (2–16 kHz), and within
                                                  available data do not allow                             that have demonstrated that                 the maximum sensitive range of all of
                                                  identification of a specific exposure                   combinations of dissimilar stressors        the local species except beluga whales.
asabaliauskas on DSK5VPTVN1PROD with RULES




                                                  level above which non-auditory effects                  commonly combine to kill an animal or          Marine mammal communications
                                                  can be expected (Southall et al., 2007)                 dramatically reduce its fitness, even       would not likely be masked appreciably
                                                  or any meaningful quantitative                          though one exposure without the other       by the profiler’s signals given the
                                                  predictions of the numbers (if any) of                  does not produce the same result            directionality of the signal and the brief
                                                  marine mammals that might be affected                   (Chroussos, 2000; Creel, 2005; DeVries      period when an individual mammal is
                                                  in those ways. There is no definitive                   et al., 2003; Fair and Becker, 2000; Foley likely to be within its beam.
                                                  evidence that any of these effects occur                et al., 2001; Moberg, 2000; Relyea,         Furthermore, despite the fact that the
                                                  even for marine mammals in close                        2005a; 2005b, Romero, 2004; Sih et al.,     profiler overlaps with hearing ranges of


                                             VerDate Sep<11>2014   18:51 Jun 29, 2015   Jkt 235001   PO 00000   Frm 00014   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\30JNN2.SGM   30JNN2


                                                                                 Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 125 / Tuesday, June 30, 2015 / Notices                                           37479

                                                  many marine mammal species in the                       harbor porpoises, killer whales, and                   or additional stressors are present, the
                                                  area, the profiler’s signals do not                     harbor seals, and the continuous sound                 ability of the animal to cope decreases,
                                                  overlap with the predominant                            extends 2.54 km (1.6 mi) to the 120 dB                 leading to pathological conditions or
                                                  frequencies in the calls, which would                   threshold, the vibracorer will operate                 death (NRC 2005). Potential effects may
                                                  avoid significant masking.                              about the one or two minutes it takes to               be greatest where sound disturbance can
                                                     Behavioral Responses: Responses to                   drive the core pipe 7 m (20 ft) into the               disrupt feeding patterns including
                                                  the profiler are likely to be similar to the            sediment, and approximately twice per                  displacement from critical feeding
                                                  other pulsed sources discussed earlier if               day. Therefore, there is very little                   grounds. However, all G&G exposure to
                                                  received at the same levels. The                        opportunity for this activity to mask the              marine mammals would be of duration
                                                  behavioral response of local marine                     communication of local marine                          measured in minutes.
                                                  mammals to the operation of the sub-                    mammals.                                                  Specific sound-related processes that
                                                  bottom profilers is expected to be                         Behavioral Response: It is unlikely                 lead to strandings and mortality are not
                                                  similar to that of the small airgun. The                that vibracoring will elicit behavioral                well documented, but may include (1)
                                                  odontocetes are likely to avoid the sub-                responses from marine mammal species                   swimming in avoidance of a sound into
                                                  bottom profiler activity, especially the                in the area. An analysis of similar                    shallow water; (2) a change in behavior
                                                  naturally shy harbor porpoise, while the                survey activity in New Zealand                         (such as a change in diving behavior)
                                                  harbor seals might be attracted to them                 classified the likely effects from                     that might contribute to tissue damage,
                                                  out of curiosity. However, because the                  vibracore and similar activity to be some              gas bubble formation, hypoxia, cardiac
                                                  sub-bottom profilers operate from a                     habitat degradation and prey species                   arrhythmia, hypertensive hemorrhage,
                                                  moving vessel, and the maximum radius                   effects, but primarily behavioral                      or other forms of trauma; (3) a
                                                  to the 160 dB harassment threshold is                   responses, although the species in the                 physiological change such as a
                                                  only 263 m (863 ft), the area and time                  analyzed area were different to those                  vestibular response leading to a
                                                  that this equipment would be affecting                  found in Cook Inlet (Thompson, 2012).                  behavioral change or stress-induced
                                                  a given location is very small.                            There are no data on the behavioral                 hemorrhagic diathesis, leading in turn
                                                     Hearing Impairment and Other                         response to vibracore activity of marine               to tissue damage; and, (4) tissue damage
                                                  Physical Effects: It is unlikely that the               mammals in Cook Inlet. The closest                     directly from sound exposure, such as
                                                  sub-bottom profilers produce sound                      analog to vibracoring might be                         through acoustically mediated bubble
                                                  levels strong enough to cause hearing                   exploratory drilling, although there is a              formation and growth or acoustic
                                                  impairment or other physical injuries                   notable difference in magnitude                        resonance of tissues (Wood et al. 2012).
                                                  even in an animal that is (briefly) in a                between an oil and gas drilling                        Some of these mechanisms are unlikely
                                                  position near the source (Wood et al.                   operation and collecting sediment                      to apply in the case of impulse G&G
                                                  2012). The likelihood of marine                         samples with a vibracorer. Thomas et al.               sounds, especially since airguns and
                                                  mammals moving away from the source                     (1990) played back drilling sound to                   sub-bottom profilers produce broadband
                                                  make if further unlikely that a marine                  four captive beluga whales and found                   sound with low pressure rise.
                                                  mammal would be able to approach                        no statistical difference in swim                      Strandings to date which have been
                                                  close to the transducers.                               patterns, social groups, respiration and               attributed to sound exposure related to
                                                     Animals may avoid the area around                    dive rates, or stress hormone levels                   date from military exercises using
                                                  the survey vessels, thereby reducing                    before and during playbacks. There is                  narrowband mid-frequency sonar with a
                                                  exposure. Any disturbance to marine                     no reason to believe that beluga whales                much greater likelihood to cause
                                                  mammals is likely to be in the form of                  or any other marine mammal exposed to                  physical damage (Balcomb and Claridge
                                                  temporary avoidance or alteration of                    vibracoring sound would behave any                     2001, NOAA and USN, 2001,
                                                  opportunistic foraging behavior near the                differently, especially since vibracoring              Hildebrand 2005).
                                                  survey location.                                        occurs for only one or two minutes.                       The low intensity, low frequency,
                                                                                                             Hearing Impairment and Other                        broadband sound associated with
                                                  Vibracore                                               Physical Effects: The vibracorer operates              airguns and sub-bottom profilers,
                                                     AK LNG would conduct vibracoring                     for only one or two minutes at a time                  combined with the shutdown safety
                                                  in a corridor across a northern portion                 with a 1-m source of 187.4 dB re 1 mPa-                zone mitigation measure for the airgun
                                                  of Cook Inlet. While duration is                        m (rms). It is neither loud enough nor                 would prevent physical damage to
                                                  dependent on sediment type, the                         does it operate for a long enough                      marine mammals. The vibracoring
                                                  driving mechanism, which emits sound                    duration to induce either TTS or PTS.                  would also be unlikely to have the
                                                  at a source level of 187dB re: 1mPa, will                                                                      capability of causing physical damage to
                                                  only bore for 1 to 2 minutes. The sound                 Stranding and Mortality
                                                                                                                                                                 marine mammals because of its low
                                                  is emitted at a frequency of 10Hz to                       Stress, Stranding, and Mortality                    intensity and short duration.
                                                  20kHz. Cores will be bored at                           Safety zones will be established to
                                                  approximately every 4 km along the                      prevent acoustical injury to local marine              3. Potential Effects of Vessel Movement
                                                  pipeline corridor, for about 22 cores in                mammals, especially injury that could                  and Collisions
                                                  that area. Approximately 33 cores will                  indirectly lead to mortality. Also, G&G                   Vessel movement in the vicinity of
                                                  be taken in the Marine Terminal area.                   sound is not expected to cause resonate                marine mammals has the potential to
                                                     Masking: It is unlikely that masking                 effects to gas-filled spaces or airspaces              result in either a behavioral response or
                                                  will occur due to vibracore operations.                 in marine mammals based on the                         a direct physical interaction. We discuss
                                                  Chorney et al. (2011) conducted sound                   research of Finneran (2003) on beluga                  both scenarios here.
asabaliauskas on DSK5VPTVN1PROD with RULES




                                                  measurements on an operating                            whales showing that the tissue and                        Behavioral Responses to Vessel
                                                  vibracorer in Alaska and found that it                  other body masses dampen any                           Movement: There are limited data
                                                  emitted a sound pressure level at 1-m                   potential effects of resonance on ear                  concerning marine mammal behavioral
                                                  source of 188 dB re 1 mPa-m (rms), with                 cavities, lungs, and intestines. Chronic               responses to vessel traffic and vessel
                                                  a frequency range of between 10 Hz and                  exposure to sound could lead to                        noise, and a lack of consensus among
                                                  20 kHz. While the frequency range                       physiological stress eventually causing                scientists with respect to what these
                                                  overlaps the lower ends of the                          hormonal imbalances (NRC 2005). If                     responses mean or whether they result
                                                  maximum sensitivity hearing ranges of                   survival demands are already high, and/                in short-term or long-term adverse


                                             VerDate Sep<11>2014   18:51 Jun 29, 2015   Jkt 235001   PO 00000   Frm 00015   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\30JNN2.SGM   30JNN2


                                                  37480                          Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 125 / Tuesday, June 30, 2015 / Notices

                                                  effects. In those cases where there is a                   Behavioral responses to stimuli are                 approached other boats and yachts in
                                                  busy shipping lane or where there is a                  complex and influenced to varying                      the same ways.’’
                                                  large amount of vessel traffic, marine                  degrees by a number of factors, such as                Vessel Strike
                                                  mammals may experience acoustic                         species, behavioral contexts,
                                                  masking (Hildebrand, 2005) if they are                  geographical regions, source                              Ship strikes of cetaceans can cause
                                                  present in the area (e.g., killer whales in             characteristics (moving or stationary,                 major wounds, which may lead to the
                                                  Puget Sound; Foote et al., 2004; Holt et                speed, direction, etc.), prior experience              death of the animal. An animal at the
                                                  al., 2008). In cases where vessels                      of the animal and physical status of the               surface could be struck directly by a
                                                  actively approach marine mammals                        animal. For example, studies have                      vessel, a surfacing animal could hit the
                                                  (e.g., whale watching or dolphin                                                                               bottom of a vessel, or a vessel’s
                                                                                                          shown that beluga whales’ reactions
                                                  watching boats), scientists have                                                                               propeller could injure an animal just
                                                                                                          varied when exposed to vessel noise
                                                  documented that animals exhibit altered                                                                        below the surface. The severity of
                                                                                                          and traffic. In some cases, naive beluga
                                                  behavior such as increased swimming                                                                            injuries typically depends on the size
                                                                                                          whales exhibited rapid swimming from                   and speed of the vessel (Knowlton and
                                                  speed, erratic movement, and active                     ice-breaking vessels up to 80 km (49.7
                                                  avoidance behavior (Bursk, 1983;                                                                               Kraus, 2001; Laist et al., 2001;
                                                                                                          mi) away, and showed changes in                        Vanderlaan and Taggart, 2007).
                                                  Acevedo, 1991; Baker and MacGibbon,                     surfacing, breathing, diving, and group
                                                  1991; Trites and Bain, 2000; Williams et                                                                          The most vulnerable marine mammals
                                                                                                          composition in the Canadian high                       are those that spend extended periods of
                                                  al., 2002; Constantine et al., 2003),                   Arctic where vessel traffic is rare (Finley
                                                  reduced blow interval (Ritcher et al.,                                                                         time at the surface in order to restore
                                                                                                          et al., 1990). In other cases, beluga                  oxygen levels within their tissues after
                                                  2003), disruption of normal social                      whales were more tolerant of vessels,                  deep dives (e.g., the sperm whale). In
                                                  behaviors (Lusseau, 2003; 2006), and the                but responded differentially to certain                addition, some baleen whales, such as
                                                  shift of behavioral activities which may                vessels and operating characteristics by               the North Atlantic right whale, seem
                                                  increase energetic costs (Constantine et                reducing their calling rates (especially               generally unresponsive to vessel sound,
                                                  al., 2003; 2004). A detailed review of                  older animals) in the St. Lawrence River               making them more susceptible to vessel
                                                  marine mammal reactions to ships and
                                                                                                          where vessel traffic is common (Blane                  collisions (Nowacek et al., 2004). These
                                                  boats is available in Richardson et al.
                                                                                                          and Jaakson, 1994). In Bristol Bay,                    species are primarily large, slow moving
                                                  (1995). For each of the marine mammal
                                                                                                          Alaska, beluga whales continued to feed                whales. Smaller marine mammals (e.g.,
                                                  taxonomy groups, Richardson et al.
                                                                                                          when surrounded by fishing vessels and                 bottlenose dolphin) move quickly
                                                  (1995) provides the following
                                                                                                          resisted dispersal even when                           through the water column and are often
                                                  assessment regarding reactions to vessel
                                                                                                          purposefully harassed (Fish and Vania,                 seen riding the bow wave of large ships.
                                                  traffic:
                                                                                                          1971).                                                 Marine mammal responses to vessels
                                                     Pinnipeds: Reactions by pinnipeds to                                                                        may include avoidance and changes in
                                                  vessel disturbance largely involve                         In reviewing more than 25 years of
                                                                                                          whale observation data, Watkins (1986)                 dive pattern (NRC, 2003).
                                                  relocation. Harbor seals hauled out on                                                                            An examination of all known ship
                                                  mud flats have been documented                          concluded that whale reactions to vessel
                                                                                                                                                                 strikes from all shipping sources
                                                  returning to the water in response to                   traffic were ‘‘modified by their previous
                                                                                                                                                                 (civilian and military) indicates vessel
                                                  nearing boat traffic. Vessels that                      experience and current activity:
                                                                                                                                                                 speed is a principal factor in whether a
                                                  approach haulouts slowly may also                       Habituation often occurred rapidly,
                                                                                                                                                                 vessel strike results in death (Knowlton
                                                  elicit alert reactions without flushing                 attention to other stimuli or
                                                                                                                                                                 and Kraus, 2001; Laist et al., 2001;
                                                  from the haulout. Small boats with                      preoccupation with other activities
                                                                                                                                                                 Jensen and Silber, 2003; Vanderlaan and
                                                  slow, constant speed elicit the least                   sometimes overcame their interest or
                                                                                                                                                                 Taggart, 2007). In assessing records with
                                                  noticeable reactions. However, in                       wariness of stimuli.’’ Watkins noticed
                                                                                                                                                                 known vessel speeds, Laist et al. (2001)
                                                  Alaska specifically, harbor seals are                   that over the years of exposure to ships               found a direct relationship between the
                                                  documented to tolerate fishing vessels                  in the Cape Cod area, minke whales                     occurrence of a whale strike and the
                                                  with no discernable reactions, and                      changed from frequent positive interest                speed of the vessel involved in the
                                                  habituation is common (Burns, 1989).                    (e.g., approaching vessels) to generally               collision. The authors concluded that
                                                     Porpoises: Harbor porpoises are often                uninterested reactions; fin whales                     most deaths occurred when a vessel was
                                                  seen changing direction in the presence                 changed from mostly negative (e.g.,                    traveling in excess of 24.1 km/h (14.9
                                                  of vessel traffic. Avoidance has been                   avoidance) to uninterested reactions;                  mph; 13 kts).
                                                  documented up to 1km away from an                       right whales apparently continued the
                                                  approaching vessel, but the avoidance                   same variety of responses (negative,                   Entanglement
                                                  response is strengthened in closer                      uninterested, and positive responses)                     Entanglement can occur if wildlife
                                                  proximity to vessels (Barlow, 1998;                     with little change; and humpbacks                      becomes immobilized in survey lines,
                                                  Palka, 1993). This avoidance behavior is                dramatically changed from mixed                        cables, nets, or other equipment that is
                                                  not consistent across all porpoises, as                 responses that were often negative to                  moving through the water column. The
                                                  Dall’s porpoises have been observed                     reactions that were often strongly                     proposed seismic survey would require
                                                  approaching boats.                                      positive. Watkins (1986) summarized                    towing approximately 8.0 km (4.9 mi) of
                                                     Toothed whales: In summary, toothed                  that ‘‘whales near shore, even in regions              equipment and cables. This size of the
                                                  whales sometimes show no avoidance                      with low vessel traffic, generally have                array generally carries a lower risk of
                                                  reaction to vessels, or even approach                   become less wary of boats and their                    entanglement for marine mammals.
asabaliauskas on DSK5VPTVN1PROD with RULES




                                                  them. However, avoidance can occur,                     noises, and they have appeared to be                   Wildlife, especially slow moving
                                                  especially in response to vessels of                    less easily disturbed than previously. In              individuals, such as large whales, have
                                                  types used to chase or hunt the animals.                particular locations with intense                      a low probability of entanglement due to
                                                  This may cause temporary                                shipping and repeated approaches by                    the low amount of slack in the lines,
                                                  displacement, but we know of no clear                   boats (such as the whale-watching areas                slow speed of the survey vessel, and
                                                  evidence that toothed whales have                       of Stellwagen Bank), more and more                     onboard monitoring. Pinnipeds and
                                                  abandoned significant parts of their                    whales had positive reactions to familiar              porpoises are the least likely to entangle
                                                  range because of vessel traffic.                        vessels, and they also occasionally                    in equipment, as most documented


                                             VerDate Sep<11>2014   18:51 Jun 29, 2015   Jkt 235001   PO 00000   Frm 00016   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\30JNN2.SGM   30JNN2


                                                                                 Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 125 / Tuesday, June 30, 2015 / Notices                                           37481

                                                  cases of entanglement involve fishing                   activities that generate sound with                    second near the Forelands where the
                                                  gear and prey species. There are no                     frequencies within the beluga hearing                  inlet is constricted. Each tidal cycle
                                                  reported cases of entanglement from                     range and at levels above threshold                    creates significant turbulence and
                                                  geophysical equipment in the Cook Inlet                 values. This includes the chirp sub-                   vertical mixing of the water column in
                                                  area.                                                   bottom profiler with a radius of 184 m                 the upper inlet (U.S. Army Corps of
                                                                                                          (604 ft), the boomer sub-bottom profiler               Engineers 2013), and are reversing,
                                                  Anticipated Effects on Marine Mammal
                                                                                                          with a radius of 263 m (863 ft), the                   meaning that they are marked by a
                                                  Habitat
                                                                                                          airgun with a radius of 300 m (984 ft)                 period of slack tide followed an
                                                     The G&G Program survey areas are                     and the vibracores with a radius of 2.54               acceleration in the opposite direction
                                                  primarily within upper Cook Inlet,                      km (1.58 mi). The sub-bottom profilers                 (Mulherin et al. 2001).
                                                  although the Marine Terminal survey                     and the airgun will be operated from a                    Because of scouring, mixing, and
                                                  area is located near Nikiski just south of              vessel moving at speeds of about 4 kt.                 sediment transport from these currents,
                                                  the East Foreland (technically in Lower                 The operation of a vibracore has a                     the marine invertebrate community is
                                                  Cook Inlet), which includes habitat for                 duration of approximately 1–2 minutes.                 very limited (Pentec 2005). Of the 50
                                                  prey species of marine mammals,                         All of these activities will be conducted              stations sampled by Saupe et al. 2005
                                                  including fish as well as invertebrates                 in relatively open areas of the Cook Inlet             for marine invertebrates in Southcentral
                                                  eaten by Cook Inlet belugas. This area                  within Critical Habitat Area 2. Given the              Alaska, their upper Cook Inlet station
                                                  contains Critical Habitat for Cook Inlet                size and openness of the Cook Inlet in                 had by far the lowest abundance and
                                                  belugas, is near the breeding grounds for               the survey areas, and the relatively                   diversity. Further, the fish community
                                                  the local harbor seal population, and                   small area and mobile/temporary nature                 of upper Cook Inlet is characterized
                                                  serves as an occasional feeding ground                  of the zones of ensonification, the                    largely by migratory fish—eulachon and
                                                  for killer whales and harbor porpoises.                 generation of sound by the G&G                         Pacific salmon—returning to spawning
                                                  Cook Inlet is a large subarctic estuary                 activities is not expected to result in any            rivers, or outmigrating salmon smolts.
                                                  roughly 299 km (186 mi) in length and                   restriction of passage of belugas within               Moulton (1997) documented only 18
                                                  averaging 96 km (60 mi) in width. It                    or between critical habitat areas. The                 fish species in upper Cook Inlet
                                                  extends from the city of Anchorage at its               jack-up platform from which the                        compared to at least 50 species found in
                                                  northern end and flows into the Gulf of                 geotechnical borings will be conducted                 lower Cook Inlet (Robards et al. 1999).
                                                  Alaska at its southernmost end. For                     will be attached to the seafloor with                     Lower Cook Inlet extends from the
                                                  descriptive purposes, Cook Inlet is                     legs, and will be in place at a given                  Forelands southwest to the inlet mouth
                                                  separated into unique upper and lower                   location for up to 4–5 days, but given its             demarked by an approximate line
                                                  sections, divided at the East and West                  small size (Table 4 in the application)                between Cape Douglas and English Bay.
                                                  Forelands, where the opposing                           would not result in any obstruction of                 Water circulation in lower Cook Inlet is
                                                  peninsulas create a natural waistline in                passage by belugas. The program will                   dominated by the Alaska Coastal
                                                  the length of the waterway, measuring                   have no effect on this Primary                         Current (ACC) that flows northward
                                                  approximately 16 km (10 mi) across                      Constituent Element.                                   along the shores of the Kenai Peninsula
                                                  (Mulherin et al. 2001).                                    Upper Cook Inlet comprises the area                 until it turns westward and is mixed by
                                                     Potential effects on beluga habitat                  between Point Campbell (Anchorage)                     the combined influences of freshwater
                                                  would be limited to noise effects on                    down to the Forelands, and is roughly                  input from upper Cook Inlet, wind,
                                                  prey; direct impact to benthic habitat                  95 km (59 mi) in length and 24.9 km                    topography, tidal surges, and the
                                                  from jack-up platform leg placement,                    (15.5 mi) in width (Mulherin et al.                    coriolis effect (Field and Walker 2003,
                                                  and sampling with grabs, coring, and                    2001). Five major rivers (Knik,                        MMS 1996). Upwelling by the ACC
                                                  boring; and small discharges of drill                   Matanuska, Susitna, Little Susitna, and                brings nutrient-rich waters to lower
                                                  cuttings and drilling mud associated                    Beluga) deliver freshwater to upper                    Cook Inlet and contributes to a
                                                  with the borings. Portions of the survey                Cook Inlet, carrying a heavy annual                    biologically rich and productive ecology
                                                  areas include waters of Cook Inlet that                 sediment load of over 40 million tons of               (Sambrotto and Lorenzen 1986). Tidal
                                                  are <9.1 m (30 ft) in depth and within                  eroded materials and glacial silt (Brabets             currents average 2–3 kt per second and
                                                  8.0 km (5.0 mi) of anadromous streams.                  1999). As a result, upper Cook Inlet is                are rotary in that they do not completely
                                                  Several anadromous streams (Three-                      relatively shallow, averaging 18.3 m (60               go slack before rotating around into an
                                                  mile Creek, Indian Creek, and two                       ft) in depth. It is characterized by                   opposite direction (Gatto 1976,
                                                  unnamed streams) enter the Cook Inlet                   shoals, mudflats, and a wide coastal                   Mulherin et al. 2001). Depths in the
                                                  within the survey areas. Other                          shelf, less than 17.9 m (59 ft) deep,                  central portion of lower Cook Inlet are
                                                  anadromous streams are located within                   extending from the eastern shore. A                    60–80 m (197–262 ft) and decrease
                                                  8.0 km (5.0 mi) of the survey areas. The                deep trough exists between Trading Bay                 steadily toward the shores (Muench
                                                  survey program will not prevent beluga                  and the Middle Ground Shoal, ranging                   1981). Bottom sediments in the lower
                                                  access to the mouths of these streams                   from 35 to 77 m (114–253 ft) deep                      inlet are coarse gravel and sand that
                                                  and will result in no short-term or long-               (NOAA Nautical Chart 16660). The                       grade to finer sand and mud toward the
                                                  term loss of intertidal or subtidal waters              substrate consists of a mixture of coarse              south (Bouma 1978).
                                                  that are <9.1 m (30 ft) in depth and                    gravels, cobbles, pebbles, sand, clay,                    Coarser substrate support a wide
                                                  within 8.0 km (5.0 mi) of anadromous                    and silt (Bouma et al. 1978, Rappeport                 variety of invertebrates and fish
                                                  streams. Minor seafloor impacts will                    1982).                                                 including Pacific halibut, Dungeness
                                                  occur in these areas from grab samples,                    Upper Cook Inlet experiences some of                crab (Metacarcinus magister), tanner
asabaliauskas on DSK5VPTVN1PROD with RULES




                                                  PCPTs, vibracores, or geotechnical                      the most extreme tides in the world,                   crab (Chionoecetes bairdi), pandalid
                                                  borings but will have no effect on the                  demonstrated by a mean tidal range                     shrimp (Pandalus spp.), Pacific cod, and
                                                  area as beluga habitat once the vessel or               from 4.0 m (13 ft) at the Gulf of Alaska               rock sole (Lepidopsetta bilineata), while
                                                  jack-up platform has left. The survey                   end to 8.8 m (29 ft) near Anchorage                    the soft-bottom sand and silt
                                                  program will have no effect on this                     (U.S. Army Corps of Engineers 2013).                   communities are dominated by
                                                  Primary Constituent Element.                            Tidal currents reach 3.9 kts per second                polychaetes, bivalves and other flatfish
                                                     Belugas may avoid areas ensonified                   (Mulherin et al. 2001) in upper Cook                   (Field and Walker 2003). These species
                                                  by the geophysical or geotechnical                      Inlet, increasing to 5.7–7.7 kts per                   constitute prey species for several


                                             VerDate Sep<11>2014   18:51 Jun 29, 2015   Jkt 235001   PO 00000   Frm 00017   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\30JNN2.SGM   30JNN2


                                                  37482                          Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 125 / Tuesday, June 30, 2015 / Notices

                                                  marine mammals in Cook Inlet,                           m (30-in) diameter leg, the 42 0.1524-m                the permit. As required by statute and
                                                  including pinnipeds and Cook Inlet                      (6-in) diameter borings, and the 55                    regulation, the EPA has made a
                                                  belugas. Sea urchins                                    0.0762-m (3-in) diameter vibracore                     determination that such discharges will
                                                  (Strongylocentrotus spp.) and sea                       samplings (plus several grab and PCPT                  not result in any unreasonable
                                                  cucumbers are important otter prey and                  samples). Collectively, these samples                  degradation of the marine environment,
                                                  are found in shell debris communities.                  would temporarily damage about a                       including:
                                                  Razor clams (Siliqua patula) are found                  hundred square meters of benthic                         • Significant adverse changes in
                                                  all along the beaches of the Kenai                      habitat relative to the size (nearly 21,000            ecosystem diversity, productivity and
                                                  Peninsula. In general, the lower Cook                   km2/8,108 mi2) of Cook Inlet. Overall,                 stability of the biological community
                                                  Inlet marine invertebrate community is                  sediment sampling and acoustical                       within the area of discharge and
                                                  of low abundance, dominated by                          effects on prey resources will have a                  surrounding biological communities,
                                                  polychaetes, until reaching the mouth of                negligible effect at most on the marine                  • threat to human health through
                                                  the inlet (Saupe et al. 2005). Overall, the             mammal habitat within the G&G                          direct exposure to pollutants or through
                                                  lower Cook Inlet marine ecosystem is                    Program survey area. Some prey                         consumption of exposed aquatic
                                                  fed by midwater communities of                          resources might be temporarily                         organisms, or
                                                  phytoplankton and zooplankton, with                     displaced, but no long-term effects are                  • loss of aesthetic, recreational,
                                                  the latter composed mostly of copepods                  expected.                                              scientific or economic values which is
                                                  and barnacle and crab larvae (Damkaer                      The Cook Inlet 2015 G&G Program                     unreasonable in relation to the benefit
                                                  1977, English 1980).                                    will result in a number of minor                       derived from the discharge.
                                                     G&G Program activities that could                    discharges to the waters of Cook Inlet.                Proposed Mitigation
                                                  potentially impact marine mammal                        Discharges associated with the
                                                  habitats include sediment sampling                      geotechnical borings will include: (1)                    In order to issue an incidental take
                                                  (vibracore, boring, grab sampling) on the               The discharge of drill cuttings and                    authorization under section 101(a)(5)(D)
                                                  sea bottom, placement of the jack-up                    drilling fluids and (2) the discharge of               of the MMPA, NMFS must set forth the
                                                  platform spud cans, and acoustical                      deck drainage (runoff of precipitation                 permissible methods of taking pursuant
                                                  injury of prey resources. However, there                and deck wash water) from the                          to such activity, and other means of
                                                  are few benthic resources in the survey                 geotechnical drilling platform. Other                  effecting the least practicable adverse
                                                  area that could be impacted by                          vessels associated with the G&G surveys                impact on such species or stock and its
                                                  collection of the small samples (Saupe                  will discharge wastewaters that are                    habitat, paying particular attention to
                                                  et al. 2005).                                           normally associated with the operation                 rookeries, mating grounds, and areas of
                                                     Acoustical effects to marine mammal                  of vessels in transit including deck                   similar significance, and on the
                                                  prey resources are also limited.                        drainage, ballast water, bilge water, non-             availability of such species or stock for
                                                  Christian et al. (2004) studied seismic                 contact cooling water, and gray water.                 taking for certain subsistence uses
                                                  energy impacts on male snow crabs                          The discharges of drill cuttings,                   (where relevant).
                                                  (Chionoecetes sp.) and found no                         drilling fluids, and deck drainage                        To mitigate potential acoustical
                                                  significant increases in physiological                  associated with the geotechnical borings               impacts to local marine mammals,
                                                  stress due to exposure to high sound                    will be within limitations authorized by               Protected Species Observers (PSOs) will
                                                  pressure levels. No acoustical impact                   the Alaska Department of                               operate aboard the vessels from which
                                                  studies have been conducted to date on                  Environmental Conservation (ADEC)                      the chirper, boomer, airgun, and
                                                  the above fish species, but studies have                under the Alaska Pollutant Discharge                   vibracorer will be deployed. The PSOs
                                                  been conducted on Atlantic cod (Gadus                   Elimination System (APDES). The drill                  will implement the mitigation measures
                                                  morhua) and sardine (Clupea sp). Davis                  cuttings consist of natural geologic                   described in the Marine Mammal
                                                  et al. (1998) cited various studies that                materials of the seafloor sediments                    Monitoring and Mitigation Plan
                                                  found no effects to Atlantic cod eggs,                  brought to the surface via the drill bit/              (Appendix A). These mitigations
                                                  larvae, and fry when received levels                    drill stem of the rotary drilling                      include: (1) Establishing safety zones to
                                                  were 222 dB. Effects found were to                      operation, will be relatively minor in                 ensure marine mammals are not injured
                                                  larval fish within about 5.0 m (16 ft),                 volume, and deposit over a very small                  by sound pressure levels exceeding
                                                  and from air guns with volumes                          area of Cook Inlet seafloor. The drilling              Level A injury thresholds; (2) shutting
                                                  between 49,661 and 65,548 cm3 (3,000                    fluids which are used to lubricate the                 down the airgun when required to avoid
                                                  and 4,000 in3). Similarly, effects to                   bit, stabilize the hole, and viscosify the             harassment of beluga whales; and (3)
                                                  sardine were greatest on eggs and 2-day                 slurry for transport of the solids to the              timing survey activity to avoid
                                                  larvae, but these effects were greatest at              surface will consist of seawater and guar              concentrations of beluga whales on a
                                                  0.5 m (1.6 ft), and again confined to 5.0               gum. Guar gum is a high-molecular                      seasonal basis.
                                                  m (16 ft). Further, Greenlaw et al. (1988)              weight polysaccharide (galactose and                      Before chirper, boomer, airgun, or
                                                  found no evidence of gross histological                 mannose units) derived from the ground                 vibracoring operations begin, the PSOs
                                                  damage to eggs and larvae of northern                   seeds of the plant Cyampsis gonolobus.                 will ‘‘clear’’ both the Level A and Level
                                                  anchovy (Engraulis mordax) exposed to                   It is a non-toxic fluid also used as a food            B Zones of Influence (ZOIs—area from
                                                  seismic air guns, and concluded that                    additive in soups, drinks, breads, and                 the source to the 160dB or 180/190dB
                                                  noticeable effects would result only                    meat products.                                         isopleths) of marine mammals by
                                                  from multiple, close exposures. Based                      Vessel discharges will be authorized                intensively surveying these ZOIs prior
                                                  on these results, much lower energy                     under the U.S. Environmental                           to activity to confirm that marine
asabaliauskas on DSK5VPTVN1PROD with RULES




                                                  impulsive geophysical equipment                         Protection Agency’s (EPA’s) National                   mammals are not seen in the applicable
                                                  planned for this program would not                      Pollutant Discharge Elimination System                 area. All three geophysical activities
                                                  damage larval fish or any other marine                  (NPDES) Vessel General Permit (VGP)                    will be shut down in mid-operation at
                                                  mammal prey resource.                                   for Discharges Incidental to the Normal                the approach to any marine mammal to
                                                     Potential damage to the Cook Inlet                   Operation of Vessels. Each vessel will                 the Level A safety zone, and at the
                                                  benthic community will be limited to                    have obtained authorization under the                  approach of an ESA-listed beluga whale
                                                  the actual surface area of the four spud                VGP and will discharge according to the                to the Level B harassment zone for the
                                                  cans that form the ‘‘foot’’ of each 0.762-              conditions and limitations mandated by                 airgun. (The geotechnical vibracoring


                                             VerDate Sep<11>2014   18:51 Jun 29, 2015   Jkt 235001   PO 00000   Frm 00018   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\30JNN2.SGM   30JNN2


                                                                                 Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 125 / Tuesday, June 30, 2015 / Notices                                             37483

                                                  lasts only one or two minutes; shut                        • Bearing and distance to the                       marine mammal(s) is sighted within the
                                                  down would likely be unnecessary.)                      sighting;                                              injury exclusion zone during the 30-
                                                  Finally, the G&G Program will be                           • Species identification;                           minute watch prior to ramp-up, ramp-
                                                  planned to avoid high beluga whale                         • Behavior at the time of sighting                  up will be delayed until the marine
                                                  density areas. This would be achieved                   (e.g., travel, spy-hop, breach, etc.);                 mammal(s) is sighted outside of the
                                                  by conducting surveys at the Marine                        • Direction and speed relative to                   zone or the animal(s) is not sighted for
                                                  Terminal and the southern end of the                    vessel;                                                at least 15–30 minutes: 15 minutes for
                                                  pipeline survey area when beluga                           • Reaction to activities—changes in                 small odontocetes and pinnipeds (e.g.
                                                  whales are farther north, feeding near                  behavior (e.g., none, avoidance,                       harbor porpoises, harbor seals), or 30
                                                  the Susitna Delta, and completing                       approach, paralleling, etc.);                          minutes for large odontocetes (e.g.,
                                                  activities in the northern portion of the                  • Group size;                                       killer whales and beluga whales).
                                                  pipeline survey area when the beluga                       • Orientation when sighted (e.g.,
                                                                                                          toward, away, parallel, etc.);                         Speed and Course Alterations
                                                  whales have begun to disperse from the
                                                  Susitna Delta and other summer                             • Closest point of approach;                           If a marine mammal is detected
                                                  concentration areas.                                       • Sighting cue (e.g., animal, splash,               outside the Level A injury exclusion
                                                                                                          birds, etc.);                                          zone and, based on its position and the
                                                  Vessel-Based Visual Mitigation                             • Physical description of features that             relative motion, is likely to enter that
                                                  Monitoring                                              were observed or determined not to be                  zone, the vessel’s speed and/or direct
                                                    AK LNG will hire qualified and                        present in the case of unknown or                      course may, when practical and safe, be
                                                  NMFS-approved PSOs. These PSOs will                     unidentified animals;                                  changed to also minimize the effect on
                                                  be stationed aboard the geophysical                        • Time of sighting;                                 the seismic program. This can be used
                                                  survey source or support vessels during                    • Location, speed, and activity of the              in coordination with a power down
                                                  sub-bottom profiling, air gun, and                      source and mitigation vessels, sea state,              procedure. The marine mammal
                                                  vibracoring operations. A single senior                 ice cover, visibility, and sun glare; and              activities and movements relative to the
                                                  PSO will be assigned to oversee all                     positions of other vessel(s) in the                    seismic and support vessels will be
                                                  Marine Mammal Mitigation and                            vicinity, and                                          closely monitored to ensure that the
                                                  Monitoring Program mandates and                            • Mitigation measure taken—if any.                  marine mammal does not approach
                                                  function as the on-site person-in-charge                   All observations and shut downs will                within the applicable exclusion radius.
                                                  (PIC) implementing the 4MP.                             be recorded in a standardized format                   If the mammal appears likely to enter
                                                    Generally, two PSOs will work on a                    and data entered into a custom database                the exclusion radius, further mitigative
                                                  rotational basis during daylight hours                  using a notebook computer. Accuracy of                 actions will be taken, i.e., either further
                                                  with shifts of 4 to 6 hours, and one PSO                all data will be verified daily by the PIC             course alterations, power down, or shut
                                                  on duty on each source vessel at all                    or designated PSO by a manual                          down of the airgun(s).
                                                  times. Work days for an individual PSO                  verification. These procedures will
                                                                                                          reduce errors, allow the preparation of                Mitigation Proposed by NMFS
                                                  will not exceed 12 hours in duration.
                                                  Sufficient numbers of PSOs will be                      short-term data summaries, and                         Special Procedures for Situations or
                                                  available and provided to meet                          facilitate transfer of the data to                     Species of Concern
                                                  requirements.                                           statistical, graphical, or other programs
                                                                                                          for further processing and archiving.                     The following additional protective
                                                    Roles and responsibilities of all PSOs                                                                       measures for beluga whales and groups
                                                                                                          PSOs will conduct monitoring during
                                                  include the following:                                                                                         of five or more killer whales and harbor
                                                                                                          daylight periods (weather permitting)
                                                    • Accurately observe and record                                                                              porpoises are proposed. Specifically, a
                                                                                                          during G&G activities, and during most
                                                  sensitive marine mammal species;                                                                               160-dB vessel monitoring zone would
                                                                                                          daylight periods when G&G activities
                                                    • Follow monitoring and data                                                                                 be established and monitored in Cook
                                                                                                          are temporarily suspended.
                                                  collection procedures; and                                                                                     Inlet during all seismic surveys. If a
                                                    • Ensure mitigation measures are                      Shutdown Procedures                                    beluga whale or groups of five or more
                                                  followed.                                                 If ESA-listed marine mammals (e.g.,                  killer whales and/or harbor porpoises
                                                  PSOs will be stationed at the best                      beluga whales) are observed                            are visually sighted approaching or
                                                  available vantage point on the source                   approaching the Level B harassment                     within the 160-dB disturbance zone,
                                                  vessels. PSOs will scan systematically                  zone for the air gun, the air gun will be              survey activity would not commence
                                                  with the unaided eye and 7x50 reticle                   shut down. The PSOs will ensure that                   until the animals are no longer present
                                                  binoculars. As necessary, new PSOs will                 the harassment zone is clear of marine                 within the 160-dB disturbance zone.
                                                  be paired with experienced PSOs to                      mammal activity before vibracoring will                Whenever beluga whales or groups of
                                                  ensure that the quality of marine                       occur. Given that vibracoring lasts only               five or more killer whales and/or harbor
                                                  mammal observations and data                            about a minute or two, shutdown                        porpoises are detected approaching or
                                                  recording are consistent.                               actions are not practicable.                           within the 160-dB disturbance zone, the
                                                    All field data collected will be entered                                                                     airguns may be powered down before
                                                  by the end of the day into a custom                     Resuming Airgun Operations After a
                                                                                                                                                                 the animal is within the 160-dB
                                                  database using a notebook computer.                     Shutdown
                                                                                                                                                                 disturbance zone, as an alternative to a
                                                  Weather data relative to viewing                          A full ramp-up after a shutdown will                 complete shutdown. If a power down is
                                                  conditions will be collected hourly, on                 not begin until there has been a                       not sufficient, the sound source(s) shall
asabaliauskas on DSK5VPTVN1PROD with RULES




                                                  rotation, and when sightings occur and                  minimum of 30 minutes of observation                   be shut-down until the animals are no
                                                  include the following:                                  of the applicable exclusion zone by                    longer present within the 160-dB zone.
                                                    • Sea state;                                          PSOs to assure that no marine mammals
                                                    • Wind speed and direction;                           are present. The entire exclusion zone                 Proposed Mitigation Exclusion Zones
                                                    • Sun position; and                                   must be visible during the 30-minute                     NMFS proposes that AK LNG will not
                                                    • Percent glare.                                      lead-in to a full ramp up. If the entire               operate within 10 miles (16 km) of the
                                                    • The following data will be collected                exclusion zone is not visible, then ramp-              mean higher high water (MHHW) line of
                                                  for all marine mammal sightings:                        up from a cold start cannot begin. If a                the Susitna Delta (Beluga River to the


                                             VerDate Sep<11>2014   18:51 Jun 29, 2015   Jkt 235001   PO 00000   Frm 00019   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\30JNN2.SGM   30JNN2


                                                  37484                          Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 125 / Tuesday, June 30, 2015 / Notices

                                                  Little Susitna River) between April 15                  expect to result in the take of marine                 the G&G Program and marine mammal
                                                  and October 15. The purpose of this                     mammals (this goal may contribute to a,                sightings.
                                                  mitigation measure is to protect beluga                 above, or to reducing the severity of                     • Species, number, location, distance
                                                  whales in the designated critical habitat               harassment takes only).                                from the vessel, and behavior of any
                                                  in this area that is important for beluga                  • Avoidance or minimization of                      sighted marine mammals, as well as
                                                  whale feeding and calving during the                    adverse effects to marine mammal                       associated G&G activity (number of shut
                                                  spring and fall months. The range of the                habitat, paying special attention to the               downs), observed throughout all
                                                  setback required by NMFS was                            food base, activities that block or limit              monitoring activities.
                                                  designated to protect this important                    passage to or from biologically                           • An estimate of the number (by
                                                  habitat area and also to create an                      important areas, permanent destruction                 species) of: (i) Pinnipeds that have been
                                                  effective buffer where sound does not                   of habitat, or temporary destruction/                  exposed to the geophysical activity
                                                  encroach on this habitat. This seasonal                 disturbance of habitat during a                        (based on visual observation) at received
                                                  exclusion is proposed to be in effect                   biologically important time.                           levels greater than or equal to 160 dB re
                                                  from April 15–October 15. Activities                    For monitoring directly related to                     1 mPa (rms) and/or 190 dB re 1 mPa (rms)
                                                  can occur within this area from October                 mitigation—an increase in the                          with a discussion of any specific
                                                  16–April 14.                                            probability of detecting marine                        behaviors those individuals exhibited;
                                                  Mitigation Conclusions                                  mammals, thus allowing for more                        and (ii) cetaceans that have been
                                                                                                          effective implementation of the                        exposed to the geophysical activity
                                                     NMFS has carefully evaluated AK                      mitigation.                                            (based on visual observation) at received
                                                  LNG’s proposed mitigation measures in                      Based on the evaluation of AK LNG’s                 levels greater than or equal to 160 dB re
                                                  the context of ensuring that we                         proposed measures, as well as other                    1 mPa (rms) and/or 180 dB re 1 mPa (rms)
                                                  prescribe the means of effecting the least              measures proposed by NMFS, NMFS                        with a discussion of any specific
                                                  practicable impact on the affected                      has preliminarily determined that the                  behaviors those individuals exhibited.
                                                  marine mammal species and stocks and                    proposed mitigation measures provide                      • An estimate of the number (by
                                                  their habitat. Our evaluation of potential              the means of effecting the least                       species) of pinnipeds and cetaceans that
                                                  measures included consideration of the                  practicable impact on marine mammal                    have been exposed to the geotechnical
                                                  following factors in relation to one                    species or stocks and their habitat,                   activity (based on visual observation) at
                                                  another:                                                paying particular attention to rookeries,              received levels greater than or equal to
                                                     • The manner in which, and the                       mating grounds, and areas of similar                   120 dB re 1 mPa (rms) with a discussion
                                                  degree to which, the successful                         significance. Proposed measures to                     of any specific behaviors those
                                                  implementation of the measure is                        ensure availability of such species or                 individuals exhibited.
                                                  expected to minimize adverse impacts                    stock for taking for certain subsistence                  • A description of the
                                                  to marine mammals;                                      uses are discussed later in this                       implementation and effectiveness of the:
                                                     • The proven or likely efficacy of the               document (see ‘‘Impact on Availability                 (i) Terms and conditions of the
                                                  specific measure to minimize adverse                    of Affected Species or Stock for Taking                Biological Opinion’s Incidental Take
                                                  impacts as planned; and                                 for Subsistence Uses’’ section).
                                                     • The practicability of the measure                                                                         Statement; and (ii) mitigation measures
                                                  for applicant implementation.                           Proposed Monitoring and Reporting                      of the IHA. For the Biological Opinion,
                                                     Any mitigation measure(s) prescribed                                                                        the report shall confirm the
                                                                                                          Weekly Field Reports                                   implementation of each Term and
                                                  by NMFS should be able to accomplish,
                                                  have a reasonable likelihood of                           Weekly reports will be submitted to                  Condition, as well as any conservation
                                                  accomplishing (based on current                         NMFS no later than the close of                        recommendations, and describe their
                                                  science), or contribute to the                          business (Alaska Time) each Thursday                   effectiveness, for minimizing the
                                                  accomplishment of one or more of the                    during the weeks when in-water G&G                     adverse effects of the action on ESA-
                                                  general goals listed here:                              activities take place. The reports will                listed marine mammals.
                                                     • Avoidance or minimization of                       cover information collected from                       90-Day Technical Report
                                                  injury or death of marine mammals                       Wednesday of the previous week
                                                  wherever possible (goals 2, 3, and 4 may                through Tuesday of the current week.                      A report will be submitted to NMFS
                                                  contribute to this goal).                               The field reports will summarize                       within 90 days after the end of the
                                                     • A reduction in the numbers of                      species detected, in-water activity                    project or at least 60 days before the
                                                  marine mammals (total number or                         occurring at the time of the sighting,                 request for another Incidental
                                                  number at biologically important time                   behavioral reactions to in-water                       Harassment Authorization for the next
                                                  or location) exposed to airgun                          activities, and the number of marine                   open water season to enable NMFS to
                                                  operations that we expect to result in                  mammals exposed to harassment level                    incorporate observation data into the
                                                  the take of marine mammals (this goal                   noise.                                                 next Authorization. The report will
                                                  may contribute to 1, above, or to                                                                              summarize all activities and monitoring
                                                  reducing harassment takes only).                        Monthly Field Reports                                  results (i.e., vessel-based visual
                                                     • A reduction in the number of times                    Monthly reports will be submitted to                monitoring) conducted during in-water
                                                  (total number or number at biologically                 NMFS for all months during which in-                   G&G surveys. The Technical Report will
                                                  important time or location) individuals                 water G&G activities take place. The                   include the following:
                                                  would be exposed to airgun operations                   reports will be submitted to NMFS no                      • Summaries of monitoring effort
asabaliauskas on DSK5VPTVN1PROD with RULES




                                                  that we expect to result in the take of                 later than five business days after the                (e.g., total hours, total distances, and
                                                  marine mammals (this goal may                           end of the month. The monthly report                   marine mammal distribution through
                                                  contribute to 1, above, or to reducing                  will contain and summarize the                         the study period, accounting for sea
                                                  harassment takes only).                                 following information:                                 state and other factors affecting
                                                     • A reduction in the intensity of                       • Dates, times, locations, heading,                 visibility and detectability of marine
                                                  exposures (either total number or                       speed, weather, sea conditions                         mammals).
                                                  number at biologically important time                   (including Beaufort Sea state and wind                    • Analyses of the effects of various
                                                  or location) to airgun operations that we               force), and associated activities during               factors influencing detectability of


                                             VerDate Sep<11>2014   18:51 Jun 29, 2015   Jkt 235001   PO 00000   Frm 00020   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\30JNN2.SGM   30JNN2


                                                                                     Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 125 / Tuesday, June 30, 2015 / Notices                                                37485

                                                  marine mammals (e.g., sea state, number                             • Status of all sound source use in the           that the injury or death is not associated
                                                  of observers, and fog/glare).                                    24 hours preceding the incident;                     with or related to the activities
                                                     • Species composition, occurrence,                               • Water depth;                                    authorized in the IHA (e.g., previously
                                                  and distribution of marine mammal                                   • Environmental conditions (e.g.,                 wounded animal, carcass with moderate
                                                  sightings, including date, water depth,                          wind speed and direction, Beaufort sea               to advanced decomposition, or
                                                  numbers, age/size/gender categories (if                          state, cloud cover, and visibility);                 scavenger damage), the Applicant
                                                  determinable), group sizes, and ice                                 • Description of all marine mammal                would report the incident to the Chief
                                                  cover.                                                           observations in the 24 hours preceding               of the Permits and Conservation
                                                     • Analyses of the effects of survey                           the incident;                                        Division, Office of Protected Resources,
                                                  operations.                                                         • Species identification or                       NMFS, and the NMFS Alaska Stranding
                                                     • Sighting rates of marine mammals                            description of the animal(s) involved;               Hotline and/or by email to the Alaska
                                                  during periods with and without G&G                                 • Fate of the animal(s); and                      Regional Stranding Coordinators, within
                                                  survey activities (and other variables                              • Photographs or video footage of the             24 hours of the discovery. The
                                                  that could affect detectability), such as:                       animal(s) (if equipment is available).               Applicant would provide photographs
                                                  (i) Initial sighting distances versus                               Activities would not resume until                 or video footage (if available) or other
                                                  survey activity state; (ii) closest point of                     NMFS is able to review the                           documentation of the stranded animal
                                                  approach versus survey activity state;                           circumstances of the event. The                      sighting to NMFS and the Marine
                                                  (iii) observed behaviors and types of                            Applicant would work with NMFS to                    Mammal Stranding Network.
                                                  movements versus survey activity state;                          minimize reoccurrence of such an event
                                                  (iv) numbers of sightings/individuals                            in the future. The G&G Program would                 Estimated Take by Incidental
                                                  seen versus survey activity state; (v)                           not resume activities until formally                 Harassment
                                                  distribution around the source vessels                           notified by NMFS via letter, email, or
                                                                                                                   telephone.                                             Except with respect to certain
                                                  versus survey activity state; and (vi)                                                                                activities not pertinent here, the MMPA
                                                  estimates of Level B harassment based                               In the event that the G&G Program
                                                                                                                   discovers an injured or dead marine                  defines ‘‘harassment’’ as: Any act of
                                                  on presence in the 120 or 160 dB                                                                                      pursuit, torment, or annoyance which (i)
                                                  harassment zone.                                                 mammal, and the lead PSO determines
                                                                                                                   that the cause of the injury or death is             has the potential to injure a marine
                                                  Notification of Injured or Dead Marine                           unknown and the death is relatively                  mammal or marine mammal stock in the
                                                  Mammals                                                          recent (i.e., in less than a moderate state          wild [Level A harassment]; or (ii) has
                                                                                                                   of decomposition as described in the                 the potential to disturb a marine
                                                    In the unanticipated event that the
                                                                                                                   next paragraph), the Applicant would                 mammal or marine mammal stock in the
                                                  specified activity leads to an injury of a
                                                                                                                   immediately report the incident to the               wild by causing disruption of behavioral
                                                  marine mammal (Level A harassment)
                                                                                                                   Chief of the Permits and Conservation                patterns, including, but not limited to,
                                                  or mortality (e.g., ship-strike, gear
                                                                                                                   Division, Office of Protected Resources,             migration, breathing, nursing, breeding,
                                                  interaction, and/or entanglement), the
                                                                                                                   NMFS, and the NMFS Alaska Stranding                  feeding, or sheltering [Level B
                                                  Applicant would immediately cease the
                                                                                                                   Hotline and/or by email to the Alaska                harassment].
                                                  specified activities and immediately
                                                  report the incident to the Chief of the                          Regional Stranding Coordinators. The                   Acoustic stimuli (i.e., increased
                                                  Permits and Conservation Division,                               report would include the same                        underwater sound) generated during the
                                                  Office of Protected Resources, NMFS,                             information identified in the paragraph              operation of the airgun or the sub-
                                                  and the Alaska Regional Stranding                                above. Activities would be able to                   bottom profiler may have the potential
                                                  Coordinators. The report would include                           continue while NMFS reviews the                      to result in the behavioral disturbance of
                                                  the following information:                                       circumstances of the incident. NMFS                  some marine mammals. Thus, NMFS
                                                    • Time, date, and location (latitude/                          would work with the Applicant to                     proposes to authorize take by Level B
                                                  longitude) of the incident;                                      determine if modifications in the                    harassment resulting from the operation
                                                    • Name and type of vessel involved;                            activities are appropriate.                          of the sound sources for the proposed
                                                    • Vessel’s speed during and leading                               In the event that the G&G Program                 seismic survey based upon the current
                                                  up to the incident;                                              discovers an injured or dead marine                  acoustic exposure criteria shown in
                                                    • Description of the incident;                                 mammal, and the lead PSO determines                  Table 3.

                                                                                                 TABLE 3—NMFS’ CURRENT ACOUSTIC EXPOSURE CRITERIA
                                                                           Criterion                                               Criterion definition                                  Threshold

                                                  Level A Harassment (Injury) ...............................      Permanent Threshold Shift (PTS) (Any level           180 dB re 1 microPa-m (cetaceans)/190 dB re
                                                                                                                     above that which is known to cause TTS).             1 microPa-m (pinnipeds) root mean square
                                                                                                                                                                          (rms).
                                                  Level B Harassment ...........................................   Behavioral Disruption (for impulse noises) ......    160 dB re 1 microPa-m (rms).
                                                                                                                   Behavioral Disruption (for continuous noises)        120 dB re 1 microPa-m (rms).



                                                    NMFS’ practice is to apply the 120 or                          vessels that will either be moving                   extended period. The numbers of
asabaliauskas on DSK5VPTVN1PROD with RULES




                                                  160 dB re: 1 mPa received level                                  steadily across the ocean surface                    marine mammals that might be exposed
                                                  threshold (whichever is appropriate) for                         (chirper, boomer, airgun), or from                   to sound pressure levels exceeding
                                                  underwater impulse sound levels to                               station to station (vibracoring). Thus, it           NMFS Level B harassment threshold
                                                  determine whether take by Level B                                is assumed that any given area will be               levels due to G&G surveys, without
                                                  harassment occurs.                                               not ensonified by any specific                       mitigation, were determined by
                                                    All four types of survey equipment                             equipment more than one day, and that                multiplying the average raw density for
                                                  addressed in the application will be                             a given area will not be repeatedly                  each species by the daily ensonified
                                                  operated from the geophysical source                             ensonified, or ensonified for an                     area, and then multiplying that figure by


                                             VerDate Sep<11>2014     18:51 Jun 29, 2015     Jkt 235001    PO 00000     Frm 00021   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\30JNN2.SGM   30JNN2


                                                  37486                                      Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 125 / Tuesday, June 30, 2015 / Notices

                                                  the number of days each sound source                                        not expected to result in take, we have                          Table 6 of the application to Collins et
                                                  is estimated to be in use. The chirp and                                    included the analysis here for                                   al.’s (2007) attenuation model of 18.4
                                                  boomer activities were separated out to                                     consideration.                                                   Log(r) ¥0.00188 derived from Cook
                                                  calculate exposure from days of                                                                                                              Inlet. For those equipment generating
                                                                                                                              Ensonified Area
                                                  activities in the Upper Inlet area and the                                                                                                   loud underwater sound within the
                                                  Lower Inlet area to better estimate the                                       The ZOI is the area ensonified by a                            audible hearing range of marine
                                                  density of belugas. The exposure                                            particular sound source greater than                             mammals (<200 kHz), the distance to
                                                  estimates for each activity were then                                       threshold levels (120 dB for continuous                          threshold ranges between 184 m (604 ft)
                                                  summed to provide total exposures for                                       and 160 dB for impulsive). The radius                            and 2.54 km (1.58 mi), with ZOIs
                                                  the duration of the project. The                                            of the ZOI for a particular equipment
                                                                                                                                                                                               ranging between 0.106 and 20.26 km2
                                                  exposure estimates for the activity are                                     was determined by applying the source
                                                                                                                                                                                               (0.041–7.82 mi2) (Table 4).
                                                  detailed below. Although vibracoring is                                     sound pressure levels described in

                                                                                TABLE 4—SUMMARY OF DISTANCES TO THE NMFS THRESHOLDS AND ASSOCIATED ZOIS
                                                                                                                                                                           Distance to        Distance to
                                                                                                                                                                             160 dB             120 dB          160 dB ZOI        120 dB ZOI
                                                                                              Survey equipment                                                              isopleth 1         isopleth 1        km2 (mi2)         km2 (mi2)
                                                                                                                                                                              m (ft)            km (mi)

                                                  Sub-bottom Profiler (Chirp) ..............................................................................                    184 (604)              N/A      0.106 (0.041)              N/A
                                                  Sub-bottom Profiler (Boomer) ..........................................................................                       263 (863)              N/A      0.217 (0.084)              N/A
                                                  Airgun ...............................................................................................................        300 (984)              N/A      0.283 (0.109)              N/A
                                                  Vibracore ..........................................................................................................                N/A       2.54 (1.58)               N/A      20.26 (7.82)
                                                     1 Calculated       by applying Collins et al. (2007) spreading formula to source levels in Table 2.


                                                  Marine Mammal Densities                                                     Harbor Porpoise, Killer Whale, Harbor                            et al. 2012) and compiled by Apache,
                                                                                                                              Seal                                                             Inc. (Apache IHA application 2014). To
                                                    Density estimates were derived for                                                                                                         estimate the average raw densities of
                                                  harbor porpoises, killer whales, and                                           Density estimates were calculated for                         marine mammals, the total number of
                                                  harbor seals from NMFS 2002–2012                                            all marine mammals (except beluga                                animals for each species observed over
                                                  Cook Inlet survey data as described                                         whales) by using aerial survey data                              the 11-year survey period was divided
                                                  below in Section 6.1.2.1 and shown in                                       collected by NMFS in Cook Inlet                                  by the total area of 65,889 km2 (25,540
                                                  Table 8. The beluga whale exposure                                          between 2002 and 2012 (Rugh et al.                               mi2) surveyed over the 11 years. The
                                                  estimates were calculated using density                                     2002, 2003, 2004a, 2004b, 2005a, 2005b,                          aerial survey marine mammal sightings,
                                                  estimates from Goetz et al. (2012) as                                       2005c, 2006, 2007; Shelden et al. 2008,                          survey effort (area), and derived average
                                                  described in Section 6.1.2.2.                                               2009, 2010; Hobbs et al. 2011, Shelden                           raw densities are provided in Table 5.

                                                             TABLE 5—RAW DENSITY ESTIMATES FOR COOK INLET MARINE MAMMALS BASED ON NMFS AERIAL SURVEYS
                                                                                                                                                                                                         NMFS Survey         Mean raw density
                                                                                                                                                                                       Number of
                                                                                                              Species                                                                                       area               animals/km2
                                                                                                                                                                                        animals           km2 (mi2)           (animals/mi2)

                                                  Harbor Porpoise ...............................................................................................................              249       65,889 (25,440)        0.0038 (0.0098)
                                                  Killer Whale 1 ...................................................................................................................            42       65,889 (25,440)        0.0006 (0.0017)
                                                  Harbor Seal ......................................................................................................................        16,117       65,889 (25,440)        0.2446 (0.6335)
                                                     1 Density      is for all killer whales regardless of the stock although all killer whales in the upper Cook Inlet are thought to be transient.


                                                    These raw densities were not                                              waters where the G&G activity will                               months. To develop a density estimate
                                                  corrected for animals missed during the                                     actually occur.                                                  associated with planned action areas
                                                  aerial surveys as no accurate correction                                    Beluga Whale                                                     (i.e., Marine Terminal and pipeline
                                                  factors are currently available for these                                                                                                    survey areas), the ensonified area
                                                  species; however, observer error may be                                       Goetz et al. (2012) modeled aerial                             associated with each activity was
                                                  limited as the NMFS surveyors often                                         survey data collected by the NMFS                                overlain a map of the 1-km density cells,
                                                                                                                              between 1993 and 2008 and developed
                                                  circled marine mammal groups to get an                                                                                                       the cells falling within each ensonified
                                                                                                                              specific beluga summer densities for
                                                  accurate count of group size. The harbor                                                                                                     area were quantified, and an average
                                                                                                                              each 1-km2 cell of Cook Inlet. The
                                                  seal densities are probably biased                                          results provide a more precise estimate                          cell density was calculated. The
                                                  upwards given that a large number of                                        of beluga density at a given location                            summary of the density results is found
                                                  the animals recorded were of large                                          than simply multiplying all aerial                               in Table 9 in the application. The
asabaliauskas on DSK5VPTVN1PROD with RULES




                                                  groups hauled out at river mouths, and                                      observations by the total survey effort                          associated ensonified areas and beluga
                                                  do not represent the distribution in the                                    given the clumped distribution of                                density contours relative to the action
                                                                                                                              beluga whales during the summer                                  areas are shown in Table 6.




                                             VerDate Sep<11>2014         18:51 Jun 29, 2015         Jkt 235001       PO 00000        Frm 00022       Fmt 4701       Sfmt 4703    E:\FR\FM\30JNN2.SGM   30JNN2


                                                                                            Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 125 / Tuesday, June 30, 2015 / Notices                                                                  37487

                                                  TABLE 6—MEAN RAW DENSITIES OF BELUGA WHALES WITHIN THE ACTION AREAS BASED ON GOETZ ET AL. (2012) COOK
                                                                                INLET BELUGA WHALE DISTRIBUTION MODELING
                                                                                                                                                                              Number of           Mean density          Density range (ani-
                                                                                                       Action area                                                              cells             (animals/km2)            mals/km2)

                                                  Marine Terminal Survey Area ....................................................................................                     386              0.000166        0.000021–0.001512
                                                  Pipeline Survey Area .................................................................................................               571              0.011552        0.000275–0.156718



                                                  Activity Duration                                                         approximately 65 km (40 mi) north of                          raw density for each species by the daily
                                                                                                                            the airgun survey area. Vibracoring,                          ensonified area, then multiplying by the
                                                    The Cook Inlet 2015 G&G Program is                                      with its large ZOI, will occur                                number of days each sound source is
                                                  expected to require approximately 12                                      intermittently over approximately 14                          estimated to be in use. The chirp and
                                                  weeks (84 days) to complete. During                                       days. The applicant provided an                               boomer activities were separated out to
                                                  approximately 63 of these days, the                                       estimate of 50km per day that the survey                      calculate exposure from days of
                                                  chirp and boomer sub-bottom profiler                                      vessel could travel.                                          activities in the Upper Inlet area and the
                                                  will produce the loudest sound levels.
                                                  Airgun use will occur during                                              Exposure Calculations                                         Lower Inlet area to better estimate the
                                                  approximately 7 days and will occur                                         The numbers of marine mammals that                          density of belugas. The exposure
                                                  only near the proposed Marine                                             might be exposed to sound pressure                            estimates for each activity were then
                                                  Terminal. The airgun activity will occur                                  levels exceeding NMFS Level B                                 summed to provide total exposures for
                                                  during the summer when beluga whale                                       harassment threshold levels due to G&G                        the duration of the project. The
                                                  use of Cook Inlet is primarily                                            surveys, without mitigation, were                             exposure estimates for the activity are
                                                  concentrated near the Susitna Delta,                                      determined by multiplying the average                         detailed below.

                                                                                                          TABLE 7—EXPOSURE ESTIMATES FOR PROPOSED ACTIVITY
                                                                                                                                                          Exposure estimates                                                      Proposed
                                                             Species                       Density                                                                                                                     Total      authoriza-
                                                                                                               Chirp—               Chirp—               Boomer—      Boomer—          Airgun        Vibracore                      tion *
                                                                                                                upper                lower                 upper        lower

                                                  Beluga ........................             0.0012                   1.37                 0.14              2.06            0.20        0.056              1.25         5.09             14
                                                                                              .00017
                                                  Killer whale .................             0.00082                  0.98                0.69               1.46             1.03         0.28           0.89            5.31            5
                                                  Harbor seal .................                  0.28                336.3              236.31             504.44           354.47        95.43         304.87          1831.8         1527
                                                  Harbor porpoise .........                   0.0033                  3.91                2.75               5.88             4.13         1.11           3.55           21.34           18
                                                    * Vibracore totals are not included in the Proposed Authorization column because NMFS has determined take due to vibracoring is unlikely to
                                                  occur.


                                                    NMFS recognizes that these exposure                                     large, creating additional overestimates                      within this small area combined with
                                                  estimates are likely overestimates,                                       in take estimation.                                           the likelihood of avoidance, it is likely
                                                  particularly in light of the fact that                                       The possibility of Level A exposure                        these takes can be avoided. The only
                                                  many of these technologies will be                                        was analyzed, however the distances to                        technology that would not shutdown is
                                                  operating simultaneously, and not                                         180 dB/190 dB isopleths are incredibly                        the vibracore, which has a distance to
                                                  exposing animals in separate instances                                    small, ranging from 0 to 26 meters. The                       Level A isopleth (180 dB) of 3 meters.
                                                  for the duration of the survey period.                                    number of exposures, without                                  Therefore, authorization of Level A take
                                                  Additionally, the beamwidth and tilt                                      accounting for mitigation or likely                           is not necessary.
                                                  angle of the sub-bottom profiler are not                                  avoidance of louder sounds, is small for
                                                  factored into the characterization of the                                 these zones, and with mitigation and the                         NMFS proposes to authorize the
                                                  sound field, making it conservative and                                   likelihood of detecting marine mammals                        following takes by Level B harassment:

                                                                                                                            TABLE 8—PROPOSED AUTHORIZATIONS
                                                                                                                                                                             Take proposed        Percent of
                                                                                                                                                            Exposure
                                                                                             Species                                                                             to be             stock or             Population trend
                                                                                                                                                            estimate           authorized         population

                                                  Beluga .............................................................................................               3.63                 14                 1.07   Decreasing.
                                                  Killer whale ......................................................................................                3.64                  5                 0.14   Resident—Increasing.
                                                                                                                                                                                                                    Transient—Stable.
                                                  Harbor seal ......................................................................................           1253.67                 1527                  5.47   Stable.
asabaliauskas on DSK5VPTVN1PROD with RULES




                                                  Harbor porpoise ...............................................................................                 14.6                   18                 0.048   No reliable info.




                                             VerDate Sep<11>2014         18:51 Jun 29, 2015        Jkt 235001       PO 00000       Frm 00023       Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703     E:\FR\FM\30JNN2.SGM    30JNN2


                                                  37488                          Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 125 / Tuesday, June 30, 2015 / Notices

                                                  Analysis and Preliminary                                mortalities are anticipated to occur to                permanently abandon any area that is
                                                  Determinations                                          any species as a result of AK LNG’s                    surveyed, and any behaviors that are
                                                                                                          proposed survey in Cook Inlet, and none                interrupted during the activity are
                                                  Negligible Impact
                                                                                                          are proposed to be authorized.                         expected to resume once the activity
                                                     Negligible impact’ is ‘‘an impact                    Additionally, animals in the area are not              ceases. Only a small portion of marine
                                                  resulting from the specified activity that              expected to incur hearing impairment                   mammal habitat will be affected at any
                                                  cannot be reasonably expected to, and is                (i.e., TTS or PTS) or non-auditory                     time, and other areas within Cook Inlet
                                                  not reasonably likely to, adversely affect              physiological effects due to low source                will be available for necessary biological
                                                  the species or stock through effects on                 levels and the fact that most marine                   functions.
                                                  annual rates of recruitment or survival’’               mammals would avoid a loud sound
                                                  (50 CFR 216.103). The lack of likely                                                                           Beluga Whales
                                                                                                          source than swim in such close
                                                  adverse effects on annual rates of                      proximity as to result in TTS or PTS.                     Cook Inlet beluga whales are listed as
                                                  recruitment or survival (i.e., population               The most likely effect from the proposed               endangered under the ESA. These
                                                  level effects) forms the basis of a                     action is localized, short-term                        stocks are also considered depleted
                                                  negligible impact finding. Thus, an                     behavioral disturbance. The number of                  under the MMPA. The estimated annual
                                                  estimate of the number of takes, alone,                 takes that are anticipated and proposed                rate of decline for Cook Inlet beluga
                                                  is not enough information on which to                   to be authorized are expected to be                    whales was 0.6 percent between 2002
                                                  base an impact determination. In                        limited to short-term Level B behavioral               and 2012.
                                                  addition to considering estimates of the                harassment for all stocks for which take                  Belugas in the Canadian Beaufort Sea
                                                  number of marine mammals that might                     is proposed to be authorized. This is                  in summer appear to be fairly
                                                  be ‘‘taken’’ through behavioral                         largely due to the short time scale of the             responsive to seismic energy, with few
                                                  harassment, NMFS must consider other                    proposed activity, the low source levels               being sighted within 10–20 km (6–12
                                                  factors, such as the likely nature of any               for many of the technologies proposed                  mi) of seismic vessels during aerial
                                                  responses (their intensity, duration,                   to be used, as well as the mitigation                  surveys (Miller et al., 2005). However,
                                                  etc.), the context of any responses                     proposed earlier in the proposed                       as noted above, Cook Inlet belugas are
                                                  (critical reproductive time or location,                Authorization. The technologies do not                 more accustomed to anthropogenic
                                                  migration, etc.), as well as the number                 operate continuously over a 24-hour                    sound than beluga whales in the
                                                  and nature of estimated Level A                         period. Rather airguns are operational                 Beaufort Sea. Therefore, the results from
                                                  harassment takes, the number of                         for a few hours at a time for 7 days, with             the Beaufort Sea surveys do not directly
                                                  estimated mortalities, effects on habitat,              the sub-bottom profiler chirp and                      translate to potential reactions of Cook
                                                  and the status of the species.                          boomer operating for 63 days.                          Inlet beluga whales. Also, due to the
                                                     To avoid repetition, except where                       The addition of five vessels, and noise             dispersed distribution of beluga whales
                                                  otherwise identified, the discussion of                 due to vessel operations associated with               in Cook Inlet during winter and the
                                                  our analyses applies to all the species                 the survey, would not be outside the                   concentration of beluga whales in upper
                                                  listed in Table 8, given that the                       present experience of marine mammals                   Cook Inlet from late April through early
                                                  anticipated effects of this project on                  in Cook Inlet, although levels may                     fall, belugas would likely occur in small
                                                  marine mammals are expected to be                       increase locally. Potential impacts to                 numbers in the majority of AK LNG’s
                                                  relatively similar in nature. Where there               marine mammal habitat were discussed                   proposed survey area during the
                                                  is information either about impacts, or                 previously in this document (see the                   majority of AK LNG’s annual
                                                  about the size, status, or structure of any             ‘‘Anticipated Effects on Habitat’’                     operational timeframe of August
                                                  species or stock that would lead to a                   section). Although some disturbance is                 through December. For the same reason,
                                                  different analysis for this activity,                   possible to food sources of marine                     as well as the mitigation measure that
                                                  species-specific factors are identified                 mammals, the impacts are anticipated to                requires shutting down for belugas seen
                                                  and analyzed.                                           be minor enough as to not affect annual                approaching the 160dB disturbance
                                                     In making a negligible impact                        rates of recruitment or survival of                    zone, and the likelihood of avoidance at
                                                  determination, NMFS considers:                          marine mammals in the area. Based on                   high levels, it is unlikely that animals
                                                     • The number of anticipated injuries,                the size of Cook Inlet where feeding by                would be exposed to received levels
                                                  serious injuries, or mortalities;                       marine mammals occurs versus the                       capable of causing injury.
                                                     • The number, nature, and intensity,                 localized area of the marine survey                       Given the large number of vessels in
                                                  and duration of Level B harassment; and                 activities, any missed feeding                         Cook Inlet and the apparent habituation
                                                     • The context in which the takes                     opportunities in the direct project area               to vessels by Cook Inlet beluga whales
                                                  occur (e.g., impacts to areas of                        would be minor based on the fact that                  and the other marine mammals that may
                                                  significance, impacts to local                          other feeding areas exist elsewhere.                   occur in the area, vessel activity and
                                                  populations, and cumulative impacts                        Taking into account the mitigation                  noise is not expected to have effects that
                                                  when taking into account successive/                    measures that are planned, effects on                  could cause significant or long-term
                                                  contemporaneous actions when added                      cetaceans are generally expected to be                 consequences for individual marine
                                                  to baseline data);                                      restricted to avoidance of a limited area              mammals or their populations.
                                                     • The status of stock or species of                  around the survey operation and short-                    In addition, NMFS proposes to
                                                  marine mammals (i.e., depleted, not                     term changes in behavior, falling within               seasonally restrict survey operations in
                                                  depleted, decreasing, increasing, stable,               the MMPA definition of ‘‘Level B                       the area known to be important for
                                                  impact relative to the size of the                      harassment’’. Shut-downs are proposed                  beluga whale feeding, calving, or
asabaliauskas on DSK5VPTVN1PROD with RULES




                                                  population);                                            for belugas and groups of killer whales                nursing. The primary location for these
                                                     • Impacts on habitat affecting rates of              or harbor porpoises when they approach                 biological life functions occurs in the
                                                  recruitment/survival; and                               the 160dB disturbance zone, to further                 Susitna Delta region of upper Cook
                                                     • The effectiveness of monitoring and                reduce potential impacts to these                      Inlet. NMFS proposes to implement a 16
                                                  mitigation measures to reduce the                       populations. Visual observation by                     km (10 mi) seasonal exclusion from
                                                  number or severity of incidental take.                  trained PSOs is also implemented to                    seismic survey operations in this region
                                                     Given the proposed mitigation and                    reduce the impact of the proposed                      from April 15–October 15. The highest
                                                  related monitoring, no injuries or                      activity. Animals are not expected to                  concentrations of belugas are typically


                                             VerDate Sep<11>2014   18:51 Jun 29, 2015   Jkt 235001   PO 00000   Frm 00024   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\30JNN2.SGM   30JNN2


                                                                                 Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 125 / Tuesday, June 30, 2015 / Notices                                             37489

                                                  found in this area from early May                       operations traversing across the Inlet, as             22,900 animals. These take estimates
                                                  through September each year. NMFS                       opposed to entirely nearshore activities.              represent the percentage of each species
                                                  has incorporated a 2-week buffer on                     While some harbor seals will likely be                 or stock that could be taken by Level B
                                                  each end of this seasonal use timeframe                 exposed, the proposed mitigation along                 behavioral harassment.
                                                  to account for any anomalies in                         with their smaller aggregations in water                  NMFS finds that any incidental take
                                                  distribution and marine mammal usage.                   than on shore should minimize impacts                  reasonably likely to result from the
                                                    Odontocete (including Cook Inlet                      to the harbor seal population. The level               effects of the proposed activity, as
                                                  beluga whales, killer whales, and harbor                of take of harbor seals may be further                 proposed to be mitigated through this
                                                  porpoises) reactions to seismic energy                  minimized by the preference of harbor                  IHA, will be limited to small numbers
                                                  pulses are usually assumed to be limited                seals to haul out for greater quantities of            relative to the affected species or stocks.
                                                  to shorter distances from the airgun(s)                 time in the summer, when much of this                  In addition to the quantitative methods
                                                  than are those of mysticetes, in part                   work is proposed to occur. Additionally,               used to estimate take, NMFS also
                                                  because odontocete low-frequency                        the short duration of the survey, and the              considered qualitative factors that
                                                  hearing is assumed to be less sensitive                 use of visual observers should further                 further support the ‘‘small numbers’’
                                                  than that of mysticetes.                                reduce the potential for take by                       determination, including: (1) The
                                                  Killer Whales                                           behavioral harassment to Cook Inlet                    seasonal distribution and habitat use
                                                                                                          harbor seals. Therefore, the exposure of               patterns of Cook Inlet beluga whales,
                                                     Killer whales are not encountered as                 pinnipeds to sounds produced by this
                                                  frequently in Cook Inlet as some of the                                                                        which suggest that for much of the time
                                                                                                          phase of AK LNG’s proposed survey is                   only a small portion of the population
                                                  other species in this analysis, however                 not anticipated to have an effect on
                                                  when sighted they are usually in groups.                                                                       would be accessible to impacts from AK
                                                                                                          annual rates of recruitment or survival
                                                  The addition of a mitigation measure to                                                                        LNG’s activity, as most animals are
                                                                                                          on those species or stocks.
                                                  shutdown if a group of 5 or more killer                   Based on the analysis contained                      found in the Susitna Delta region of
                                                  whales is seen approaching the 160 dB                   herein of the likely effects of the                    Upper Cook Inlet from early May
                                                  zone is intended to minimize any                        specified activity on marine mammals                   through September; (2) other cetacean
                                                  impact to an aggregation of killer whales               and their habitat, and taking into                     species are not common in the survey
                                                  if encountered. The killer whales in the                consideration the implementation of the                area; (3) the proposed mitigation
                                                  survey area are also thought to be                      proposed monitoring and mitigation                     requirements, which provide spatio-
                                                  transient killer whales and therefore                   measures, NMFS preliminarily finds                     temporal limitations that avoid impacts
                                                  rely on the habitat in the AK LNG                       that the total annual marine mammal                    to large numbers of belugas feeding and
                                                  survey area less than other resident                    take from AK LNG’s proposed seismic                    calving in the Susitna Delta; (4) the
                                                  species.                                                survey will have a negligible impact on                proposed monitoring requirements and
                                                                                                          the affected marine mammal species or                  mitigation measures described earlier in
                                                  Harbor Porpoise                                                                                                this document for all marine mammal
                                                                                                          stocks.
                                                    Harbor porpoises are among the most                     Although NMFS does not believe that                  species that will further reduce the
                                                  sensitive marine mammal species with                    the operation of the vibracore would                   amount of takes; and (5) monitoring
                                                  regard to behavioral response and                       result in the take of marine mammals,                  results from previous activities that
                                                  anthropogenic noise. They are known to                  we note here that even if the vibracore                indicated low numbers of beluga whale
                                                  exhibit behavioral responses to                         did result in take of marine mammals,                  sightings within the Level B disturbance
                                                  operation of seismic airguns, pingers,                  the numbers and scope of vibracore take                exclusion zone and low levels of Level
                                                  and other technologies at low                           predicted in the applicant’s application               B harassment takes of other marine
                                                  thresholds. However, they are abundant                  and analysis would not have changed                    mammals. Therefore, NMFS determined
                                                  in Cook Inlet and therefore the                         this finding. The vibracoring activity is              that the numbers of animals likely to be
                                                  authorized take is unlikely to affect                   proposed to occur at 33 locations across               taken are small.
                                                  recruitment or status of the population                 the Inlet from the Forelands, north to                    Although NMFS does not believe that
                                                  in any way. In addition, mitigation                     the upper end of Cook Inlet. However,                  the operation of the vibracore would
                                                  measures include shutdowns for groups                   the actual noise-producing activity will               result in the take of marine mammals,
                                                  of more than 5 harbor porpoises that                    only occur for 90 seconds at a time,                   we note here that even if the vibracore
                                                  will minimize the amount of take to the                 during which PSOs will be observing for                did result in take of marine mammals,
                                                  local harbor porpoise population. This                  marine mammals. The limited scope                      the amount of total take predicted in the
                                                  mitigation as well as the short duration                and duration of vibracoring makes it                   applicant’s analysis including the
                                                  and low source levels of the proposed                   extremely unlikely that take by Level B                vibracore take would still be small
                                                  activity will reduce the impact to the                  harassment would occur during the                      compared to the population sizes of the
                                                  harbor porpoises found in Cook Inlet.                   vibracore portion of the operation.                    affected species and stocks.
                                                  Harbor Seal                                             Small Numbers Analysis                                 Impact on Availability of Affected
                                                    Observations during other                                The requested takes proposed to be                  Species for Taking for Subsistence Uses
                                                  anthropogenic activities in Cook Inlet                  authorized annually represent 1.06                     Relevant Subsistence Uses
                                                  have reported large congregations of                    percent of the Cook Inlet beluga whale
                                                  harbor seals have been observed hauling                 population of approximately 340                           The subsistence harvest of marine
                                                  out in upper Cook Inlet. However,                       animals (Allen and Angliss, 2014), 0.135               mammals transcends the nutritional and
asabaliauskas on DSK5VPTVN1PROD with RULES




                                                  mitigation measures, such as vessel                     percent of the Gulf of Alaska, Aleutian                economic values attributed to the
                                                  speed, course alteration, and visual                    Island and Bering Sea stock of killer                  animal and is an integral part of the
                                                  monitoring, and restrictions will be                    whales (345 transients), and 0.047                     cultural identity of the region’s Alaska
                                                  implemented to help reduce impacts to                   percent of the Gulf of Alaska stock of                 Native communities. Inedible parts of
                                                  the animals. Additionally, this activity                approximately 31,046 harbor porpoises.                 the whale provide Native artisans with
                                                  does not encompass a large number of                    The take requests presented for harbor                 materials for cultural handicrafts, and
                                                  known harbor seal haulouts,                             seals represent 5.47 percent of the Cook               the hunting itself perpetuates Native
                                                  particularly as this activity proposes                  Inlet/Shelikof stock of approximately                  traditions by transmitting traditional


                                             VerDate Sep<11>2014   18:51 Jun 29, 2015   Jkt 235001   PO 00000   Frm 00025   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\30JNN2.SGM   30JNN2


                                                  37490                          Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 125 / Tuesday, June 30, 2015 / Notices

                                                  skills and knowledge to younger                            Data on the harvest of other marine                 other marine mammal species are
                                                  generations (NOAA, 2007).                               mammals in Cook Inlet are lacking.                     limited in Cook Inlet.
                                                     The Cook Inlet beluga whale has                      Some data are available on the
                                                  traditionally been hunted by Alaska                                                                            Plan of Cooperation or Measures To
                                                                                                          subsistence harvest of harbor seals,
                                                  Natives for subsistence purposes. For                                                                          Minimize Impacts to Subsistence Hunts
                                                                                                          harbor porpoises, and killer whales in
                                                  several decades prior to the 1980s, the                 Alaska in the marine mammal stock                         The entire upper Cook unit and a
                                                  Native Village of Tyonek residents were                 assessments. However, these numbers                    portion of the lower Cook unit falls
                                                  the primary subsistence hunters of Cook                 are for the Gulf of Alaska including                   north of 60° N’ or within the region
                                                  Inlet beluga whales. During the 1980s                   Cook Inlet, and they are not indicative                NMFS has designated as an Arctic
                                                  and 1990s, Alaska Natives from villages                 of the harvest in Cook Inlet.                          subsistence use area. AK LNG provided
                                                  in the western, northwestern, and North                    There is a low level of subsistence                 detailed information in Section 8 of
                                                  Slope regions of Alaska either moved to                 hunting for harbor seals in Cook Inlet.                their application regarding their plan to
                                                  or visited the south central region and                 Seal hunting occurs opportunistically                  cooperate with local subsistence users
                                                  participated in the yearly subsistence                  among Alaska Natives who may be                        and stakeholders regarding the potential
                                                  harvest (Stanek, 1994). From 1994 to                    fishing or travelling in the upper Inlet               effects of their proposed activity. There
                                                  1998, NMFS estimated 65 whales per                      near the mouths of the Susitna River,                  are several villages in AK LNG’s
                                                  year (range 21–123) were taken in this                  Beluga River, and Little Susitna. Some                 proposed project area that have
                                                  harvest, including those successfully                   detailed information on the subsistence                traditionally hunted marine mammals,
                                                  taken for food and those struck and lost.               harvest of harbor seals is available from              primarily harbor seals. Tyonek is the
                                                  NMFS concluded that this number was                     past studies conducted by the Alaska                   only tribal village in upper Cook Inlet
                                                  high enough to account for the                          Department of Fish & Game (Wolfe et                    with a tradition of hunting marine
                                                  estimated 14 percent annual decline in                  al., 2009). In 2008, 33 harbor seals were              mammals, in this case harbor seals and
                                                  the population during this time (Hobbs                  taken for harvest in the Upper Kenai-                  beluga whales. However, for either
                                                  et al., 2008). Actual mortality may have                Cook Inlet area. In the same study,                    species the annual recorded harvest
                                                  been higher, given the difficulty of                    reports from hunters stated that harbor                since the 1980s has averaged about one
                                                  estimating the number of whales struck                  seal populations in the area were                      or fewer of either species (Fall et al.
                                                  and lost during the hunts. In 1999, a                   increasing (28.6%) or remaining stable                 1984, Wolfe et al. 2009, SRBA and HC
                                                  moratorium was enacted (Pub. L. 106–                    (71.4%). The specific hunting regions                  2011), and there is currently a
                                                  31) prohibiting the subsistence take of                 identified were Anchorage, Homer,                      moratorium on subsistence harvest of
                                                  Cook Inlet beluga whales except through                 Kenai, and Tyonek, and hunting                         belugas. Further, many of the seals that
                                                  a cooperative agreement between NMFS                    generally peaks in March, September,                   are harvested are done incidentally to
                                                  and the affected Alaska Native                          and November (Wolfe et al., 2009).                     salmon fishing or moose hunting (Fall et
                                                  organizations. Since the Cook Inlet                                                                            al. 1984, Merrill and Orpheim 2013),
                                                                                                          Potential Impacts on Availability for                  often near the mouths of the Susitna
                                                  beluga whale harvest was regulated in
                                                                                                          Subsistence Uses                                       Delta rivers (Fall et al. 1984) north of
                                                  1999 requiring cooperative agreements,
                                                  five beluga whales have been struck and                    Section 101(a)(5)(D) also requires                  AK LNG’s proposed seismic survey area.
                                                  harvested. Those beluga whales were                     NMFS to determine that the taking will                    Villages in lower Cook Inlet adjacent
                                                  harvested in 2001 (one animal), 2002                    not have an unmitigable adverse effect                 to AK LNG’s proposed survey area
                                                  (one animal), 2003 (one animal), and                    on the availability of marine mammal                   (Kenai, Salamatof, and Nikiski) have
                                                  2005 (two animals). The Native Village                  species or stocks for subsistence use.                 either not traditionally hunted beluga
                                                  of Tyonek agreed not to hunt or request                 NMFS has defined ‘‘unmitigable adverse                 whales, or at least not in recent years,
                                                  a hunt in 2007, when no co-                             impact’’ in 50 CFR 216.103 as an impact                and rarely do they harvest sea lions.
                                                  management agreement was to be signed                   resulting from the specified activity: (1)             These villages more commonly harvest
                                                  (NMFS, 2008a).                                          That is likely to reduce the availability              harbor seals, with Kenai reporting an
                                                     On October 15, 2008, NMFS                            of the species to a level insufficient for             average of about 13 per year between
                                                  published a final rule that established                 a harvest to meet subsistence needs by:                1992 and 2008 (Wolfe et al. 2009).
                                                  long-term harvest limits on Cook Inlet                  (i) Causing the marine mammals to                      According to Fall et al. (1984), many of
                                                  beluga whales that may be taken by                      abandon or avoid hunting areas; (ii)                   the seals harvested by hunters from
                                                  Alaska Natives for subsistence purposes                 Directly displacing subsistence users; or              these villages were taken on the west
                                                  (73 FR 60976). That rule prohibits                      (iii) Placing physical barriers between                side of the inlet during hunting
                                                  harvest for a 5-year interval period if the             the marine mammals and the                             excursions for moose and black bears.
                                                  average stock abundance of Cook Inlet                   subsistence hunters; and (2) That cannot                  Although marine mammals remain an
                                                  beluga whales over the prior five-year                  be sufficiently mitigated by other                     important subsistence resource in Cook
                                                  interval is below 350 whales. Harvest                   measures to increase the availability of               Inlet, the number of animals annually
                                                  levels for the current 5-year planning                  marine mammals to allow subsistence                    harvested is low, and are primarily
                                                  interval (2013–2017) are zero because                   needs to be met.                                       harbor seals. Much of the harbor seal
                                                  the average stock abundance for the                        The primary concern is the                          harvest occurs incidental to other
                                                  previous five-year period (2008–2012)                   disturbance of marine mammals through                  fishing and hunting activities, and at
                                                  was below 350 whales. Based on the                      the introduction of anthropogenic sound                areas outside of the AK LNG’s proposed
                                                  average abundance over the 2002–2007                    into the marine environment during the                 seismic areas such as the Susitna Delta
                                                  period, no hunt occurred between 2008                   proposed seismic survey. Marine                        or the west side of lower Cook Inlet.
asabaliauskas on DSK5VPTVN1PROD with RULES




                                                  and 2012 (NMFS, 2008a). The Cook                        mammals could be behaviorally                          Also, AK LNG is unlikely to conduct
                                                  Inlet Marine Mammal Council, which                      harassed and either become more                        activity in the vicinity of any of the river
                                                  managed the Alaska Native Subsistence                   difficult to hunt or temporarily abandon               mouths where large numbers of seals
                                                  fishery with NMFS, was disbanded by a                   traditional hunting grounds. However,                  haul out.
                                                  unanimous vote of the Tribes’                           the proposed seismic survey will not                      AK LNG and NMFS recognize the
                                                  representatives on June 20, 2012. At this               have any impacts to beluga harvests as                 importance of ensuring that ANOs and
                                                  time, no harvest is expected in 2015 or,                none currently occur in Cook Inlet.                    federally recognized tribes are informed,
                                                  likely, in 2016.                                        Additionally, subsistence harvests of                  engaged, and involved during the


                                             VerDate Sep<11>2014   18:51 Jun 29, 2015   Jkt 235001   PO 00000   Frm 00026   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\30JNN2.SGM   30JNN2


                                                                                 Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 125 / Tuesday, June 30, 2015 / Notices                                            37491

                                                  permitting process and will continue to                 subsistence users; or (3) placing                      Request for Public Comments
                                                  work with the ANOs and tribes to                        physical barriers between the marine                      We request comment on our analysis,
                                                  discuss operations and activities.                      mammals and the subsistence hunters;                   the draft authorization, and any other
                                                     Prior to offshore activities AK LNG                  and that cannot be sufficiently mitigated              aspect of the Notice of Proposed IHA for
                                                  will consult with nearby communities                    by other measures to increase the                      Alaska LNG. Please include with your
                                                  such as Tyonek, Salamatof, and the                      availability of marine mammals to allow                comments any supporting data or
                                                  Kenaitze Indian Tribe to attend and                     subsistence needs to be met. Based on                  literature citations to help inform our
                                                  present the program description prior to                the description of the specified activity,             final decision on AK LNG’s request for
                                                  operations within those areas. During                   the measures described to minimize
                                                  these meetings discussions will include                                                                        an MMPA authorization.
                                                                                                          adverse effects on the availability of
                                                  a project description, maps of project                  marine mammals for subsistence                         Incidental Harassment Authorization
                                                  area and resolutions of potential                       purposes, and the proposed mitigation                    Exxon Mobil Alaska LNG LLC (AK
                                                  conflicts. These meetings will allow AK                 and monitoring measures, NMFS has                      LNG), 3201 C Street; Suite 506,
                                                  LNG to understand community
                                                                                                          preliminarily determined that there will               Anchorage, Alaska 99501, is hereby
                                                  concerns, and requests for
                                                                                                          not be an unmitigable adverse impact on                authorized under section 101(a)(5)(D) of
                                                  communication or mitigation.
                                                                                                          subsistence uses from AK LNG’s                         the Marine Mammal Protection Act
                                                  Additional communications will
                                                                                                          proposed activities.                                   (MMPA; 16 U.S.C. 1371(a)(5)(D)), to
                                                  continue throughout the project. A
                                                                                                                                                                 harass small numbers of marine
                                                  specific meeting schedule has not been                  Endangered Species Act (ESA)
                                                  finalized, but meetings with the entities                                                                      mammals incidental to specified
                                                  identified will occur before an                            There is one marine mammal species                  activities associated with a marine
                                                  Authorization is issued.                                listed as endangered under the ESA                     geophysical and geotechnical survey in
                                                     If a conflict does occur with project                with confirmed or possible occurrence                  Cook Inlet, Alaska, contingent upon the
                                                  activities involving subsistence or                     in the proposed project area: The Cook                 following conditions:
                                                  fishing, the project manager will                       Inlet beluga whale. In addition, the                     1. This Authorization is valid from
                                                  immediately contact the affected party                  proposed action could occur within 10                  August 7, 2015, through August 6, 2016.
                                                  to resolve the conflict.                                miles of designated critical habitat for                 2. This Authorization is valid only for
                                                                                                                                                                 AK LNG’s activities associated with
                                                  Unmitigable Adverse Impact Analysis                     the Cook Inlet beluga whale. NMFS’s
                                                                                                                                                                 survey operations that shall occur
                                                  and Preliminary Determination                           Permits and Conservation Division has
                                                                                                                                                                 within the areas denoted as Marine
                                                                                                          initiated consultation with NMFS’
                                                     The project will not have any effect                                                                        Terminal Survey Area and Pipeline
                                                                                                          Alaska Region Protected Resources
                                                  on beluga whale harvests because no                                                                            Survey Area as depicted in the attached
                                                                                                          Division under section 7 of the ESA.
                                                  beluga harvest will take place in 2015.                                                                        Figures 1 of AK LNG’s April 2015
                                                                                                          This consultation will be concluded                    application to the National Marine
                                                  Additionally, the proposed seismic
                                                                                                          prior to issuing any final authorization.              Fisheries Service.
                                                  survey area is not an important native
                                                  subsistence site for other subsistence                  National Environmental Policy Act                      3. Species Authorized and Level of Take
                                                  species of marine mammals thus, the                     (NEPA)
                                                  number harvested is expected to be                                                                                (a) The incidental taking of marine
                                                  extremely low. The timing and location                     NMFS has prepared a Draft                           mammals, by Level B harassment only,
                                                  of subsistence harvest of Cook Inlet                    Environmental Assessment (EA) for the                  is limited to the following species in the
                                                  harbor seals may coincide with AK                       issuance of an IHA to AK LNG for the                   waters of Cook Inlet:
                                                  LNG’s project, but because this                         proposed oil and gas exploration                          (i) Odontocetes: see Table 1 (attached)
                                                  subsistence hunt is conducted                           seismic survey program in Cook Inlet.                  for authorized species and take
                                                  opportunistically and at such a low                     The Draft EA has been made available                   numbers.
                                                  level (NMFS, 2013c), AK LNG’s program                   for public comment concurrently with                      (ii) Pinnipeds: see Table 1 (attached)
                                                  is not expected to have an impact on the                this proposed authorization (see                       for authorized species and take
                                                  subsistence use of harbor seals.                        ADDRESSES). NMFS will finalize the EA                  numbers.
                                                  Moreover, the proposed survey would                     and either conclude with a finding of no                  (iii) If any marine mammal species are
                                                  result in only temporary disturbances.                  significant impact (FONSI) or prepare                  encountered during activities that are
                                                  Accordingly, the specified activity                     an Environmental Impact Statement                      not listed in Table 1 (attached) for
                                                  would not impact the availability of                    prior to issuance of the final                         authorized taking and are likely to be
                                                  these other marine mammal species for                   authorization (if issued).                             exposed to sound pressure levels (SPLs)
                                                  subsistence uses.                                                                                              greater than or equal to 160 dB re 1 mPa
                                                     NMFS anticipates that any effects                    Proposed Authorization                                 (rms) for impulsive sound of 120 dB re
                                                  from AK LNG’s proposed survey on                                                                               1mPa (rms), then the Holder of this
                                                  marine mammals, especially harbor                         As a result of these preliminary                     Authorization must alter speed or
                                                  seals and Cook Inlet beluga whales,                     determinations, we propose to issue an                 course or shut-down the sound source
                                                  which are or have been taken for                        IHA to Alaska LNG for taking marine                    to avoid take.
                                                  subsistence uses, would be short-term,                  mammals incidental to a geophysical                       (b) The taking by injury (Level A
                                                  site specific, and limited to                           and geotechnical survey in Cook Inlet,                 harassment), serious injury, or death of
                                                  inconsequential changes in behavior                     Alaska, provided the previously                        any of the species listed in Table 1 or
                                                                                                          mentioned mitigation, monitoring, and
asabaliauskas on DSK5VPTVN1PROD with RULES




                                                  and mild stress responses. NMFS does                                                                           the taking of any other species of marine
                                                  not anticipate that the authorized taking               reporting requirements are incorporated.               mammal is prohibited and may result in
                                                  of affected species or stocks will reduce               The proposed IHA language is provided                  the modification, suspension or
                                                  the availability of the species to a level              next.                                                  revocation of this Authorization.
                                                  insufficient for a harvest to meet                        This section contains a draft of the                    (c) If the number of detected takes of
                                                  subsistence needs by: (1) Causing the                   IHA itself. The wording contained in                   any marine mammal species listed in
                                                  marine mammals to abandon or avoid                      this section is proposed for inclusion in              Table 1 is met or exceeded, AK LNG
                                                  hunting areas; (2) directly displacing                  the IHA (if issued).                                   shall immediately cease survey


                                             VerDate Sep<11>2014   18:51 Jun 29, 2015   Jkt 235001   PO 00000   Frm 00027   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\30JNN2.SGM   30JNN2


                                                  37492                          Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 125 / Tuesday, June 30, 2015 / Notices

                                                  operations involving the use of active                  sighting, heading (if consistent), bearing             durations (large odontocetes, including
                                                  sound sources (e.g., airguns, profilers                 and distance from seismic vessel,                      killer whales and beluga whales).
                                                  etc.) and notify NMFS.                                  sighting cue, apparent reaction to the                    (h) Marine geophysical surveys may
                                                    4. The authorization for taking by                    airguns or vessel (e.g., none, avoidance,              continue into night and low-light hours
                                                  harassment is limited to the following                  approach, paralleling, etc.), and                      if such segment(s) of the survey is
                                                  acoustic sources (or sources with                       behavioral pace;                                       initiated when the entire relevant EZs
                                                  comparable frequency and intensity)                        (ii) Time, location, heading, speed,                can be effectively monitored visually
                                                  absent an amendment to this                             activity of the vessel (including type of              (i.e., PSVO(s) must be able to see the
                                                  Authorization:                                          equipment operating), Beaufort sea state               extent of the entire relevant EZ).
                                                    (a) EdgeTech 3200 Sub-bottom                          and wind force, visibility, and sun glare;                (i) No initiation of survey operations
                                                  profiler chirp;                                         and                                                    involving the use of sound sources is
                                                    (b) Applied Acoustics AA301 Sub-                         (iii) The data listed under Condition               permitted from a shutdown position at
                                                  bottom profiler boomer;                                 7(d)(ii) shall also be recorded at the start           night or during low-light hours (such as
                                                    (c) A 60 in3 airgun;                                  and end of each observation watch and                  in dense fog or heavy rain).
                                                    5. The taking of any marine mammal                    during a watch whenever there is a                        (j) If a beluga whale is visually sighted
                                                  in a manner prohibited under this                       change in one or more of the variables.                approaching or within the
                                                  Authorization must be reported                             (c) Establish a 160 dB re 1 mPa (rms)               relevant160dB disturbance zone, survey
                                                  immediately to the Chief, Permits and                   ‘‘disturbance zone’’ for belugas, and                  activity will not commence or the sound
                                                  Conservation Division, Office of                        groups of five or more harbor porpoises                source(s) shall be shut down until the
                                                  Protected Resources, NMFS or her                        and killer whales as well as a 180 dB re
                                                                                                                                                                 animals are no longer present within the
                                                  designee at (301) 427–8401.                             1 mPa (rms) and 190 dB re 1 mPa (rms)
                                                                                                                                                                 160-dB zone.
                                                    6. The holder of this Authorization                   ‘‘exclusion zone’’ (EZ) for cetaceans and
                                                                                                                                                                    (h) Whenever aggregations or groups
                                                  must notify the Chief of the Permits and                pinnipeds respectively before
                                                                                                                                                                 of killer whales and/or harbor porpoises
                                                  Conservation Division, Office of                        equipment is in operation.
                                                                                                             (d) Visually observe the entire extent              are detected approaching or within the
                                                  Protected Resources, or her designee at
                                                                                                          of the EZ (180 dB re 1 mPa [rms] for                   160-dB disturbance zone, survey
                                                  least 48 hours prior to the start of survey
                                                                                                          cetaceans and 190 dB re 1 mPa [rms] for                activity will not commence or the sound
                                                  activities (unless constrained by the
                                                                                                          pinnipeds) using NMFS-qualified                        source(s) shall be shut-down until the
                                                  date of issuance of this Authorization in
                                                                                                          PSVOs, for at least 30 minutes (min)                   animals are no longer present within the
                                                  which case notification shall be made as
                                                                                                          prior to starting the survey (day or                   160-dB zone. An aggregation or group of
                                                  soon as possible) at 301–427–8484 or to
                                                                                                          night). If the PSVO finds a marine                     whales/porpoises shall consist of five or
                                                  Sara.Young@noaa.gov.
                                                    7. Mitigation and Monitoring                          mammal within the EZ, AK LNG must                      more individuals of any age/sex class.
                                                  Requirements: The Holder of this                        delay the seismic survey until the                        (i) AK LNG must not operate within
                                                  Authorization is required to implement                  marine mammal(s) has left the area. If                 10 miles (16 km) of the mean higher
                                                  the following mitigation and monitoring                 the PSVO sees a marine mammal that                     high water (MHHW) line of the Susitna
                                                  requirements when conducting the                        surfaces, then dives below the surface,                Delta (Beluga River to the Little Susitna
                                                  specified activities to achieve the least               the PSVO shall wait 30 min. If the PSVO                River) between April 15 and October 15
                                                  practicable impact on affected marine                   sees no marine mammals during that                     (to avoid any effects to belugas in an
                                                  mammal species or stocks:                               time, they should assume that the                      important feeding and breeding area).
                                                    (a) Utilize a minimum of two NMFS-                    animal has moved beyond the EZ. If for                    (j) Survey operations involving the
                                                  qualified PSOs per source vessel (one on                any reason the entire radius cannot be                 use of airguns, sub-bottom profiler, or
                                                  duty and one off-duty) to visually watch                seen for the entire 30 min (i.e., rough                vibracore must cease if takes of any
                                                  for and monitor marine mammals near                     seas, fog, darkness), or if marine                     marine mammal are met or exceeded.
                                                  the seismic source vessels during                       mammals are near, approaching, or in                      8. Reporting Requirements: The
                                                  daytime operations (from nautical                       the EZ, the sound sources may not be                   Holder of this Authorization is required
                                                  twilight-dawn to nautical twilight-dusk)                started.                                               to:
                                                  and before and during start-ups of                         (e) Alter speed or course during                       (a) Submit a weekly field report, no
                                                  sound sources day or night. Two PSVOs                   survey operations if a marine mammal,                  later than close of business (Alaska
                                                  will be on each source vessel, and two                  based on its position and relative                     time) each Thursday during the weeks
                                                  PSVOs will be on a support vessel to                    motion, appears likely to enter the                    when in-water survey activities take
                                                  observe the exclusion and disturbance                   relevant EZ. If speed or course alteration             place. The field reports will summarize
                                                  zones. PSVOs shall have access to                       is not safe or practicable, or if after                species detected, in-water activity
                                                  reticle binoculars (7x50) and long-range                alteration the marine mammal still                     occurring at the time of the sighting,
                                                  binoculars (40x80). PSVO shifts shall                   appears likely to enter the EZ, further                behavioral reactions to in-water
                                                  last no longer than 4 hours at a time.                  mitigation measures, such as a                         activities, and the number of marine
                                                  PSVOs shall also make observations                      shutdown, shall be taken.                              mammals taken.
                                                  during daytime periods when the sound                      (f) Shutdown the sound source(s) if a                  (b) Submit a monthly report, no later
                                                  sources are not operating for                           marine mammal is detected within,                      than the 15th of each month, to NMFS’
                                                  comparison of animal abundance and                      approaches, or enters the relevant EZ. A               Permits and Conservation Division for
                                                  behavior, when feasible. When                           shutdown means all operating sound                     all months during which in-water
                                                  practicable, as an additional means of                  sources are shut down (i.e., turned off).              seismic survey activities occur. These
asabaliauskas on DSK5VPTVN1PROD with RULES




                                                  visual observation, AK LNG’s vessel                        (g) Survey activity shall not resume                reports must contain and summarize the
                                                  crew may also assist in detecting marine                until the PSVO has visually observed                   following information:
                                                  mammals.                                                the marine mammal(s) exiting the EZ                       (i) Dates, times, locations, heading,
                                                    (b) Record the following information                  and is not likely to return, or has not                speed, weather, sea conditions
                                                  when a marine mammal is sighted:                        been seen within the EZ for 15 min for                 (including Beaufort sea state and wind
                                                    (i) Species, group size, age/size/sex                 species with shorter dive durations                    force), and associated activities during
                                                  categories (if determinable), behavior                  (small odontocetes and pinnipeds) or 30                all operations and marine mammal
                                                  when first sighted and after initial                    min for species with longer dive                       sightings;


                                             VerDate Sep<11>2014   18:51 Jun 29, 2015   Jkt 235001   PO 00000   Frm 00028   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\30JNN2.SGM   30JNN2


                                                                                 Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 125 / Tuesday, June 30, 2015 / Notices                                             37493

                                                     (ii) Species, number, location,                      behaviors and types of movements                         Activities shall not resume until
                                                  distance from the vessel, and behavior                  versus survey activity state; (D) numbers              NMFS is able to review the
                                                  of any marine mammals, as well as                       of sightings/individuals seen versus                   circumstances of the prohibited take.
                                                  associated activity (type of equipment in               survey activity state; (E) distribution                NMFS shall work with AK LNG to
                                                  use and number of shutdowns),                           around the source vessels versus survey                determine what is necessary to
                                                  observed throughout all monitoring                      activity state; and (F) estimates of take              minimize the likelihood of further
                                                  activities;                                             by Level B harassment based on                         prohibited take and ensure MMPA
                                                     (iii) An estimate of the number (by                  presence in the relevant120 dB or 160                  compliance. AK LNG may not resume
                                                  species) of: (A) pinnipeds that have                    dB harassment zone.                                    their activities until notified by NMFS
                                                  been exposed to the activity (based on                     (d) Submit a final report to the Chief,             via letter or email, or telephone.
                                                  visual observation) at received levels                  Permits and Conservation Division,                       (b) In the event that AK LNG
                                                  greater than or equal to 160 dB re 1 mPa                Office of Protected Resources, NMFS,                   discovers an injured or dead marine
                                                  (rms) and/or 190 dB re 1 mPa (rms) with                 within 30 days after receiving comments                mammal, and the lead PSO determines
                                                  a discussion of any specific behaviors                  from NMFS on the draft report. If NMFS                 that the cause of the injury or death is
                                                  those individuals exhibited; and (B)                    decides that the draft report needs no                 unknown and the death is relatively
                                                  cetaceans that have been exposed to the                 comments, the draft report shall be                    recent (i.e., in less than a moderate state
                                                  activity (based on visual observation) at               considered to be the final report.                     of decomposition as described in the
                                                  received levels greater than or equal to                   (e) AK LNG must immediately report                  next paragraph), AK LNG will
                                                  120 dB or 160 dB re 1 mPa (rms) and/                    to NMFS if 10 belugas are detected                     immediately report the incident to the
                                                  or 180 dB re 1 mPa (rms) with a                         within the relevant 120 dB or 160 dB re                Chief of the Permits and Conservation
                                                  discussion of any specific behaviors                    1 mPa (rms) disturbance zone during                    Division, Office of Protected Resources,
                                                  those individuals exhibited.                            survey operations to allow NMFS to                     NMFS, her designees, and the NMFS
                                                     (iv) A description of the                            consider making necessary adjustments                  Alaska Stranding Hotline (see contact
                                                  implementation and effectiveness of the:                to monitoring and mitigation.                          information in Condition 9(a)). The
                                                  (A) terms and conditions of the                            9. (a) In the unanticipated event that              report must include the same
                                                  Biological Opinion’s Incidental Take                    the specified activity clearly causes the              information identified in the Condition
                                                  Statement (ITS); and (B) mitigation                     take of a marine mammal in a manner                    9(a) above. Activities may continue
                                                  measures of this Authorization. For the                 prohibited by this Authorization, such                 while NMFS reviews the circumstances
                                                  Biological Opinion, the report shall                    as an injury (Level A harassment),                     of the incident. NMFS will work with
                                                  confirm the implementation of each                      serious injury or mortality (e.g., ship-               AK LNG to determine whether
                                                  Term and Condition, as well as any                      strike, gear interaction, and/or                       modifications in the activities are
                                                  conservation recommendations, and                       entanglement), AK LNG shall                            appropriate.
                                                  describe their effectiveness, for                       immediately cease the specified                          (c) In the event that AK LNG
                                                  minimizing the adverse effects of the                   activities and immediately report the                  discovers an injured or dead marine
                                                  action on Endangered Species Act-listed                 incident to the Chief of the Permits and               mammal, and the lead PSO determines
                                                  marine mammals.                                         Conservation Division, Office of                       that the injury or death is not associated
                                                     (c) Submit a draft Technical Report on               Protected Resources, NMFS, or her                      with or related to the activities
                                                  all activities and monitoring results to                designees by phone or email (telephone:                authorized in Condition 2 of this
                                                  NMFS’ Permits and Conservation                          301–427–8401 or Sara.Young@                            Authorization (e.g., previously wounded
                                                  Division within 90 days of the                          noaa.gov), the Alaska Regional Office                  animal, carcass with moderate to
                                                  completion of the seismic survey. The                   (telephone: 907–271–1332 or                            advanced decomposition, or scavenger
                                                  Technical Report will include the                       Barbara.Mahoney@noaa.gov), and the                     damage), AK LNG shall report the
                                                  following information:                                  Alaska Regional Stranding Coordinators                 incident to the Chief of the Permits and
                                                     (i) Summaries of monitoring effort                   (telephone: 907–586–7248 or                            Conservation Division, Office of
                                                  (e.g., total hours, total distances, and                Aleria.Jensen@noaa.gov or                              Protected Resources, NMFS, her
                                                  marine mammal distribution through                      Barbara.Mahoney@noaa.gov). The                         designees, the NMFS Alaska Stranding
                                                  the study period, accounting for sea                    report must include the following                      Hotline (1–877–925–7773), and the
                                                  state and other factors affecting                       information:                                           Alaska Regional Stranding Coordinators
                                                  visibility and detectability of marine                     (i) Time, date, and location (latitude/             within 24 hours of the discovery (see
                                                  mammals);                                               longitude) of the incident;                            contact information in Condition 9(a)).
                                                     (ii) Analyses of the effects of various                 (ii) The name and type of vessel                    AK LNG shall provide photographs or
                                                  factors influencing detectability of                    involved;                                              video footage (if available) or other
                                                  marine mammals (e.g., sea state, number                    (iii) The vessel’s speed during and                 documentation of the stranded animal
                                                  of observers, and fog/glare);                           leading up to the incident;                            sighting to NMFS and the Marine
                                                     (iii) Species composition, occurrence,                  (iv) Description of the incident;                   Mammal Stranding Network. Activities
                                                  and distribution of marine mammal                          (v) Status of all sound source use in               may continue while NMFS reviews the
                                                  sightings, including date, water depth,                 the 24 hours preceding the incident;                   circumstances of the incident.
                                                  numbers, age/size/gender categories (if                    (vi) Water depth;                                     10. AK LNG is required to comply
                                                  determinable), group sizes, and ice                        (vii) Environmental conditions (e.g.,               with the Reasonable and Prudent
                                                  cover;                                                  wind speed and direction, Beaufort sea                 Measures and Terms and Conditions of
                                                     (iv) Analyses of the effects of survey               state, cloud cover, and visibility);                   the ITS corresponding to NMFS’
asabaliauskas on DSK5VPTVN1PROD with RULES




                                                  operations; and                                            (viii) Description of marine mammal                 Biological Opinion issued to both U.S.
                                                     (v) Sighting rates of marine mammals                 observations in the 24 hours preceding                 Army Corps of Engineers and NMFS’
                                                  during periods with and without survey                  the incident;                                          Office of Protected Resources.
                                                  activities (and other variables that could                 (ix) Species identification or                        11. A copy of this Authorization and
                                                  affect detectability), such as: (A) initial             description of the animal(s) involved;                 the ITS must be in the possession of all
                                                  sighting distances versus survey activity                  (x) The fate of the animal(s); and                  contractors and PSOs operating under
                                                  state; (B) closest point of approach                       (xi) Photographs or video footage of                the authority of this Incidental
                                                  versus survey activity state; (C) observed              the animal (if equipment is available).                Harassment Authorization.


                                             VerDate Sep<11>2014   18:51 Jun 29, 2015   Jkt 235001   PO 00000   Frm 00029   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\30JNN2.SGM   30JNN2


                                                  37494                          Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 125 / Tuesday, June 30, 2015 / Notices

                                                     12. Penalties and Permit Sanctions:                  Director, Office of Protected Resources                    TABLE 1—AUTHORIZED TAKE NUM-
                                                  Any person who violates any provision                   National Marine Fisheries Service                          BERS FOR EACH MARINE MAMMAL
                                                  of this Incidental Harassment                             llllllllllllllllllll
                                                                                                                                                                     SPECIES IN COOK INLET—Continued
                                                  Authorization is subject to civil and                   Date
                                                  criminal penalties, permit sanctions,                                                                                                                         Authorized
                                                  and forfeiture as authorized under the                        TABLE 1—AUTHORIZED TAKE NUM-                                                                    take in the
                                                                                                                                                                                  Species
                                                  MMPA.                                                         BERS FOR EACH MARINE MAMMAL                                                                      cook inlet
                                                     13. This Authorization may be                                                                                                                              action area
                                                                                                                SPECIES IN COOK INLET
                                                  modified, suspended or withdrawn if
                                                                                                                                                                  Pinnipeds:
                                                  the Holder fails to abide by the                                                                  Authorized      Harbor seal (Phoca vitulina
                                                  conditions prescribed herein or if the                                Species                     take in the       richardsi) ............................         1527
                                                  authorized taking is having more than a                                                            cook inlet
                                                  negligible impact on the species or stock                                                         action area
                                                  of affected marine mammals, or if there                                                                           Dated: June 25, 2015.
                                                                                                          Odontocetes:
                                                  is an unmitigable adverse impact on the                                                                         Donna S. Wieting,
                                                                                                           Beluga whale
                                                  availability of such species or stocks for                 (Delphinapterus leucas) ....                    14   Director, Office of Protected Resources,
                                                  subsistence uses.                                        Killer whale (Orcinus orca) ...                    5   National Marine Fisheries Service.
                                                    llllllllllllllllllll                                   Harbor porpoise (Phocoena                              [FR Doc. 2015–16012 Filed 6–25–15; 4:15 pm]
                                                  Donna S. Wieting,                                          phocoena) ..........................            18   BILLING CODE 3510–22–P
asabaliauskas on DSK5VPTVN1PROD with RULES




                                             VerDate Sep<11>2014   18:51 Jun 29, 2015   Jkt 235001   PO 00000    Frm 00030   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 9990   E:\FR\FM\30JNN2.SGM    30JNN2



Document Created: 2018-02-22 11:16:56
Document Modified: 2018-02-22 11:16:56
CategoryRegulatory Information
CollectionFederal Register
sudoc ClassAE 2.7:
GS 4.107:
AE 2.106:
PublisherOffice of the Federal Register, National Archives and Records Administration
SectionNotices
ActionNotice; proposed incidental harassment authorization; request for comments.
DatesComments and information must be received no later than July 30, 2015.
ContactSara Young, Office of Protected Resources, NMFS, (301) 427-8484.
FR Citation80 FR 37466 
RIN Number0648-XE01

2025 Federal Register | Disclaimer | Privacy Policy
USC | CFR | eCFR